11 - II - A02 - Aanvraag - en - Toelichting Trandformatorstation

Machine Translated by Google
Competent authority data

Reference number Date of receipt
Form version
2017.01
Application details
Application number 2620177
Request name Just at sea Hollandse Kust (south)
Your reference code AH579-21
Submitted on 28-02-2017
Type of procedure Comprehensive procedure
Project description Realization of a transformer station
Remark - Built area, floor area and volume of

the different parts are specified in the
Explanation of building permit application and
environment for the onshore 220 kV-380 kV transformer station.
- The costs of the fencing are included in the total amount
including.
phased Nee
Omit Blocking Parts Yes
Personal data public Nee

to make
Making costs public Nee
-
Attachments coming later
-
Attachments N/A or already known
Authorised supervision
Name: Province south-Holland
Visiting address: Zuid-Hollandplein 1

2596 AW The Hague
Mailing address: PO Box 90602

2501 LP The Hague
E-mail address:
Website: http://www.zuid-holland.nl
Contact:
Application date: February 28, 2017 Application number: 2620177 Page 1 van2
Overview attached module sheets
Application details
Applicant Details
Location of the work
Work and parts
Establish or change a facility or mining facility (Environment)

• Establishment
Placing structures for traffic, infrastructure or public facilities

• To build
Placing yard or plot separation
• To build
Attachments
Cost
Application date: February 28, 2017 Application number: 2620177 Page 2 van2
Form version
2017.01
Applicant company
1 Company
Chamber of Commerce number 09155985
Location number 000020300360
Statutory name TenneT TSO BV
Trade name TenneT
2 Contact person
Sex Man
Female
Initials J.
-
Prefixes
Last name
Function -
3 Business address company
Postcode 6812
House number 310
Home letter -
-
House number addition
Street name Utrechtseweg
residence Arnhem
4 Correspondence address
Address Utrechtseweg 310
6812AR Arnhem
5 Contact details
phone number
fax number -
E-mail address
Application date: February 28, 2017 Application number: 2620177 Page 1 of1
Form version
2017.01
Authorized company
1 Company
Chamber of Commerce number 38020751
Location number 000007345658
Statutory name Witteveen+Bos
Trade name Witteveen+Bos
2 Contact person
Sex Man
Female
Initials NOT
-
Prefixes
Last name
Function consultant permits
3 Business address company
Postcode 7411 SC
House number 2
Home letter -
-
House number addition
Street name from Twickelostraat
residence Deventer
4 Correspondence address
mailbox 233
Postcode 7400 AE
Place Deventer
5 Contact details
phone number
fax number -
E-mail address
Form version
2017.01
Location
1 Cadastral parcel number
Civil Municipality Rotterdam
Cadastral congregation Rotterdam 12th division
Cadastral section AM
Cadastral parcel number 329
-
Building plan name
Build number -
Do the activities in this Yes
request/notification for several Nee

addresses or parcels?
2 Ownership situation
Ownership situation of the plot You own the plot

You are a leaseholder of the plot
You are the tenant of the plot
Otherwise
Form version
2017.01
Establishment
Establish or change a facility or mining facility (Environment)
1 Data device
What is the name of the facility? TenneT just offshore HKZ
What is the nature of the facility? Transformer substation, see Explanation of building
permit application and environment for the onshore 220 kV-380 kV
transformer substation.
Are you applying for a permit for an Undetermined time

indefinite or definite period of time? Certain period of time
Which main raw materials and There is no production process. The transformer station
consumables do you use? does not consume any raw materials or consumables.
Which main intermediate, No production of intermediate, secondary and end products.

secondary and end products do
you produce?
Give the total maximum capacity of the Four transformers are being built.
device and the maximum motor or thermal
input power of the installations associated
with the device.
Are experiments part of the application? Yes
Nee
Has the facility previously been Yes
licensed? Nee
Are extra measures taken to Yes
prevent or limit the impact on the Nee

environment during test runs,
cleaning, maintenance and repair
work?
Why are no extra measures taken There is no environmental impact.

to prevent or limit the environmental
impact during test runs, cleaning,
maintenance and repair work?
2 Operating times
What are the times and days, or periods All days of the year, 24 hours a day
when the facility or parts thereof are in
operation?
3 Destination
Are the (changes to the) activities Yes
in accordance with the zoning plan? Nee
4 Environment of the facility
Where is the facility? Center

Quiet residential area
Mixed area
Industrial area
Outer area
Otherwise
What is the closest sensitive object? No sensitive objects in close proximity
What is the distance in meters from 4000

the boundary of the device to the nearest
sensitive object?
5 Method of determining environmental impact
Describe the nature and extent of See Explanation of the building permit application and the environment
the environmental impact that the for the onshore 220 kV-380 kV transformer station.
establishment may cause during normal
operation, including an overview of the
main adverse effects on the environment
that may be caused by this.
Describe the way in which the See Explanation of the building permit application and the environment
environmental impact caused by for the onshore 220 kV-380 kV transformer station.
the installation is determined and
registered during operation of the
installation.
6 Unusual Events
Could unusual incidents occur Yes
within your facility that could have adverse Nee

effects on the environment?
Describe the unusual incidents that can See Explanation of the building permit application and the environment
occur within the establishment and the for the onshore 220 kV-380 kV transformer station.
burden that can arise for the environment.
What measures are taken to See Explanation of the building permit application and the environment
prevent or limit the impact on the for the onshore 220 kV-380 kV transformer station.
environment due to unusual events?
7 EIA (assessment) obligation
Due to the possible impact on the environment, it is mandatory for some projects to prepare an environmental
impact statement (EIA). This includes the construction or modification of (water)ways, the extraction of minerals,
waste processing and energy companies and the chemical, paper and food industry. Activities in which the destination of
a site is changed (such as the construction of a marina) also fall under the scope of the Environmental Impact Assessment
Decree.
Is your activity subject to the obligation Yes
to draw up an environmental impact Nee

statement (eIA obligation)?
Is the activity listed? Yes
in column 1 of part D Nee

of the appendix to the Environmental
Impact Assessment Decree?
8 Environmental care
Do you have an Yes
environmental management system? Nee
partly
9 Future Developments
Do you expect developments within your facility Yes
that may be important for the decision on the Nee

application?
Do you expect developments in the vicinity of Yes
your facility that may be important for Nee

environmental protection?
10 Bottom
Do you carry out soil-threatening activities Yes
or do you hit Nee

soil-threatening substances?
Have you carried out a baseline Yes
soil investigation? Nee
Have you prepared a soil risk report? Yes
Nee
11 Fire safety
What measures have you taken to See Explanation of the building permit application and the environment for the
prevent fire? onshore 220 kV-380 kV transformer station.
Which fire extinguishers do you use? fire blankets
Portable fire extinguishers
fire hose reels

Stationary extinguishing systems
Mobile fire extinguishers
Otherwise
Do you have a company Yes
fire brigade? Nee
Do you carry out fire-hazardous activities Yes
in the outdoor area? Nee
12 Wastewater
Do you discharge waste water Yes
from your facility? Nee
Where do you discharge waste water? Discharge on or into the soil (infiltration)
Discharge through a public sewer into surface water
Discharge through a non-public (own) waste water sewer to a work water

board (sewerage or WWTP)
Discharge through a public waste water sewer to a sewage
treatment plant
Discharge via rainwater sewer
Otherwise
In what other way do you discharge waste Option 1: infiltration, or

water? Option 2: discharge into existing sewerage system, and then into surface
water (indirect discharge).
See section 4.7 Explanation of the application for an
environmental permit for building and the environment for the onshore 220 kV -
380 kV transformer station.
What waste water do you discharge? Procesafvalwater

Cooling water
Boiler drain water

Regeneration water from ion exchanger
Laboratoriumafvalwater
Rinse water deferrization
Unpolluted rainwater
Polluted rainwater
Domestic waste water
Other waste water
What type of surface does the Roof surface

uncontaminated rainwater come Paved terrain
from? unpaved terrain
What is the size of the roof 1200

surface in m2, from which the
uncontaminated rainwater comes?
What is the size of the surface of the paved 50000

area in m2, from which the uncontaminated
rainwater comes?
What type of surface does the Roof surface

contaminated rainwater come from? Paved terrain
unpaved terrain
What is the size of the surface of the paved 350

area in m2, from which the contaminated
rainwater comes?
Which polluting activities take place on Parking (leakage oil and motor fuel)
the paved area? Storage and transhipment (leaching raw materials and
(semi) finished products)
Application of (building) materials (PAH-containing roof
materials (PAH = polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons),
leaching materials such as roof or facade cladding,
gutters, drain pipes and rain fittings)
Dust emissions (dusting, blowing and chimney)

Application of chemical pesticides in site management and
maintenance
Otherwise
Describe what other Rainwater that falls on the oil-containing transformers and reactors
polluting activities are taking place. installed outside can become contaminated with transformer oil in the
event of leakage. Rainwater is collected in the cellars under the
relevant installations.
How many people work for the company? 1
Does the company have a canteen Yes
or company restaurant? Nee
Are other companies connected to Yes
the company sewer system? Nee
Are other homes connected to the Yes
company sewer system? Nee
Are preventive measures taken and/or Yes
investigations carried out to prevent the Nee

discharge of waste water?
Are wastewater flows and/or substances Yes
reused? Nee
Has the disconnection of the Yes
uncontaminated rainwater from the Nee

wastewater sewer already been achieved?
Describe how the disconnected See section 4.7 Explanation of the application for
uncontaminated rainwater within your an environmental permit for building and the environment for the onshore
facility is now removed. 220 kV - 380 kV transformer station.
Is/are purification facilities available Yes
within your facility? Nee
Are there regulations and/or Yes
procedures in place that indicate Nee

which measures must be taken in the
event of unusual occurrences and/or
unforeseen discharges?
Has an immission test been Yes
carried out for discharges Nee

directly into surface water?
Are there future developments that could Yes
reasonably be relevant to the application? Nee
For this section you may need to add one or more tables as an attachment. The structure of these tables can be found on the
explanation sheet 'Tables'.
13 Waste generated in the establishment
Which waste materials do you See explanation permit application

dispose of separately?
Do you reuse waste materials that Yes
are released within your facility? Nee
For this section you may need to add one or more tables as an attachment. The structure of these tables can be found on the
explanation sheet 'Tables'.
14 Air
Are substances emitted into the air? Yes
Nee
15 Sound and vibration
Is the facility located in a zoned industrial Yes
area? Nee
Have you performed an acoustic survey? Yes
Nee
Do the activities cause vibrations? Yes
Nee
16 Energy
Do you consume more than 50,000 kWh Yes
of electricity or more than 25,000 m3 of Nee

natural gas (equivalents) per year in your
facility?
Do you consume more than 200,000 kWh Yes
of electricity or more than 75,000 m3 of Nee

natural gas (equivalents) per year in your
facility?
How much electricity do you use in your 250000

facility in kWh per year?
How many natural gas (equivalents) do 0
you use in your facility in m3 per year?
Does your facility participate in CO2 Yes
emissions trading? Nee
Indicate whether and in which Multi-year agreement (MJA3)

multi-year agreement your facility Long-term energy efficiency agreement (LTA ETS)
participates.
Neither
17 External security
Is your establishment mentioned in Yes
Article 2 (and not in Article 3) of the Nee

External Safety Establishments Decree
(Bevi)?
Is your facility mentioned in Article 4, part Yes
b, e or f of the External Safety Registration Nee

Decree?
Has a quantitative risk analysis Yes
been performed? Nee
Have specific technical measures Yes
been implemented within your facility to limit Nee

the consequences for the environment in the
event of unusual incidents?
Have specific procedural measures Yes
been implemented within your Nee

facility to limit the consequences for the
environment in the event of unusual
incidents?
18 Traffic, transport and mobility
Have you drawn up a prevention plan Yes
for restricting traffic and transport Nee

movements?
How many employees do you employ? 1
How many visitors come to your facility per 0
day?
What types of traffic Traffic and transport by road

and transport are relevant to Rail traffic and transport
your business activities? Traffic and transport over water
Traffic and transport in the air
How many kilometers are made per year by the 0
shippers and outsourced transport?
How many kilometers are made per year by 0
your own carriers?
Have you taken measures to limit the Yes
number of transport movements? Nee
Do you have open-air parking spaces within Yes
your facility? Nee
How many open-air parking spaces do you 16

have within your facility?
Have you taken measures to prevent Yes
visual nuisance as a result of the Nee

parking spaces?
Is a parking garage part of your layout? Yes
Nee
19 Fragrance
Is there odor emission? Yes
Nee
20 Best Techniques Available
Are there one or more IPPC installations Yes
within your facility, as referred to in Nee

Appendix 1 of the Industrial Emissions
Directive?
If the IPPC guideline applies to you, the environmental permit and the water permit will be
coordinated. The application for the environmental permit must therefore be submitted at the same time as or at the
latest within 6 weeks after the application for the water permit.
Are there installations or storage Yes
facilities in your facility to which one or Nee

more Dutch information documents
about BAT apply (designated BAT
documents)?
Form version
2017.01
To build
Placing structures for traffic, infrastructure or public
facilities
1 The construction work
What applies to the building? It will be completely replaced

It is partially replaced
It is newly posted
Optional explanation Realization of a transformer station, consisting of various

structures/buildings. These components are further defined
and elaborated in the permit application explanation (including
built-up area, floor area and content).
Have you previously Yes
applied for a permit for this Nee

construction work?
2 Location of the structure
Where are you going to build? Terrain
3 Gross floor area construction

Will the gross floor Yes
area of the structure change as a result of Nee

the construction work?
What is the gross floor area of the 0
structure in m2 for the execution of

What is the gross floor area of the 0
structure in m2 after the construction

work has been carried out?
4 Gross construction content

Changes the gross content Yes
of the structure due to the Nee

construction work?
What is the gross volume of the 0
structure in m3 for the execution of

What is the gross volume of the 0
structure in m3 after the construction

Application date: February 28, 2017 Application number: 2620177 Competent authority: Province of South Holland Page 1 of3
5 Area of built-up area
Will the built-up area of the Yes
site change after the construction Nee

What is the built area of 0
the site in m2 for the construction

work?
What is the built area of the site in m2 0
after the construction work has been

carried out?
6 Seasonal and Temporary Constructions
Is it a seasonal Yes
construction? Nee
Is it a temporary structure? Yes
Nee
How many whole years will the 35

structure remain on the site?
How many months? 0
7 Use
What are you currently using the building living

and/or site for? Other usage functions
Indicate what you are currently using the Wasteland

building and/or site for.
What will you be using the building living

for? Other usage functions
Indicate what you will use the building Transformatorstation

for.
8 Usage Functions
In the table below, the first column lists possible uses that may occur in a structure. Enter the number of people,
the total usable area and the total floor area of the residential area in m2 in whole numbers for all occupancy
functions that apply to you.
Usage Function Number of persons Usable area (m2) Living area (m2)
Meeting
the
healthcare
Industry
Office
Logical
Education
Sport
Store
Other
usage functions
9 Appearance of construction/prosperity
Describe the materials and colors that you use for the construction of the parts below. You may leave the field
empty if you mention materials and colors in the attachments
Components Material Colour
facades
- Plinth building
- Facade cladding
- Parapets
- Jointing
frames
- Ramen
- Doors
- shutters
Gutters and buoy parts
Roofing
Enter other parts and associated See Appendix II to the Explanation of the
materials and colors here. application for an environmental permit for construction and the
environment for the onshore 220 kV - 380 kV transformer station.
10 Explain orally
I would like to explain my Yes
building plan verbally to the Nee

aesthetics committee/
city architect.
Form version
2017.01
To build
Placing yard or plot separation
1 The construction work
What applies to the building? It will be completely replaced

It is partially replaced
It is newly posted
Optional explanation Fencing is placed around the new transformer station to be built
Have you already Yes
had for this construction work Nee

applied for a permit?
2 Location of the structure
Where are you going to build? Terrain
3 Seasonal and temporary structures

Is it a seasonal Yes
construction? Nee
Is it a temporary structure? Yes
Nee
How many whole years will the 35

structure remain on the site?
How many months? 0
4 Appearance of construction/prosperity
Describe the materials and colors that you use for the construction of the parts below. You may leave the field empty
if you mention materials and colors in the attachments
Enter other parts and associated See Appendix II Explanation of the application for an environmental
materials and colors here. permit for building and the environment for the onshore 220 kV - 380
kV transformer station
5 Explain orally
I would like to explain Yes
my building plan verbally to the Nee

aesthetics committee/city
architect.
Form version
2017.01
Attachments
Formal attachments
Attachment name file name Type Date Status

submitted document
Explanation request 372_17-002-944-- Anders 2017-02-28 In

rapd--Explanation Welstand therapy
of application for Quality declarations
environmental permit Floor plans and cross-
transformer station sections for building
without appendices.pdf simple structures Other
data safety Structural
safety for more complex
structures Zoning plan,
management ordinance
and building regulations
for more complex structures
Building plans, cross-
sections and detailed
drawings Structural safety
for simple structures Data
and documents about
safety and the prevention
of nuisance for construction
work Equivalence Zoning
plan, management
ordinance and building
code simple structures
Situation drawing
environment Soil data
Waste water data Floor
plan Environment Energy
data Non-technical summary
Data noise and vibration
Process description
Environment Data waste
materials that are created
in the facility
Annex II Color and Appendix II Color and Otherwise 2017-02-28 In

material statement_pdf material statement-.pdf Wellbeing therapy
Annex III Constr Appendix Otherwise 2017-02-28 In

starting point III Constructive Structural safety simple therapy
Principles-.pdf structures
Appendix IV Archaeological Appendix Otherwise 2017-02-28 In

research_pdf IV Archaeological therapy
research.pdf
Appendix V Appendix V Exploratory Otherwise 2017-02-28 In

Exploring soil investigation research.pdf Soil data therapy

submitted document
Appendix I drawings Appendix Otherwise 2017-02-28 In

I Floor plan drawing Building plans, therapy
detailed drawing and sections and
views.pdf detailed drawings
Appendix VI Acoustic Appendix VI Acoustic Sound and vibration 2017-02-28 In

research_pdf research.pdf data therapy
Appendix VII Research Appendix VII Research Otherwise 2017-02-28 In

magnetic fields_pdf magnetic fields.pdf therapy
Annex VIII Appendix Otherwise 2017-02-28 In

Datasheets_pdf VIII Datasheets.pdf therapy
Appendix IX Authorization and Chamber of Appendix IX Authorization incl Otherwise 2017-02-28 In

Commerce extract Chamber of Commerce.pdf therapy
rapd03Acoustic 17-003-306-rap Sound and vibration 2017-03-08 Addition

research_pdf d03-Acoustic data
research.pdf
Drawing list_pdf Drawing list.pdf Otherwise 2017-08-25 Addition
TEK312 Onshore 03214002TEK312 Building plans, 2017-08-25 Addition

Substation HKZ_pdf Onshore Substation sections and
HKZ for permit_rev02.pdf detailed drawings
20170724_rev 20170724_rev Plans and sections 2017-08-25 Addition

1_TTB-4575_pdf 1_TTB-4575.pdf build simple structures


20170724_rev 20170724_rev Building plans, 2017-08-25 Addition

1_TTB-4585_pdf 1_TTB-4585.pdf sections and
detailed drawings

detailed drawings

detailed drawings

detailed drawings

detailed drawings

detailed drawings

detailed drawings

detailed drawings

detailed drawings

detailed drawings

detailed drawings

submitted document
TTB-04583 HKZ - TTB-04583 HKZ - Floor plans, 2017-08-25 Addition

Block diagram_pdf Fire alarm system sections and
block diagram.pdf build detailed drawings
TTB-04587HKZ flash TTB-04587 HKZ - Building plans, 2017-08-25 Addition

mpieken_pdf Switch garden foundation sections and
lightning peaks.pdf detailed drawings
TTB-04588-foundation TTB-04588 HKZ - Building plans, 2017-08-25 Addition

cable tray_pdf Switch garden foundation sections and
cable tray.pdf detailed drawings
TTB-04589 HKZ TTB-04589 HKZ - Building plans, 2017-08-25 Addition

components type 1_pdf Switchyard foundation sections and
components type 1.pdf detailed drawings
TTB-04590 components TTB-04590 HKZ - Building plans, 2017-08-25 Addition

type_pdf Switch garden sections and
foundation components detailed drawings
type 2_3_4.pdf
TTB-04591 components type TTB-04591 HKZ - Building plans, 2017-08-25 Addition

5_6_pdf Switchyard foundation sections and
components type 5_6.pdf detailed drawings
TTB-04592HKZ-Switch TTB-04592 HKZ - Building plans, 2017-08-25 Addition

garden type 7_pdf Switchyard foundation sections and
TTB-04593HKZ-Switch TTB-04593 HKZ - Building plans, 2017-08-25 Addition

garden type 8_pdf Switchyard foundation sections and
TTB-04594HKZ-comp TTB-04594 HKZ - Building plans, 2017-08-25 Addition

9_10_11_12_13_pdf Switch garden sections and
foundation components detailed drawings
type 9_10_11_12_13.pdf
TTB-04595HKZ component TTB-04595 HKZ - Building plans, 2017-08-25 Addition

grafting Details_pdf Switchyard foundation sections and
components Details.pdf detailed drawings
TTB-04597 HKZ - TTB-04597 HKZ - Building plans, 2017-08-25 Addition

Space list CDG_PDF Room list CDG.PDF sections and
detailed drawings
Overview_HKZ_17082- Overview_HKZ_- Building plans, 2017-08-25 Addition

3_pdf 170823.pdf sections and
detailed drawings
BIJLII_TTB-04596 HKZ APPENDIX Wellbeing 2017-08-25 Addition

Color Mat_state_pdf II TTB-04596 HKZ
- Colors and
material statement.pdf
BIJVI17-00_639 - rap05- APPENDIX Sound and vibration 2017-08-25 Addition

Ak subject transformer_pdf VI17-00_639-rapd05- data
Ak subtrafo.pdf
BIJX170556R01_Rap APPENDIX Other data security 2017-08-25 Addition

brandv_rev_3_pdf X 170556R01_Report
fire safety d_rev-.3.pdf Structural safety for more
complex structures
17-012_035-rapd02-T 17-012_035-rapd02- Building plans, 2017-08-25 Addition

oelaanvr_TenneT_pdf TenneT.pdf application sections and
submission_version.pdf detailed drawings
Form version
2017.01 Cost
To build
Placing structures for traffic, infrastructure or public facilities. What are the estimated costs
in euros (excluding VAT)?
To build
Placing a yard or plot separation
What are the estimated costs in euros
0
(excluding VAT)?
Project costs What

are the estimated costs
for the total project in euros
(excluding VAT)?
Just at sea Hollandse Kust (south)

Explanation of the building permit application and the environment for
the onshore 220 kV-380 kV transformer station
TenneT TSO BV
25 augustus 2017
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 INTRODUCTION 1
1.1 Reason, usefulness and necessity 1
1.2 Just at sea Hollandse Kust (south) 1
1.3 National coordination scheme 4
1.4 Legal framework 5
1.5 Scope application document 5
1.6 Planning the project 6
1.7 Reading Guide 6
2 LOCATION AND ACTIVITY ON MAIN LINES 7
2.1 Introduction and background 220 kV-380 kV transformer substation 7
2.2 Location and cadastral information 8
3 TO BUILD 11
3.1 Introduction 11
3.2 Current situation 11
3.3 Future situation 220 kV-380 kV transformer station 13
3.4 Use 15
3.5 Archaeology 15
3.6 Cost 16
4 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT 17
4.1 Introduction 17
4.2 Establishment establishment 17
4.2.1 Operating times and activities 4.2.2 17
Destination 4.2.3 Future developments 17
17
4.3 Soil 17
4.3.1 Zero situation bottom 17
4.3.2 Underbody protection 4.3.3 Unusual 18
occurrences: Oil leakage 20

4.4 Safety 20
4.4.1 External security 20
4.4.2 fire safety 21
4.5 Sound 23
4.6 Sky 23
4.7 Wastewater and waste products 24
4.8 Energy and emergency power 25
4.9 Traffic 26
4.10 Magnetic fields 26
5 LIST OF READINGS 28
Last page 28
Attachments) Number of pages
I Floor plans, detailed drawings and situation drawing 27
II Color and material state 2
III Constructive principles 7
IV Archaeological research 153
IN Exploratory soil research 90
WE Acoustic research 23
VII Research magnetic fields 31
VIII Datasheets 106
IX Authorization (including extract from Chamber of Commerce TenneT TSO BV) 15
X Fire safety reporting 12

INTRODUCTION
1.1 Reason, usefulness and necessity
The Netherlands has formulated objectives and made agreements in a European context about realizing the generation of
sustainable - renewable - energy. Wind energy plays a prominent role in this.
In addition to onshore wind energy, objectives have been formulated for offshore wind energy. These objectives have been
revised and made concrete in the Energy Agreement for sustainable growth [lit. 1]. It has been agreed that 4,450 MW of
offshore wind capacity will be operational in 2023. At the moment, approximately 1,000 MW has been realized. This means
that there is still 3,450 MW to be realised.
In the Roadmap for offshore wind energy [lit. 2] it was decided to facilitate the target of 3,500 MW in three areas, namely
Borssele, Hollandse Kust (south) and Hollandse Kust (north). It has been decided that the Hollandse Kust (zuid) wind energy
area can be developed second, after the Borssele wind energy area. The Hollandse Kust (zuid) wind energy area offers space
for 1,400 MW of wind capacity. The Roadmap indicates that the issuance of the Hollandse Kust (zuid) plots will take place in
2017 and 2018.
The government has decided to facilitate the roll-out of this 3,500 MW with a new issuance system for offshore wind farms.
This decision is laid down in the Offshore Wind Energy Act (which entered into force on 1 July 2015) [lit. 3]. The Offshore
Wind Energy Act offers the government the opportunity to allocate plots for the development of offshore wind farms. In the
1998 amendment to the Electricity Act [lit. 4] TenneT has also been appointed as grid operator at sea. In this role, TenneT is
responsible for the preparation, construction and management of the grid connection of offshore wind farms. This also applies
to the HKZ offshore grid.
The new issuance system is better than the realization of individual connections on many fronts. After all, by bundling the
investments in offshore infrastructure at TenneT, synergy benefits arise, such as advantageous financing, purchasing advantage,
standardization advantage and advantage through knowledge development.
TenneT works together with all relevant parties in this regard. A coordinated connection of offshore wind farms therefore leads
to lower social costs and less impact on the living environment.
Offshore grid HKZ ensures that the electricity from the wind turbines in the plots of the Hollandse Kust (zuid) wind energy area
can be transported to the onshore high-voltage grid (380 kV). With the HKZ offshore grid, TenneT is making a contribution to the
energy transition in the Netherlands by realizing a future-proof offshore grid that is in line with the Offshore Wind Energy
Roadmap [lit. 2].
1.2 Net at sea on the Dutch coast (south)
TenneT is the initiator of the HKZ just at sea project. The HKZ wind energy area offers space for 1,400 MW. The
Roadmap for offshore wind energy states that standard platforms are used to connect this capacity to the high-voltage
grid, to which 700 MW of wind energy capacity can be connected per platform. This means that as part of the HKZ offshore
grid, TenneT will realize two platforms (1,400 MW), each of which will connect to the national high-voltage grid with two 220 kV
cables. The wind turbines in the designated areas will be directly connected to the two platforms to be built, so that collecting
platforms at the wind farms themselves are unnecessary. This leads to
1 | 28 Witteveen+Bos | AH579-21/17-012.035 | Final 02

cost reduction. In order to facilitate the timely realization of the wind farms, platform Alpha must be operational by 2021 at
the latest and platform Beta in 2022. Figure 1.1 shows the components HKZ just at sea.
The HKZ offshore grid project consists of the following four main components: 1 two
offshore platforms for the connection of the wind turbines, including a back-up cable1 between
both platforms in case of failure or damage to one of the cables; 2 four cable systems at sea
(two cable systems come ashore from each platform); 3 four cable systems on land up to the transformer
station, hereafter two cable systems on land for the connection of the transformer station to the existing 380 kV high-voltage
substation; 4 realization of a transformer station on land with transformers that transform the current from 220 kV to 380 kV,
which connects to the existing 380 kV high-voltage station.
Figure 1.2 shows the location of the Hollandse Kust (zuid) wind energy area with the TenneT platforms, the location of the
transformer substation and the location of the existing 380 kV high-voltage substation.
1 A back-up cable is an extra cable with the aim of increasing the availability of the grid at sea. For example, if one
cable is damaged, transport via the second cable can continue.

Figure 1.1 HKZ project components at sea

Figure 1.2 Hollandse Kust (zuid) wind energy area, including platforms and existing 380 kV high-voltage substation
1.3 National coordination scheme
Pursuant to Article 3.35, first paragraph, of the Spatial Planning Act (Wro), the Minister of Economic Affairs (EZ) has issued
a separate decision (DGETM-ED/15159844 dated 13 November 2015) - for reasons of achieving the elements of the national
spatial policy - declared the national coordination regulation applicable to the preparation of the project for the Hollandse Kust
(zuid) offshore grid project. The Minister of Economic Affairs (EZ) is the project minister and the coordinating competent
authority for this.

The competent authority for taking this implementation decree, the environmental permit (part of the environment and
building), is the province of South Holland.
The following implementation decrees are being prepared in coordination with the integration plan and this
environmental permit: - water law permit; - building environmental permit for offshore platform Beta; - permit and
exemption based on the Nature Conservation Act (area and species protection); - railway law permit;
1.4 Legal framework
EIA (assessment) obligation

Category D 24.2 of the EIA Decree lists the following activity: 'The construction, modification
or extension of an underground high-voltage line in cases where the activity relates to a line with: 1 a voltage of 150
kilovolts or more, and 2 a length of 5 kilometers or more (up to 3 nautical miles from the coast) by (further specified in
the Decree)
sensitive area.'
Just at sea HKZ meets both requirements, because one of the route alternatives (route alternative 3(A), see 2.4.3 EIA
report part A) goes through a sensitive area (Natura 2000 area Voordelta) for more than 5 km with more than 5 km.
An integration plan is drawn up for the HKZ offshore grid, in which the route of the cables is determined and which therefore
sets the framework (see Article 2, second paragraph of the EIA Decree) for the activity. Article 2, third paragraph of the EIA
Decree provides for plans that if a plan appears in column 3 and enables an activity (column 1 of part D) that meets the
threshold values (column 2), this plan must be immediately (plan ) is subject to an EIA. The EIA requirement therefore
applies directly to this project.
The EIA was drawn up in the context of the National Integration Plan, the water permit and the nature
conservation act permit. The transformer substation for which this environmental permit is being applied for is not subject to
an EIA. An environmental permit is required.
Building environmental permit In

accordance with Article 2.1, paragraph 1, under a, General Provisions Environmental Law Act (Wabo) and Article 2,
paragraph 18, under a, Annex 1 Environmental Law Decree (Bor), an environmental permit is required to build for utilities
that are higher than 3 m and/or larger. than 15 m². The onshore 220 kV-380 kV transformer station is being realized on a
site of approximately 5.5 hectares and consists of various buildings/constructions larger than 15 m², which means that an
environmental permit is required.
Environmental permit for the

environment Article 2.1(1)(e) of the Wabo contains the permit requirement for the establishment of an establishment. The
220 kV 380 kV transformer substation is not housed in a closed building and has a capacity of more than 200 MVA, namely
1400 MVA, which means that it is subject to an environmental permit on the basis of category 20.1, under b of Annex 1 Bor.
Because of category 20.5, the Provincial Executive of South Holland is the competent authority for the environmental permit
for the transformer substation.
1.5 Scope of application document
This permit application under the General Provisions Environmental Law Act (Wabo) relates to the erection and use of
the onshore 220 kV-380 kV transformer station. An environmental permit for building and the environment is requested
for this.

The application form for an environmental permit from the Environment Desk online was used for the application.
1.6 Planning the project
The turnaround time for the construction of the transformer station is approximately 22 months. Prior to this, the
ground will be prepared for construction in 9 to 12 months.
The current planning is that the transformer station will be operational from 2021. Construction of the transformer station is
currently scheduled to start at the end of 2018.
1.7 Reading Guide
Chapter two contains a more detailed explanation of the requested activities and the intended location of the transformer
substation. Chapter three discusses the building component to be licensed and contains the required application data.
Chapter four elaborates on the environmental aspects of the intended activities to explain the environmental aspects to be
licensed. The following appendices have been added on the basis of the explanation (see table 1.1).
Table 1.1 List of attachments
Appendix no. title
I Floor plans, detailed drawings and situation drawing
II Color and material state
III Constructive principles
IV Archaeological research
IN Exploratory soil research
WE Acoustic research
VII Research magnetic fields
VIII Datasheets
IX Authorization (including extract from Chamber of Commerce TenneT TSO BV)
X Fire safety reporting

LOCATION AND ACTIVITY ON MAIN LINES
2.1 Introduction and background 220 kV-380 kV transformer substation
This chapter provides the location and general description of the 220 kV-380 kV transformer station for which
an environmental permit for construction and the environment is being applied for.
The transformer station will have the following main technical functions: -
the transformation of the generated wind energy from 220 kV (voltage level of the sea cables to the platforms) to
380 kV (voltage level of the existing high-voltage grid). The transformation takes place via 4 power transformers;
- compensating for the long 220 kV sea cables; The long sea cables generate a lot of reactive power,
not to be confused with the wattage generated by the wind turbines. The local high-voltage grid is not well able to
absorb this reactive power, so the reactive power generated has to be compensated at the transformer substation
using 220 kV and 33 kV reactors and 33 kV capacitor banks;
- filtering harmonic disturbances; The long sea cables can ensure that existing harmonic disturbances in the 380
kV high-voltage grid are amplified and harmonic disturbances at 220 kV level become unacceptably high.
To counteract this effect, 220 kV harmonic filters and 220 kV series coils will have to be installed.
These main functions are shown in a simplified one-line diagram in figure 2.1.
Figure 2.1 Simplified one-line diagram of the transformer substation
380 kV 380 kV
TR TR TR TR
filter filter
reactor reactor reactor reactor
220 kV 220 kV
220 kV cables to platform 220 kV cables to platform

Dutch Coast South Alpha Dutch Coast South Beta

In addition to the main functions mentioned above, the transformer substation has the following important
secondary functions:
- short circuit protection; If a short circuit occurs somewhere in the high-voltage grid of the offshore grid (eg on one of the
220 kV offshore cables), this short circuit must be switched off quickly and selectively (only the disrupted part). Various
380 kV and 220 kV circuit breakers are required to enable disconnection. These circuit breakers are designed as an
open air switchgear. Control of the switches must be done via intelligent control units, these units will be placed in small
houses (field houses) close to the fields;
- enabling maintenance and repair of malfunctions; The transformers and reactors require periodic maintenance. This
maintenance can only be performed if the relevant transformer or reactor is switched off. To enable safe work on the
components, 380 kV and 220 kV open air switchgear (disconnecters, grounders, etc.) must be placed on the station;
- communication with and control/monitoring of the offshore platforms; The offshore platforms are unmanned and
relatively difficult to reach. Controlling and monitoring the various technical installations on the platforms should therefore
be possible from the transformer station. To this end, a central service building will be present at the station, where
the wind farm owners will also be allocated their own spaces.
Chapter 3 describes for which parts an environmental permit to build is applied for.
2.2 Location and cadastral information
The location of the transformer station is in the municipality of Rotterdam on the Maasvlakte, see figure 2.2 for
the overview map of the onshore route Maasvlakte Noord and figure 2.3 for the site plan of the transformer station.
Figure 2.3 shows the location of the transformer substation with a dotted line.
The site of the transformer station is owned by the municipality of Rotterdam. The municipality provides it on a long lease
to the Port of Rotterdam Authority. The Port Authority provides it to TenneT on a subleasehold.
The parcel is indicated in the cadastral register with: RTD12AM 329G0000. The plot is partly leased to TenneT
on a subleasehold. The site of the transformer station will cover an area of approximately 5.5 ha within the plot boundaries.

Figure 2.2 Maasvlakte Noord onshore route

Figure 2.3 Transformer substation location drawing

TO BUILD
3.1 Introduction
On the basis of Article 2.1, paragraph 1, under a of the General Provisions for Environmental Law Act, a permit is required for
the construction of a transformer substation. This transformer station converts electricity generated from the Hollandse Kust (zuid)
wind energy area from 220 kV to 380 kV. This will then be led to the existing 380 kV high-voltage substation at Maasvlakte.
3.2 Current situation
The site on which the transformer substation will be built falls within the Maasvlakte 1 zoning plan. The site is
designated as 'business' within the Noordwesthoek sub-area. The transformer station will be spatially integrated using
the National Integration Plan. This environmental permit is being prepared in coordination with the National Integration Plan.
A fire station is located to the north of the transformer station at a distance of approximately 150 metres.
Northeast, against Edison Bay, is a fireworks repacking location approximately 500 meters away. The Euromax Terminal
Rotterdam is located approximately 800 meters south-east of the transformer station and a railway line is located south of the
transformer station, with the shunting yard of the Euromax freight transshipment at approximately 200 meters.
Description of the Noordwesthoek sub-area

The Noordwesthoek has been undergoing significant development for a number of years. The established activity can be divided into the segments
LNG, liquid bulk, containers and other. The construction of both a container and an LNG terminal has completed the area in three years
transformed into perhaps the most modern of the port of Rotterdam. However, approximately 45 hectares is still available and offers opportunities
for expanding the existing segments. In addition to the activity, there is limited recreational use in this area on the Zuidwal and the viewpoint to
be created here. This artificial row of dunes acts as a visual separation between industry and Hoek van Holland. In the northwest is a (part of a)
hard sea wall, which connects to the sea wall of Maasvlakte 2.
West of Edison Bay is a fireworks repacking location. This location is intended for the repacking of containers with fireworks. If the Liveability and
Transport Inspectorate (ILT) indicates this, actions must be taken here to adjust the transport characteristics (eg labels) or packaging of fireworks
if containers with fireworks are incorrectly classified.
In order to show the current situation, in addition to the maps already presented in figures 2.2 and 2.3, an aerial photograph
and photo of the location in figures 3.1 and 3.2 have been added.

Figure 3.1 Current situation of the transformer substation location

Figure 3.2 Photo of the current situation (source Google StreetView, location Maasvlakteweg)
3.3 Future situation 220 kV-380 kV transformer station

Terrain and constructions
The future situation concerns a transformer station with a surface area of approximately 5.5 hectares. To protect against
lightning strikes, the transformer station will be provided with lightning peaks with a height of approximately 24 meters at a
number of points. These peaks form the highest points of the device. The average height of the transformer station is between
10 and 15 meters. The site is closed off with a fence with a height of approximately 3.5 meters. The fencing is a standard wire
mesh fencing, consisting of buried steel mesh elements with a mesh size of 200 x 50 mm and Y-point wires of the Pallas P300C
type. In accordance with the preference of the Q-team (wealth assessment), the fencing will be in the color RAL 7016. The
access road and all roads at the transformer station are 6 meters wide.
Table 3.1 and Annex I describe and map out the structures and components of the transformer station. Table 3.1 also lists
which structures are subject to a permit and for which the building environmental permit is being applied for.
Table 3.1 Transformer substation structures
Construction Number of Dimensions (lxwxh, meter) open/closed
380/220 kV transformer box 4 25 mx 9 mx 9 m partially open
220 kV reactor box 4 15m x 9m x 9m partially open
220 kV SERIES reactor box 4 15m x 6m x 8m partially open
33 kV reactor box 8 8m x 6m x 8m partially open
33 kV switchgear room 4 7.5m x 5m x 4.5m closed
earthing transformer/harmonic 4 8m x 6m x 4.5m closed

compensation
bayhouse (field house) 6 6m x 4.5m x 3.5m closed
central service building 1 42m x 14.5m x 4m closed
fencing around terrain (240+190+240+190) x 3,5m open

Central service building

A building belonging to the transformer station is a building that accommodates various
functions for the transformer station; the central services building (CDG). Annex I contains floor plans
of the layout, including the central service building and detailed drawings of the building. The building
consists of various spaces, including: - a kitchen for personal use; - sanitary facilities (two toilets); - a
SCADA (Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition) room for the control of the offshore
wind farms;
In addition, parking facilities are available for personal use (maintenance and breakdown). Parking
spaces are also available for managers of the offshore wind farms. They can use the SCADA facilities
on site. These facilities can also be accessed from a distance, so that the traffic-attracting effect will be
very small.
The CDG has a basement (over the entire surface of the building). This (shallow) basement is mainly used
to lead low-voltage and telecommunications cables from room to room. The front, side walls and rear of
the building consist of brick masonry. In accordance with the preference of the Q-team, the type of facing
brick 'hectic smothered SP WF in anthracite' will be used. 'Dark gray Dresden planed' is used for the plinth.
The facade doors and frames are made of steel, and the windows and frames (the exterior of the building)
are made of aluminum. The facade doors and frames are executed in RAL7016. The doors will be executed
without windows on the advice of the Q-team.
The roof is a flat roof that will not be visible from outside the facility at eye level. The gutters and
rainwater drainage are galvanized and the roof hood is a ROVAL type a. The color and materials
list are included in appendix II.
The field houses (bayhouses) are made of concrete with a structure.
Foundation The foundations of the structures, including the fields and the central service building, will
be piled. Annex III contains the constructive principles (main line of the construction). At least three weeks
before the start of construction, the final construction calculations are submitted, which CC2 (consequence
classes) are tested. CC2 can be used for residential and office buildings where the consequences are
limited. CC3 can be used for buildings and civil engineering works where the consequences of the collapse
are significant (e.g. grandstands, concert halls). That does not apply here, so CC2 is justified. There are no
consequences for the energy supply in the event of failure.
Floor area and content of buildings

Table 3.2 presents the gross floor area and content of the various structures.

Table 3.2 Floor area and content of buildings
Construction Number of Dimensions Surface Content
m2 . per Total Per Total

(lxbxh, meter)
construction work building 3 construction works
3
construction works m m
2
m
380/220 kV 4 28m x 12,5m x 9,5m 350 1400 3325 13300
transformer box
220 kV reactor box 4 15m x 12,5m x 9,5m 188 750 1781 7125
220 kV SERIES 4 15m x 6m x 8m 90 360 720 2880
reactor box
33 kV reactor box 8 7m x 9m x 6.5m 63 504 410 3276
33 kV switchgear 4 8m x 10m x 5m 80 320 400 1600
room
earthing 4 10m x 10m x 5m 100 400 500 2000
transformer/
harmonic
compensation
bayhouse 6 6m x 4.5m x 3.5m 27 162 95 567
(field house)
central 1 51m x 16m x 4,5m 816 816 3672 3672
service building
fencing around (266+281+112+
325) x 3,5m
3.4 Use
The transformer station is in operation 24 hours a day, it is an unmanned station.
The central service building is used by transformer station managers, maintenance people and managers of
the offshore wind farms in case the SCADA system has to be approached on site. However, the control of the offshore wind
farms mainly takes place 'remotely'. The traffic attraction of this building is therefore negligible.
3.5 Archeology
With regard to archaeology, both desk research and an inventorying field study were carried out.
These have been carried out in accordance with the requirements as stated in KNA 3.2. The report is included in Appendix IV.
For the location of the transformer station, there is a low expectation for sites from the Mesolithic from NAP -25 m and deeper.
The proposed works will not disturb these sites, as they will not be carried out to a depth of 25 m or more. The proposed
construction will therefore have no influence on the archaeological archive.
According to the Maasvlakte 1 zoning plan, archeological research is only necessary for soil-moving activities that reach
deeper than NAP -3 m (from NAP -3 m because of possible ship remains, from NAP -17 m partly because of possible remains
from the Mesolithic) and which also occupying an area of more than 200 square meters.

The Archaeological Service of the Municipality of Rotterdam (BOOR) has indicated that no archaeological investigation is
necessary for the construction of the transformer station. The ground level is now at approximately NAP +5 m. The limits
stated in the zoning plan will not be exceeded for the construction of the transformer station, with the possible exception of the
piles, but in this case that is a limited acceptable disturbance.
3.6 Cost
The construction costs for the complete transformer station are estimated at 3 million euros.

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT
4.1 Introduction
The application concerns a permit for an indefinite period of time for an establishment consisting of a transformer
substation with associated facilities (see table 3.1). This chapter provides a more detailed description of the operation of
the facility. This chapter also discusses the
(assessment) obligation and the possible environmental impact of the establishment. The environmental consequences have been
discussed for each component of the facility.
4.2 Establishment establishment
4.2.1 Operating times and activities
The facility is in operation 24 hours a day every day of the year.
4.2.2 Destination
The transformer station will be integrated into a spatial plan using the National Integration Plan drawn up for this
project.
4.2.3 Future developments
No developments are expected within the establishment that could be important for the decision on the application and the
protection of the environment.
4.3 Soil
4.3.1 Soil zero situation
An exploratory soil survey in accordance with NEN 5740 has been carried out for the onshore route of the Hollandse Kust
(zuid) offshore grid. This report describes the results of the environmental hygiene soil investigation at the Maasvlakte
Noord transformer substation location and is included in Appendix V to this explanation.
By carrying out this soil investigation, insight has been gained into the environmental hygiene of the soil quality.
No observations were made during the field work that indicate the presence of soil contamination. No contamination has been
detected in the ground at the Maasvlakte Noord transformer substation location. In the context of the Soil Quality Decree, this soil
is indicatively assessed as always applicable for use on terrestrial soil. The groundwater is maximally light

contaminated. Based on this exploratory soil investigation, there are no environmental barriers to the
realization of a transformer substation.
4.3.2 Soil protection
An inventory is made below of the potentially soil-threatening substances within the establishment, as
well as the combinations of measures and techniques with which a negligible risk of soil contamination
is realized in accordance with the Dutch Soil Protection Directive (NRB).
Potentially soil-threatening
substances The transformers and reactors at the station jointly contain approximately 888 tons of
transformer oil (see also Box 4.2). The soil risk consists of oil leakage from the installations.
The 380/220 kV transformers transform the generated power and then transfer it to the Maasvlakte
high-voltage substation. Own company transformers convert generated power for energy consumption
at the transformer station itself. The 380/220 kV transformers are all installed outside. Two of the
company's own transformers are located indoors in the central service building. The other two are
located indoors in the 33 kV building, close to the 33 kV reactors (section 3 on the site plan in Appendix
I). The 33 kV and 220 kV reactors and the 220 kV series reactors are all installed outside.
The transformers and reactors are all closed installations. In the sense of the Dutch Soil Protection
Directive (NRB), these are systems that are designed to be closed and that are designed in such a
way that no liquids or other substances escape from the installation during normal operation. This
greatly reduces the risk of (liquid) material being released. Periodic maintenance ensures that these
systems remain closed and do not become (semi) open processes. Particularly from the point of view
of maintenance and the prevention of calamities (oil leaks to the bottom), the oil-bearing installations
are equipped with cellars.
Concrete cellars are present under the transformers and reactors. The cellars have sufficient
capacity to collect the transformer oil from the largest installation above them plus 10%. The
transformers are closed installations with a filler flange at the top. A spill-control program will be applied.
This means that malfunctions, which can be an indication of a leakage, give a remote alarm because the
transformers no longer function properly.
In the central service building there are various batteries that contain battery acid. The batteries
are closed and are placed in battery boxes that are resistant to battery acid. There is no workshop
where potentially soil-threatening activities are carried out and no potentially soil-contaminating
substances are stored within the establishment. The required transformer oil is supplied directly when
required.
Box 4.1 Battery acid in batteries
Battery acid in batteries
The batteries are of the VRLA type. The batteries are installed in battery rooms. A drip tray is placed under the batteries. In this way it is not necessary to
provide the floor with an acid-resistant coating. It is not yet clear exactly how many batteries there will be, but that should be apparent from the calculations
(detail engineering). To give an example: Another (comparable) high-voltage station had 210 batteries of type SBS390 per battery room (there are 2 battery
rooms) according to the attached data sheet (see
Annex VIII).

Combinations of facilities and measures In

accordance with the NRB, a negligible soil risk must be realized during activities with potentially
soil-threatening substances. In order to achieve a negligible soil risk, the aforementioned physical
facilities (basement for collecting oil) are applied in combination with control measures (incident
management).
The combination of the aforementioned facilities and measures (hereinafter referred to as: cvm) is
aimed at preventing the release of soil-contaminating substances, to ensure that if the substance is
nevertheless released, it is collected and this is quickly identified and that the personnel intervene adequately.
As a result, a negligible soil risk is realized with the combinations of the aforementioned facilities and
measures. This is summarized in table 4.1.
Table 4.1 Overview of business activities in NRB
Business activity NRB category 2012 Services Measures Is becoming
met
to cvm?
380/220 kV 4.1 closed process placed above maintenance program System and
transformers filled with oil or operation cellar General Care Inspectorate

(see box 4.2)
own 4.1 closed process placed above maintenance program System and
operating transformer or operation basement General Care Inspectorate

filled with oil
batteries for 4.1 closed process placed in maintenance program System and
emergency power or operation drip trays file General Care Inspectorate

against battery acid
company sewerage 5.1.2. new sewage liquid-tight maintenance program System and
system facility and General Care Inspectorate

attention to
wells, sludge traps,
oil separators,
connections receiving
wells
Box 4.2 Overview of the amount of oil in transformers
Overview amount of oil in transformers
4 x transformer 380/220: 84 tons of oil each à Shell Diala S4 ZX-I (see appendix VIII for the Material Safety datasheet1 and
datasheet of the oil used).
4 x variable 220 kV reactor: 59+25 = 84 tons of oil each à Shell Diala S4 ZX-I.
4 x 220 kV series reactor: 45 tons per piece to Shell Diala S4 ZX-I.
4 x 33 kV reactor: 7 tons of oil each à Shell Diala S4 ZX-I.
4 x own company transformer: maximum 1 tonne of oil each à Shell Diala S4 ZX-I.
Capacitor bank: Impregnation oil 22 kg / capacitor unit, 14 units/phase, 42 per capacitor bank, gives 42x22=924 kg of oil per bank. There
are 4 banks.
The MSDS shows that the chemicals used are not on the RIVM's list of substances of very high concern.

4.3.3 Unusual occurrences: Oil leakage
An uncommon event that could occur could be oil leakage from the transformers.
Below the transformers are cellars. These serve to collect (contaminated) rainwater, oil and/or fire extinguishing
water. Oil detection is available to prevent contaminated water from being pumped out in the event of a
disaster. When oil is detected, no water is pumped out. Concrete cellars are present under the 380/220kV
transformers and the company's own transformers. The cellars have sufficient capacity to collect the transformer
oil from the largest installation above them plus 10%.
4.4 Safety
There is high voltage within the site of the transformer station. The site is not accessible to unauthorized persons
and is enclosed by a closed fence of approximately 3.5 m high.
The transformer station operates unmanned. All switching operations can be done remotely via a specially
designed, secure communication link with the owner's or project contractor's operations center. In addition, all
switching operations can also be done locally, in coordination with a remote business center. In case of calamities,
the company emergency plan applies. The company emergency plan is submitted to the competent authority no
later than three months before the establishment comes into operation.
4.4.1 External security
The facility is not mentioned in Article 2 (and not in Article 3) of the External Safety Establishments
Decree (Bevi). Specific technical and procedural measures have been implemented within the facility to limit the
consequences for the environment in the event of unusual incidents (see section 4.3).
There are no consequences for the safety of nearby activities due to the realization of the
transformer station. The transformer station does not contain a refrigeration installation with ammonia as the refrigerant.
No hazardous substances are stored within the establishment. However, oil and sulfur hexafluoride (SF6) are
used in systems and installations within the facility. SF6 is used in gaseous form within the device. The total
amount is 1,996 kg. SF6 is an inert gas that is used as an insulating gas.
Sulfur hexafluoride is a greenhouse gas and is not toxic.
Under normal conditions there are no emissions of SF6. However, minor leakage may occur when
carrying out maintenance work, manufacturing errors or aging the installation. Monitoring, regular inspection
and careful maintenance ensure that potential loss of SF6 during plant operation is less than 0.5% per year.
SF6 is used in the 380 kV and 220 kV circuit breakers and current transformers. There is no good real alternative
on the market without SF6 for these components. These components must comply with the applicable IEC
standards, which allow a maximum SF6 gas leakage of 0.5-1.0 % per year. For any maintenance on the
components where SF6 gas has to be drained/topped up, use is made of certified gas-tight connections, excess
gas is collected in gas-tight bags, bottles or containers. Leakage of SF6 is monitored by means of SF6 pressure
gauges, when the pressure drops an alarm is given to the operational center.

4.4.2 Fire safety
The fire safety report is included in Appendix X.
The location is equipped with various fire safety facilities. There is no storage of flammable
substances. Employees are trained to monitor and manage all situations at the station. No fire-
hazardous activities take place on the outside area.
The spaces of buildings at the transformer substation are designed in accordance with the functional
requirements for ventilation and lighting as shown in figure 4.1. In the design of the electrical installations,
much attention is paid to good thermal management of cables and installations (preventing overload of
cables and components).
Figure 4.1 Functional requirements for ventilation and lighting
The spaces of buildings at the transformer station are also designed in accordance with the functional
requirements in the field of fire prevention as shown in figure 4.2. The Resistance to Fire Breakdown and
Fire Overover (WBDBO) of separating architectural elements from the vital spaces to an adjacent space
or installations is 120 minutes. The WBDBO basic requirement is 30 minutes, if this is not determined by
an adjacent seat of fire and it is not a vital space or independent secondary space. Penetrations (also in
the basement) must have at least the same WBDBO class as the wall or floor itself. The additional fire-
resistant protection of building structures will be carried out where necessary by means of cladding with
fire-resistant, fibre-reinforced, calcium silicate plate.

Figure 4.2 Fire Prevention Functional Requirements
The fire compartments are shown in the floor plan drawings in Appendix I. In rooms with a WBDBO of
120 min and equipped with an installation floor, the compartmentalisation continues into the basement.
Fire dampers are used where necessary in the ventilation systems. Ventilation grilles are fire-resistant
where necessary: The basements of the transformer/reactor buildings are closed with flame-reducing
grilles.
With regard to, among other things, pipes, cable ducts, doors, frames, seam sealing (of the lime
sandstone inner walls) and panel cladding (roof), the applicable WBDBO is also taken into account.
The cabling is carried out in such a way that the spread of fire through the pipes is prevented. All low-
voltage cables on the site and in the buildings are of the low-flammability, self-extinguishing and halogen-
free type. There are virtually no possible fires in the switchyard (the outdoor installation), and the
distances between the various components are also large in connection with the required high-voltage
insulation distance. There is therefore no division into fire zones for the outdoor installation.
The cooler batteries and transformers are protected against fire and explosion risk from an
adjacent transformer by placing a shard wall. The height of the fire-resistant shard wall is minimal
to above the highest oil-containing parts. The width of the fire-resistant shard wall is at least the
width of the oil collector necessary for oil storage in the event of calamities (IEEE 980). The layout
of the outdoor installation must be such that a fire in one transformer cannot lead to a fire in another
transformer or associated parts such as a cooler. Where a transformer has a separate cooler battery, a
shard wall is also placed between the cooler battery and the transformer for an explosion hazard, but this
does not fulfill a functional role in the protection against fire.

A fire alarm system (NEN2535 / NEN2575) including an evacuation panel is available in the
central service building. The automatic optical smoke detectors, manual detectors, strobe lights, slow
whoops and auxiliary indicators are connected to this fire alarm system, which are present in almost all rooms
of the buildings at the land station (see the drawings in Appendix I). Alarms from the fire alarm system are
reported to TenneT's national operational center in Arnhem.
The fire alarm system will be certified before commissioning in accordance with the 'CCV Certification Scheme
Fire Alarm System: 2015 version 3.0', published by the Center for Crime Prevention and Safety (CCV). All
residential, traffic and technical areas will be provided with 5 kg CO2
fire extinguishers with the national mark.
4.4.3 Emergency plan and action plan in case of emergency
A fire safety report (in accordance with the Building Decree) is included in Appendix X. A disaster and attack
plan will be drawn up prior to the commissioning of the transformer station. These plans will be shared and
discussed with the competent authority and its adviser, the security region.
These documents will be largely based on standard concept protocols for high voltage substations. These
standard concept protocols are currently in the final stages of development. The Netherlands Fire Brigade will
become the owner of this document and will communicate this
take care of.
4.5 Sound
The transformer station will be built on the noise-zoned industrial estate Maasvlakte. This means that the
noise load from companies on the site, including the proposed transformer substation, may not exceed 50
dB(A) outside the noise zone.
Based on the sound sources of the transformer substation, it has been mapped out which noise emissions the
transformer substation will have. These emissions are reported in the form of noise contours (in dB(A)) in the
acoustic study in Annex VI.
In consultation with the DCMR and the Port of Rotterdam, it has been concluded that the
expected noise exposure is acceptable.
4.6 Sky
air quality
In the operational phase, the transformer station does not emit any substances that are relevant for
influencing air quality: NOx and (very) fine particles (PM10, PM2.5). Because the transformer station
operates mainly unmanned, the expected transport movements are so limited that the emissions released cannot
contribute significantly to air quality. An effect on air quality as a result of the transformer station and associated
transport movements is therefore not an issue.
Odor
No odor emissions occur as a result of the activities within the transformer station.

4.7 Waste water and waste products
Unpolluted rainwater
Unpolluted rainwater is infiltrated into the soil at the location. This concerns rainwater that falls on the
roofs of buildings and on the (un)paved terrain.
Domestic waste water
Domestic waste water is collected and processed in an IBA. The specifications of the IBA are
set out in Annex VIII. The IBA is sized to handle the domestic waste water from the transformer station,
is regularly maintained and used according to the accompanying instructions. The water from the IBA
is so clean that it can be discharged into surface water. It is obvious that a connection will be sought for
this with the existing sewerage system.
Potentially contaminated
rainwater Rainwater that falls on the oil-containing transformers and reactors installed outside can
become contaminated with transformer oil in the event of leakage. Rainwater is collected in the cellars
under the relevant installations.
Under free fall, the rainwater passes through at least two cleaning steps, namely an oil/
water separator1 and a coalescence filter2 . In addition, an extra filter (active carbon filter) can be used
to further purify the rainwater. Whether a carbon filter will eventually be used is still being investigated.
Box 4.3 Activated carbon filter
Activated carbon filter
An activated carbon filter will remove oil by adsorption of oil and by the accumulation of oil and particles in the pores between the activated carbon particles.
With this, a removal efficiency of 90-95% can be achieved, so a concentration of 0.5 mg/l is feasible.
An activated carbon filter needs management and maintenance. The accumulation of particles causes the filter to become clogged. Therefore, it must
be periodically backwashed with (clean) water. The contaminated backwash water must be drained. This is possible
for example with a mobile installation (read: a truck with flushing equipment and water tanks), or to a sewer connection if one is available. In addition, the
activated carbon will have to be replaced periodically if it is saturated.
The cleaned rainwater then ends up in a pump pit from which it is pumped when the water level in the
pit gives reason to do so. This is automatically controlled by sensors in the pump sump. The pumps
are of the ACO Passavant type 37BE, see attached data sheet in appendix VIII. Each pump absorbs
an electrical power of 4.7 kW. The pumps are quiet. The noise level is negligible, especially because
they are located in a closed pump sump (2,500 litres).
The treatment facilities and pumping wells mentioned have been duplicated. Each combination
of facilities and wells processes rainwater from half of the transformer station. This is shown on the floor
plan drawing in Appendix I. The treatment facilities are managed, used and maintained in accordance
with the accompanying instructions.
TenneT is currently investigating two options for discharging the cleaned rainwater. On the one hand,
discharge to the bottom is an option. Due to the applied purification techniques (including, if necessary,
an activated carbon filter) a minimum achievable oil content of less than 0.5 mg/l is achieved.
Sludge traps are used. The sludge trap and oil/water separator are located together in 1 basin.
2
The coalescing filter is for separating very small, fine oil droplets from the water. Particles that do not float to the top by themselves due to the weight
difference between oil and water. The coalescence filter ensures that one goes from class II (< 100 mg/litre) to class I (< 5 mg/litre).

On the other hand, connecting to the existing sewerage system is an obvious choice, resulting in an indirect
discharge to the surface water of the Yangtze Canal, or a discharge to the pressure pipeline. In the latter
two cases, BAT is met with the use of oil/water separators and coalescence filters. In this application, a
permit is requested for both the discharge into the soil and the indirect discharge through the sewerage
system.
A total of two pumps are used at the transformer station (one for installation for platform Alpha, one for
installation for platform Beta),
Waste materials within the

facility The central service building offers employees the opportunity to perform (office) work. Office
and household waste will be generated during this work. This is removed with the regular waste
collection of the establishment. Storage on site will take place in the containers made available by the
waste collecting authority. Table 4.2 shows how the waste materials are removed from the facility.
Table 4.2 Disposal of waste
Nr. Waste disposal: Explanation
1. household waste this is removed with the regular waste collection of the
establishment
2. office waste paper and cardboard are removed separately as much as possible
by/to recognized processor(s),
chemical waste such as toners, etc. is also
collected separately
3. drain collected leaked oil / adsorbent contaminated with oil TenneT concludes contracts with recognized processors for the
in proper packaging removal and processing of waste. They ensure the responsible
disposal and processing of waste
4. drain collected leaked battery acid/adsorbent TenneT concludes contracts with recognized processors for the
contaminated with battery acid in proper packaging removal and processing of waste. They ensure responsible
disposal and processing of waste
5. waste disposal from the iba this facility is maintained in accordance

with prescriptions/user instructions. TenneT concludes contracts with
recognized processors for waste disposal and processing. They
ensure responsible disposal and processing of waste
6. disposal of waste in treatment plants (oil/water separator, these facilities are maintained in accordance
coalescence filter, activated carbon filter) with regulations/user instructions. TenneT concludes contracts with
recognized processors for waste disposal and processing. They
ensure responsible disposal and processing of waste
4.8 Energy and emergency power
The energy consumption of the components of the installation is 200,000 to 250,000 kWh per year.
This is caused by a large number of installations at the transformer station, each with a small own
power and is determined on the basis of the expected energy consumption. However, it is not expected
to be possible to reduce energy consumption because: - the station contains installations that comply
with the state of the art; - energy saving is not possible without consequences for operational reliability.
The cooling of the transformers and reactors will be done according to the ONAN method.

Box 4.4 Cooling transformers
Cooling Transformers
ONAN stands for Oil Natural Air Natural and is an indication for the method of cooling the transformer/reactor. ONAN is the
most basic form of cooling. The oil is circulated without the use of pumps, the oil flows from the principle that warm oil moves
up and cold oil goes down. By correct placement of pipes, this natural flow is
routed through the radiators. The cooling of the radiators (exchange of heat oil to the air) also takes place without
forced airflow, no fans are required.
There is no permanent emergency power supply. In case of calamities an emergency

generator will be rented. This concerns a diesel generator with a capacity of approximately 500 kVA.
The emergency power generator will only be available in case of calamities.
4.9 Traffic
The transformer station as part of the HKZ offshore grid has a negligible effect on traffic. A technician will
visit the transformer station for regular maintenance and for occasional repairs. Wind farm managers can
make ad hoc use of facilities in the central service building when remote operation is not possible. The
number of expected traffic movements for maintenance and management is expected to be less than
once a week during the operational phase. For regular business operations, this is also once a week on
average.
4.10 Magnetic fields
Electric and magnetic fields are created during the transport and use of electricity. The electric field is
of no further importance in this context, because it is shielded by a sheath that surrounds the cables.
This does not apply to magnetic fields. In the Netherlands, the recommended exposure limit of 100
microtesla is used for exposure to magnetic fields. This recommended exposure limit is based on a
Recommendation of the European Union (1999/519/EC), which sets a reference level of 100 microtesla
for the protection of the population. This value is not exceeded anywhere in the Netherlands at publicly
accessible locations near overhead high-voltage connections or high-voltage stations, not even in the
vicinity of underground high-voltage connections.
Since the 1970s, research has been conducted into the possible health effects of magnetic
fields from overhead high-voltage connections (prolonged exposure to low field strengths). Studies
(pooled analyses) from around 2000 show a weak, but statistically significant association between the
occurrence of leukemia in children up to 15 years of age and living in the vicinity of overhead power
lines. Both the Health Council and the RIVM come to the conclusion that these are thorough studies, but
also state that despite extensive research, no indications have been found for a causal relationship
between exposure to magnetic fields from high-voltage lines and the development of leukemia in
children. . There is also no known biological mechanism that can explain such a thing. As a follow-up to
the findings of the Health Council and RIVM on the scientific research results and the unrest in society
about possible health effects of high-voltage lines, the then State Secretary of VROM for overhead high-
voltage lines issued policy advice by the national government in 2005 with regard to overhead high-
voltage lines. (2005, Ministry of Housing, Spatial Planning and the Environment SAS/2005183118). The
core of this policy advice - based on the precautionary principle - is that new situations in which children
are exposed for a long time to magnetic fields from overhead power lines with an annual average higher
than 0.4 microtesla should be avoided as much as is reasonably possible.

The policy advice applies to overhead high-voltage connections, but does not apply to underground high-voltage connections
(cables), lift-off points and high-voltage stations. In practice, however, high voltage connections are increasingly carried out with
underground cables.
This trend towards cabling of the high-voltage grid is caused by demand from society on the one hand and technological
developments on the other. The width of the magnetic field with high-voltage cables is generally smaller than with high-voltage
lines. Due to the unrest in the area about magnetic fields of the cable routes and high-voltage stations, HKZ is providing insight into
the location of the 0.4 microtesla zone of the cable connections and the 0.4 microtesla contour of high-voltage substations for the
underground cables and stations in the offshore project. despite the fact that the policy advice only applies to overhead power lines.
It has turned out that this is often appreciated in the environment of a project. For this reason, research has also been carried out
into the possible number of homes, schools, daycare centers and crèches within the 0.4 microtesla zone of the cable connections
and the 0.4 microtesla contour of the possible transformer substation locations.
It has been concluded, among other things, that there are no homes, schools, nurseries and/or crèches within the 0.4
microtesla contour of the proposed transformer substation location.
The transformer station will be positioned in such a way that the 0.4 microtesla contour remains within the limits of the installation
as much as possible. Magnetic fields that may arise as a result of activities within the establishment have the least possible
effect on the environment outside the establishment boundaries.
The research into magnetic fields is included as appendix VII.
The layout of the layout of the transformer station has changed after the permit application was submitted, see the situation
drawing in Appendix I for the layout. This has no consequences for the 0.4 microtesla contour. This still remains as much as
possible within the boundaries of the establishment.

LIST OF READINGS
1 Social and Economic Council, Energy Agreement for Sustainable Growth, 2013.
2 Ministry of Infrastructure and the Environment and Ministry of Economic Affairs, Roadmap for
offshore wind energy, letter dated 26 September 2014, The Hague, 2014.
3 Ministry of Economic Affairs and Ministry of Infrastructure and the Environment, Offshore Wind Energy Act,
The Hague, 2015.
4 Ministry of Economic Affairs. Act of 23 March 2016 amending the Electricity Act 1998 (achieving the Energy Agreement
targets in time). Government Gazette, 2016-116, The Hague 2016.

Attachments)
APPENDIX: PLAN DRAWINGS, DETAILS AND SITUATION DRAWING
Witteveen+Bos | AH579-21/17-012.035 | Annex I | Final 02

Drawing list HKZ, dated 26-07-2017
Teknr. Regarding Description Revision Datum

TTB-04571 Central services building Basement map 02 24-7-2017
TTB-04572 Central services building Ground floor plan 02 24-7-2017
TTB-04573 Central services building Roof map 02 24-7-2017
TTB-04574 Central services building Views and sections 02 24-7-2017
TTB-04575 Central services building Details 1 to 8 01 24-7-2017
TTB-04576 Field houses Maps 02 24-7-2017
TTB-04577 Field houses Views and Sections 02 24-7-2017
TTB-04578 Field houses Section and details 01 24-7-2017
TTB-04579 33 kV building 33 Floor plan and sections 02 24-7-2017
TTB-04580 kV building Details 01 24-7-2017
TTB-04581 Central services building fire alarm system CANCELLED
TTB-04582 Field houses fire alarm system CANCELLED
TTB-04583 -
Block diagram Fire alarm system -
24-3-2017
TTB-04584 33 kV building fire alarm system CANCELLED
TTB-04585 Transformer cells type 1 Outline drawing 01 24-7-2017
TTB-04586 Transformer cells type 2 Outline drawing 01 24-7-2017
TTB-04587 Switch garden Overview drawing Lightning peaks foundation
-
29-3-2017
TTB-04588 Switch garden Cross-section and details Cable tray
-
29-3-2017
TTB-04589 Switch garden Top view and view of field foundation type 1
-
29-3-2017
TTB-04590 Switch garden Top view and view of field foundation type 2-3-4
-
29-3-2017
TTB-04591 Switch garden Top view and view of field foundation type 5-6
-
29-3-2017
-
29-3-2017
-
29-3-2017
TTB-04594 Switch garden Top view and view of field foundation type 9-10-11-12-13
-
29-3-2017
TTB-04595 Switch garden Field bases, principal details and anchors
-
29-3-2017
TTB-04596 -
Colors and material condition 01 28-6-2017
TTB-04597 Central services building Room list
-
16-2-2017
TTB-04598 Central services building Fire compartments CANCELLED
TTB-04599 33 kV building Fire compartments CANCELLED
TTB-04600 Transformer cells Fire compartments CANCELLED
TTB-04601 Central services building Details 9 to 13 01 24-7-2017
03214002TEK312 Switch garden Layout onshore substation 02 27-6-2017
Overview_HKZ Situation drawing HKZ onshore situation drawing

-
24-7-2017
Status: For permit application
-
24-03-17 TenneT
Hollandse Kust Zuid - Landstation
TTB-04583
-
29-03-17 TenneT
TTB-04587
- 29-03-17 TenneT
TTB-04588
-
29-03-17 TenneT
TTB-04589
- 29-03-17 TenneT
TTB-04590
-
29-03-17 TenneT
TTB-04591
-
29-03-17 TenneT
TTB-04592
- 29-03-17 TenneT
TTB-04593
-
29-03-17 TenneT
TTB-04594
-
29-03-17 TenneT
TTB-04595
TTB-04597 Room list Central service building Hollandse Kust Zuid

Project: Landstation Borssele Revision: 1.0 Winter outside temperature: -10 °C
Project number RA131503 Datum: 16-02-2017 Summer outside temperature: 30 °C
Document: Room list HVAC - Central Services Building Created: J. van de Wetering Inlet temperature summer (cooling): 16 °C
Document number: Appendix B05 Verified: M. Mathijssen Approved: E. Inflation temperature winter (heating): 30 °C
Building: CDG Borssele (main control building) van Eersel

Ventilation rate
Relative Minimum
T Min ventilation guy. In front of Minimum largest

humidity With warm up
Width Volume T Max T Min Heat loss surcharge (x1.5) [kW] Ref. want cooling ventilation where the
(unmanned) Cooling
Room Length [m] [m] Height [m] Surface [m2] [m3] [°C] [°C] [°C] [%] [kW] Koellast [kW] type [-] type [-] [-] [m3/h] [m3/h] [m3/h] Comments
Office / pantry 6 4 2,8 24 2,8 2,8 2,8 2,8 2,8 67 20 5 3,8 5,7 H -
4 0 269 270 Supply from outside
Work cabinet 1 2,5 4 2,8 2,8 2,8 2,8 2,8 2,8 2,810 28 10 5 0 0,0 H -
0,5 0 70 70 Supply from office
Gang 1 na na 2,8 2,8 2,8 2,8 2,8 2,8 4 60 168 10 5 0 0,0 H -

0,5 0 84 80 Supply from office
Battery compartment 1 6 4 24 67 40 67 40 20 5 2,6 3,9 H IN 2 0 134 130 Final amount NTB
Battery compartment 2 6 4 24 20 5 1,8 2,7 H IN 2 0 134 130 Final amount NTB
AC/DC room 6 4,5 27 76 40 20 5 1,3 2,0 0,5 H IN 0,5 150 38 150 Supply from outside
AC room na na 40 112 40 20 5 2,4 3,6 0,5 H IN 0,5 150 56 150 Supply from outside
Sanitary TenneT 1,2 2,2 3 7 22 5 0,7 1,1 H -

other 0 50 50 Supply from corridor 1
Toilet room Tennet 3,4 2,2 7 21 18 5 0,6 0,9 H -
Toilet room OWP 3,4 2,2 7 21 18 5 1 1,5 H -
Work cabinet 2 1,4 2,2 3 9 10 5 0 0,0 H -
Storage area na na 31 87 5 5 0 0,0 H -

0,5 0 43 40 Natural ventilation
Telecom 8,2 6 49 138 30 20 5 40%- 65% 3,4 5,1 4 H L 0,5 857 69 860
OWP 1 8,2 6 49 138 30 138 30 20 5 40%- 65% 3 4,5 4 H L 0,5 857 69 860
OWP 2 8,2 6 49 20 5 40%- 65% 3,2 4,8 4 H L 0,5 857 69 860
OWP 3 8,2 6 49 138 30 20 5 40%- 65% 2,6 3,9 4 H L 0,5 857 69 860
OWP 4 8,2 6 49 138 30 20 5 40%- 65% 3,2 4,8 4 H L 0,5 857 69 860
OWP 5 4,1 6 25 69 30 20 5 40%- 65% 2 3,0 4 H L 0,5 857 34 860
Gang 2 na na 82 230 10 5 0,0 H L 0,5 0 115 110 Supply from outside
Transformer space A 3 4 12 48 45 0,0 2,5

-
N 500 0 500 Natural ventilation
Transformer room B 3 4 4 12 48 45 0,0 2,5
-
N 500 0 500 Natural ventilation
Total 637 1813 47,4 6440 1620 7590
Legend type of cooling / heating:

H Locally installed heater (electric, wall mounted)
L Local cooling / heating (split unit, air conditioning unit)
C Central heating (heating / cooling via balanced ventilation)
IN Mechanical ventilation only (for heat dissipation)
N Natural ventilation (for heat dissipation)
-
Does not apply
B40-JWE-KA-1600883 16-02-2017 1/1

1. 220 kV series reactor

= Drain pipe PVC, possibly with oil contamination Per reactor:
= Pressure pipe with clean water Oil: 45 tons Shell Dial S4 ZX-I
OA = Oil separator class I with sludge trap and coalescing filter. Noise: LWA = 98.1 dB(A)
PP
= Pump sump
P P P P P P P P P P
2. 220 kV reactor
Accu 1 Accu 2 Scada +

Per reactor:
Telecom 1 OWP 5 OWP 1 OWP 2
documents
1 /
DC
AC 2 /
DC
AC
toilets
+
cupboard
Oil: 84 tons Shell Dial S4 ZX-I

work cabinet
Gang 1
11 Gang 2
Noise: LWA = 96.7 dB(A)

AC distribution
Toilet
Office / Telecom 2 OWP 3 OWP 4

Bulletin
Pantry
Trafo A Trafo B
3a. 33 kV reactor
Gen.
Set
Per reactor:
setup

Gate
TenneT

P P P P P P P P
3b. 33 kV reactor + own company transf.

Per reactor:
Per own company transformer:
Oil: 1 ton Shell Dial S4 ZX-I
Noise: Negligible
3c. 33 kV capacitor bank

28,5 m x 30 m 28,5 m x 30 m By bank:
10 10
field house
220 kV
field house
220 kV
10
field house
220 kV Oil: 0.924 tons Jarylec C101
C C C C C C
Noise: Negligible
R R R R R R
L
6 L L L
6 L L
4. 380/220 kV transformer
Per transformator:
C C C C C C
1 1 1 1 Olie: 84 ton Shell Diala SS4 ZX-I

10
field house
220 kV Noise: LWA = 96.6 dB(A)
5. 380/220 kV transformer cooler

Oil: Part of 4), transformer.
Sound: None.
6. 220kV harmonic filter

8 8 Per filter block:
Oil: None.
DISCHARGE
OA EF
Sound: 3 sources of 99 dB(A) each
OA PP
7. 380 kV switchgear
10
field house
220 kV 10
field house
220 kV
Per switchgear:
Oil: None
SF6: +/- 500 kg
Sound: None
2 45 452 245452 8. 220 kV switchgear

Per switchgear:
switchgear
kV
33 kV
33 switchgear
kV
switchgear 33 switchgear
kV
33 Oil: None
9 9 9 9 SF6: +/- 100 kg
Secondary 380 kV
Secondary
380
kV
Secondary 380 kV
Secondary
380
kV
Sound: None
Harmonic
filters 10
Earth
TR Harmonic
filters 10
Earth
TR Harmonic
filters Earth
TR
10 Harmonic
filters 10
Earth
TR
To.
TR To.
TR To.
TR To.
TR 9.33 kV switchgear
Per switchgear:
Reactor
kV
33
3b kV
33
3a
Reactor Reactor
kV
33
3b Reactor
kV
33
3a Oil: None
SF6: None
kV
33
3c
Capacitor
Bank
7 Capacitor
kV
33
Bank
3c 3c
Capacitor
kV
33
Bank
7 Capacitor
kV
33
Bank
3c Sound: None
10. Field houses with low voltage equipment for control and protection.
11. Central Service Building (CDG), contains:

- Low voltage control and protection equipment.
- 33/0.4 kV own company transformers (2 pieces) with 1 tonne of oil each (noise
negligible).
- Office space (temporary residence)
- UPS by means of batteries and rectifiers.
- Toilet and shower (waste water is taken to an IBA).
Lay-out Onshore substation HKZ

02 Position filter ÿ 220 kV 27-06-2017 S.Wijnbergen
Top view 01 Diverse 21-02-2017 S.Wijnbergen
Description: For Permit Application Rev. Change Datum Name
Wind At Sea Scale: N/A Formaat: A3
Project: .. Name: S. Wijnbergen Datum: 16-02-17
03214002TEK312 1
Drawing number: sheet
VISIO filename: ....vsd systnr: .

HKZ Onshore Situation drawing

Legend
RTD12AM 330 RTD12AM 328
Escape route without opening a key
RTD12AM 636 Available for emergency services
! Hydrant (fire hydrant)

† Emergencies pedestrian exit
RTD12AM 759
42 m
† Access site for TenneT
!
((
1 † Access terrain for OWPs
((
(( boring
! 54 m
((
trenching
2
98 m ! access road
10 m
2 Road traffic class 300
2
!! Road traffic class 600
( 19 m
(
(
Tiled road
( 99 m Station stereotype
125 m
56 m 2
fencing
2 Station layout
4 Cadastral parcels
55 m
3
5 97 m
RTD12AM 329
12 m
2
71 m Situation drawing
4
3
29 m
! 3
14 m 5
11 m
1. Central services building Veldhuisje 2. 3. 33 kV building
71 m type 2 4. Transformer cell type 1 5. Transformer cell
16 m
266 m
Version Concept Datum 23-8-2017
Dish 1:1.250 Formaat A3
Feature A:\p_offshore\Dutch_coast\products
\Onshore\Maasvlakte\170329_Sindy_Wijnbergen
RTD12AM 818
0 20 40
60 m. ´
No rights can be derived from
this drawing. © TenneT TSO BV
II
APPENDIX: COLOR AND MATERIAL CONDITION
Witteveen+Bos | AH579-21/17-012.035 | Annex II | Final 02

AppendixHollandse
TTB-04596 04: Color and
Kust Zuidlist of materials Central Services Building, 33kV buildings and Field houses
- Landstation
Colors and materials sheet Central Services Building, 33 kV buildings and field houses
Datum: 28-06-2017
datum: 16-02-2017
Central Services Building
Element: Execution: Kleur / Design:
1 facing brick A Wienerberger Schouterden Hectic
Hectic smothered
Masonry bond Wildverband
facade
Jointing Recessed flush joint Wienerberger dark gray (to be determined by sample)
2 Facing stone B Buchwäldchen Masonry bond Block bond Dresden planed SP (anthracite black)
Jointing Recessed flush joint 3 Roof hood ROVAL / type A 4 Compression band anthracite black (to be determined by sample)
dilatations MAVOTRANS / Mavotex 600 5 HWA Loro 100x100 6 Emergency drainage roof
(spouts) 7016,Granite
Ral 7026, anthracite
Grey
grey/black
Galvanized
Aluminum 7 7016,Granite
Grey
Outdoor unit air conditioning Daikin og Gray
8 Entrance awning TRESPA Meteon 9 Façade frame, steel / (double M
M 51.0.2 Urban grey
05.5.1 Titanium Bronze, Satin
sealing) MERFORD/ALARA LUKAGRO 10 Façade door, steel / (double sealing) 7016,Granite
Grey
MERFORD/ALARA LUKAGRO 11 Ventilation grille door ALUSTA / Bingo Cybele 7016,Granite
Grey
ALCOA / RT62 RT72 ALCOA / RT62 7016,Granite
Grey
12 Façade frame, aluminum 7016,Granite
Grey
13 Facade door, aluminum 7016,Granite
Grey
openings
facade
14 Ventilation grille window DUCO / Ducoflat 12 ZR 7016,Granite
Grey
15 Facade frame, aluminum, inside ALCOA / RT62 RT72 Ral 9001, Cremewit
16 Ventilation grille window, inside DUCO / Ducoflat 12 ZR Ral 9001, Cremewit
17 Water hammer window ROVAL / Elegance 7016,Granite
Grey
18 Sealant water hammer Gray
19 Lintels, steel Duplex system 7016,Granite
Grey
20 Insulating glass Sun and burglar resistant Neutral
21 Prefabdorpels concrete VEBO / glad Betongrijs
terrain
22 Kit joint prefab sill Betongrijs
23 Street work Concrete clinkers Gray
24 Lime sandstone chamfer block cleaning work

25 Stucco EMC network Acrylic wall paint system Ral 9010, reinwit
26 Wall tiling sanitary MOSA / Colors White/accent white, glossy uni, 16900
27 Jointing wall tiles Wit
28 Outer Corners angle profile RVS
29 Sealant joints wall Wit
interior
finish
wall
30 Wall tiling kitchen unit MOSA / Colors Blue Curacao, glossy uni, 17990
31 Joint wall tiles, kitchen unit Light gray
32 Sealant joints wall Gray
33 Basement wall Stofbinder colorless
34 Skirtings 18 x 67 MERANTI / painting system RAL 9001, Cremewit
35 Sealant joints for carpentry work wit
36 Shelling/carpentry Painting system RAL 9001, Cremewit
38 Interior frame, steel Steel RAL 9001, Cremewit
39 Interior doors, steel MERFORD / ALARA LUKAGRO S 2040-G80Y
40 Interior doors 120 min REINAERDT / Formica HDF HDF Formica F5341 Wasabi
Interior doors 30 min LIMBURGIA / Formica HPL HPL Formica F5341 Wasabi
41 Kantafwerking 120 min hardwood Ral 7035, light grey
Kantafwerking 30 min VULCAN Ral 7035, light grey
42 Cover cap penetrator DORMA silver colored
43 Sidelight safety glass Blank
44 Windowsill HOLONITE Anthracite
45 Interior door sills HOLONITE Anthracite
46 Marmoleum FORBO / Marmoleum Real Adriatica 3242
47 Marmoleum installation floor FORBO / Marmoleum Ohmex Fresco blue, 3055
48 Floor coating Epoxycoating Ral7030, stone grey
49 Tile floor MOSA / Global Sèvres blue fine speckled, 75530
50 Jointing floor tiles Gray
51 Floor mat FORBO / CORAL DUO Volga blue 9727
52 Basement floor Stofbinder colorless
53 Sanitary areas System ceiling vinyl Wit
Furnishing
openings
interior
ceiling
finish
floor
wall
54 Kitchen unit/cupboard pantry BRUYNZEEL / Atlas Skirt and door color: Highland Oak Grip:
C20 CH7.
55 Plinth kitchen unit BRUYNZEEL / Atlas Black
56 Countertop stainless steel waffle motif RVS
Field houses
element: execution: kleur / design:
1 in accordance with Building block prefab concrete Relief
washedingravel
formwork
04.002 2 HWA Them 100x100 Galvanized
eningen
facade
3 Facade frame, steel / (double seal) MERFORD/ALARA LUKAGRO 7016,Granite

Grey
4 Facade door, steel / (double seal) MERFORD/ALARA LUKAGRO 7016,Granite
Grey
5 Inner wall Acrylic wall paint system Ral 9010, reinwit

finishing
opening
interior
facade
floor
wall
in
ceiling
7 Marmoleum installation floor FORBO / Marmoleum Ohmex Fresco blue, 3055
9 ceiling Acrylic wall paint system Ral 9010, reinwit
facade
33kV buildings
Element: Execution: Kleur / Design:
1 facing brick A Wienerberger Schouterden Hectic smothered
Hectic
Masonry bond Wildverband
Jointing Recessed flush joint Wienerberger dark gray (to be determined by sample)
2 Facing stone B Buchwäldchen Blokverband Dresden planed SP (anthracite black)
Masonry bond
Jointing Recessed flush joint ROVAL / type A anthracite black (to be determined by sample)
3 Roofing MAVOTRANS / Mavotex 600 Loro 100x100 7016,Granite
Grey
4 Compression band dilations Aluminum Daikin og grey/black
openings
facade
5 HWA Galvanized
6 Emergency drainage roof (spouts) 7016,Granite
Grey
7 Air conditioner outdoor unit Gray
8 Facade frame, steel / (double seal) MERFORD/ALARA LUKAGRO 7016,Granite
Grey
9 Facade door, steel / (double seal) MERFORD/ALARA LUKAGRO Ral 7026,
7016,Granite Grey
anthracite
10 Ventilation grille door ALUSTA / Bingo Cybele 7016,Granite
Grey
11 Lime sandstone chamfer block cleaning work

12 Cellar wall Stofbinder
13 Sealant joints for carpentry work wit
interior
finish
floor
wall
14 Marmoleum installation floor FORBO / Marmoleum Ohmex

ceiling
Fresco blue, 3055
15 Floor coating Epoxycoating Ral7030, stone grey
17 ceiling Acrylic wall paint system Ral 9010, reinwit

III
APPENDIX: CONSTRUCTIVE PRINCIPLES
Witteveen+Bos | AH579-21/17-012.035 | Annex III | Final 02

NOTE
AT DATUM 17 november 2016

REFERENCE
FROM Evert Mom
SUBJECT Relay memorandum constructive principles for the Maasvlakte Noord transformer station
FOR DECISION-MAKING
FOR INFORMATION
The environmental permit application for the construction of the offshore transformer station Hollandse Kust
(zuid) on Maasvlakte Noord includes information about the design of the station and the central service building
that will be built at this location. As part of this data, the constructive principles for the transformer substation
are also included with the environmental permit application. The construction calculations for the detailed
design are supplied before the actual construction.
The attached report "Constructive principles for Expansion of the 380 kV field in Borssele" describes the
constructive principles used for the offshore transformer station Borssele. The principles in this report also
apply to the offshore transformer station Hollandse Kust (zuid) on Maasvlakte Noord. Since the same
components will be used at the Maasvlakte Noord transformer station and the location is located in the same
wind zone (II) as the Borssele transformer station, the assumptions for the loads and calculations also apply to
this station location.
IV
APPENDIX: ARCHAEOLOGICAL RESEARCH
Witteveen+Bos | AH579-21/17-012.035 | Annex IV | Final 02

Archaeological desk research

Just at sea South Holland Coast
Commissioned by: Witteveen+Bos

BO, Just at sea South Holland Coast Archeodienst BV
Index
1 Introduction ................................................ ..................................... 4

1.1 Research framework .................................................. ...............................................4
1.2 Background and background ................................................... ...................................4
1.3 Intended activity .................................................. ..................................4
1.4 Method of archaeological desk research ................................................ ..........7
Sub-report: Onshore routes ................................................... ................
Sub-report: Offshore routes ................................................... ................
3
1 Introduction
1.1 Research framework
TenneT is investigating various alternatives and variants for the realization of a transmission system
at sea off the coast of Holland. On behalf of Witteveen+Bos, Archeodienst BV, in collaboration with
Periplus Archeomare, has carried out an archaeological desk research for the project as part of the
planning procedure. This is the first step in the Archaeological Monument Care in which the archaeological
expectation of the area is mapped out.
Based on the archaeological expectation and the planned (excavation) work, advice will be given regarding
the necessity and form of archaeological follow-up research.
1.2 Background and background
Under the Offshore Wind Energy Act, TenneT has been given the legal task of taking preparatory
actions for the construction of the offshore transmission system. These are the connections for the transport
of electricity that will be generated in future wind energy areas.
As a result, the electricity from the wind turbines in the plots of the Hollandse Kust (zuid) wind
energy area will be transported to the onshore high-voltage grid.
1.3 Proposed activity
The project consists of four main parts (Fig. 1.1):

- Two offshore platforms for the connection of the wind turbines including a back-up cable between
both platforms in case of failure or damage to one of the cables
- Four cable systems at sea (two cable systems come from each platform)
- Four onshore cable systems for connection to the 380 kV high-voltage substation
- Construction of a transformer substation on land with transformers (for converting the power from
220 kV to 380 kV)
fig. 1.1: Parts of the transmission system at sea (supplied by Witteveen+Bos).
Research is currently being conducted into various alternatives to the system. Three alternatives
are distinguished (Fig. 1.2):
- Route alternative 1 – Wateringen: from the two platforms at sea with sea cables, land with the
shortest possible route, south of Kijkduin, along the southern edge of Den
The Hague to Wateringen high-voltage substation
- Route alternative 2 – Maasvlakte Noord: from the platforms at sea, land with sea cables with the
shortest possible route in the north on the Maasvlakte and then overland with cables to the
Maasvlakte high-voltage substation
4
- Route alternative 3 – Maasvlakte South: land from the two platforms with sea cables, in the
south on the Maasvlakte and then overland with cables to the high-voltage substation
Maasvlakte
fig. 1.2: Intention and alternatives of the transmission system (supplied by Witteveen+Bos).
5
Within an alternative, different elaborations are possible, which differ on small points.
These are called variants (Fig. 1.3).
fig. 1.3: Route alternatives and variants (supplied by Witteveen+Bos).
6
1.4 Method of archaeological desk research

The archaeological desk research has been split into two sub-reports because the research with
regard to the onshore and offshore routes must be carried out according to different quality standards.
The desk research for the onshore routes was carried out in accordance with the Quality
Standard for Dutch Archeology (KNA) soils, version 3.3, protocol 4002 by Archeodienst bv:
- Koeman, SM, 2016 (draft version 1.3): Archaeological desk research: Net op zee Hollandse
Kust zuid, Part: onshore routes. Archeodienst report 819, Zevenaar.
The desk research for the offshore routes was carried out in accordance with the Quality
Standard for Dutch Archeology (KNA) aquatic sediments, version 3.2, protocol 4102 by
Periplus Archeomare.
-
Lil, R. van/ EA van de Oever/ S. van de Brenk, 2016 (version 2.0): Desk research. Just at sea
Hollandse Kust Zuid. Periplus Archeomare report 15A036-01, Amsterdam.
The archaeological desk research will be used, among other things, as input in the choice between the
alternatives and variants.
7
Sub-report: Onshore routes

3987107100 BO, Just at sea Hollandse Kust Zuid, Part: onshore routes Archeodienst BV
Index
Summary ................................................. ................................ 4
1 Introduction ................................................ ..................................... 6

1.1 Research framework .................................................. ...............................................6
1.2 Research objective and questions ................................................................ .......................6
1.3 Planned excavation work ................................................................ ..........................7
2 Desk research ................................................... ......................... 9

2.1 Method................................................. .................................................. ..........9
2.2 Physical Geography .................................................. ...............................................9
2.2.1 Wateringen route: geomorphology and geology......................................... ...............9
2.2.2 Tracé Maasvlakte: geomorphology and geology ......................................... ........... 13
2.2.3 Wateringen route: soil........................................... ...................................13
2.2.4 Maasvlakte route: soil ........................................... ..................................14
2.3 Archeology .................................................. .................................................. ...14
2.3.1 Route Wateringen ................................................ ................................................14
2.3.2 Maasvlakte route................................................... ..................................24
2.4 Historical geography................................................ .......................................25
2.4.1 Route Wateringen ................................................ ................................................25
2.4.2 Maasvlakte route................................................... ................................................39
2.5 Architectural elements................................................................... .........................41
2.6 Soil disturbance................................................................. ................................................41
2.6.1 Wateringen route ............................................... ................................................41
2.6.2 Maasvlakte route................................................... ................................................44
2.7 Archaeological expectation ................................................... ................................44
2.7.1 Wateringen route on the archaeological policy maps of the municipalities ..........44
2.7.2 Maasvlakte route on the municipal archaeological value and policy map47
2.7.3 Wateringen route: specified archaeological expectation .........................47
2.7.4 Maasvlakte route: specified archaeological expectation ...........................51
3 Conclusions ................................................... ................................ 53
4 Advice ................................................... ................................... 54
Appendix 1: Table of Periods

Appendix 2: Glossary
Appendix 3: List of abbreviations
Appendix 4: Geological map
Appendix 5: Paleogeographical map of the Maasvlakte
Appendix 6: Soil map
Appendix 7A: Archaeological information route Wateringen
Appendix 7B: Archaeological information Maasvlakte route
Appendix 8: Wateringen route forecast map
Appendix 9: Maasvlakte route forecast map
3
Summary
On behalf of Witteveen+Bos, Archeodienst BV carried out an archaeological desk investigation for
the onshore routes Wateringen and Maasvlakte as part of the planning procedure.
Based on the archaeological expectation and the planned (excavation) work, advice will be given
regarding the necessity and form of archaeological follow-up research.
The exact scope of the planned excavation work is not yet known (see section 1.3).
The high-voltage cable will be laid partly via open excavations and partly via controlled drilling. In
addition, a large surface area will be excavated for the foundations at the location where a transformer
station is being built. As an indication, the forecast maps (Appendix 8 and 9) indicate the zones where
an open excavation is planned. The location of the eventual open excavations may deviate from this.
The archaeological remains at the location of the Maasvlakte route are only expected at a very
great depth, so that the proposed construction of the cable route probably does not pose a threat to
the archaeological soil archive. Archaeological remains can be present at two locations from 17 m
– NAP and in the southern part from 25 m – NAP. Due to the great depth of the potential
archaeological level, the construction of the cable route by means of an open excavation does not
pose a threat to any archaeological remains that may be present. The directional drilling must take
into account the potential archaeological level so that it is above or below it.
When the Wateringen route is to be realized, further archaeological research will have to be taken into
account. Further research is advised in areas where an open excavation is planned and where there is
a medium or high archaeological expectation. This also applies to five historic locations, namely three
mill locations (Mae Molen, Harnas Molen, Woudse Molen), a residential location that may have a
relationship with the Oude Hof van Wateringen and the Wateringse Wacht house. In the first instance,
follow-up research is recommended in the form of an exploratory drilling survey to map the intactness
of the soil archive and any present (potential) archaeological levels. Depending on the results of this
research, additional research is required in the form of a mapping drilling survey and/or trial trenching
survey to actually demonstrate the presence or absence of an archaeological site.
The directional drilling must take into account the depth of the potential archaeological level so that
it can be pulled underneath. This generally means a depth of at least 2.0 m below ground level.
However, the bores cannot be made too deep, because then the potential level from the Stone Age
could be touched. The advice is to lay the pipes deeper than 2.0 m but no deeper than 15 m below
ground level by means of directional drilling, so that additional archaeological research is not necessary.
In the young dune area, the potential archaeological sites are buried under a young drifting sand pack.
Before a directional drilling is constructed here, an exploratory drilling survey is advised to map the
depth of potential archaeological levels. In this way, the depth of the pipeline can be optimally chosen,
while preserving the archeology in the soil.
4
Administrative data
Project name Just at sea South Holland Coast

Investigation notification 3987107100
Province South-Holland
The Hague, Westland, Midden-Delfland (route
Township watering)
Municipality of Rotterdam (Maasvlakte route)
Place Kijkduin, Wateringen (Wateringen route)
Port of Rotterdam (Maasvlakte route)
Wateringen
toponym Maasvlakte
Type project Desk research (BO)
Client Witteveen+Bos
Contact person client mr. BJG Hendrickx
Authorised supervision Province south-Holland
Performer Archeodienst BV
Manage and place documentation Zevenaar
Route Wateringen Route Maasvlakte
Coordinates are NW-SE Coordinates are SW-NE
Geographical position (xy; in m)
(x) 74,047 (y) 453,271 (x) (x) 58,649 (and) 438,255
81,442 (y) 447,873 (x) 66,586 (and) 445,042
Wateringen: approx. 10 km
Length of route Maasvlakte: approx. 16 km
5
1 Introduction
1.1 Research framework
TenneT is investigating various alternatives and variants for the realization of a transmission
system at sea off the coast of Holland. On behalf of Witteveen+Bos, Archeodienst BV has carried
out an archaeological desk investigation as part of the planning procedure for
the onshore routes Wateringen and Maasvlakte (Fig. 1.1 and Fig. 1.2). This is the first step in the
Archaeological Monument Care in which the archaeological expectation of the area is mapped out.
Based on the archaeological expectation and the planned excavation and other activities, advice will
be given regarding the necessity and form of archaeological follow-up research.
fig. 1.1: Research area Wateringen route on the GBKN (source: land registry).
The desk research was conducted in accordance with the Quality Standard for Dutch
Archeology (KNA), version 3.3 protocol 4002 (CCvD 2013).
For the geological and archaeological time indications used in this report, reference is made to Appendix
1. Abbreviations and jargon are explained in Appendix 2 and 3.
1.2 Research objective and questions

The aim of the desk research is to acquire information using existing sources about known or
expected archaeological values within a defined area, in order to arrive at a specified archaeological
expectation.
The client has defined a width of 100 m as the research area for the onshore routes (50 m on
either side of the center line of the planned cable route).
6
The result is a standard report with a specified archaeological expectation, on the basis of which a
decision can be made about the need for further research. The report must also contain advice on the
method(s), technique(s) and strategy(s) to be applied if further research is advised. This advice must be
aimed at testing the specified expectation, and must be substantiated in terms of content.
Where possible, the report contains data on the presence or absence, nature, size, age, integrity,
conservation and (relative) quality of archaeological values and earth-scientific features. Depending on
the scope of the future (planning) intervention and work, the nature of the reason for the desk research
and the question, additional data will have to be collected.
fig. 1.2: Research area Maasvlakte route on the GBKN (source: land registry).
1.3 Planned excavation work

The 220 kV onshore cables will be laid underground. 12 cables will be laid parallel to each other in the
flat surface, divided over four cable systems. The systems are installed with a mutual distance of 5 m and
a distance between the cables of 0.5 m. This brings the total width of the cable strip to 19.5 m (Fig. 1.3).
These distances are the starting point, but can be deviated from depending on the available physical space.
The cables can be laid through an open excavation or without an open excavation. Without excavation,
the pipeline is laid by means of a (directed) drilling. The construction method(s) are part of the EIA in which
the nature and extent of the environmental effects of the various methods will be investigated. The exact
scope of the planned excavation work is therefore unknown at this time.
A transition sleeve is required on land between the land and sea cables, which is laid in a sleeve pit.
A total of four sleeve pits, each with a surface area of approximately 10 m2 , will be constructed for this
purpose, where the sea cables will be coupled to the land cables.
7
The land cables will be laid from the landing point to a new transformer station to be built. This is
where the transformers are located that convert the 220 kV to 380 kV.
fig. 1.3: Route width and cable systems on land (source: supplied by Witteveen+Bos).
The transformer station will be approximately 3 to 6 hectares in size. There are various options for the
location of a transformer station, both for the alternative at Wateringen and on the Maasvlakte. Search
areas have been established within which the station will be built. Tennet will weigh up the options in
due course and choose a location.
8
2 Desk research
2.1 Method
For the desk research, data has been collected on known or expected archaeological values, as
well as on geological, pedological and historical-geographical characteristics of (the environment of)
the plan area.
The following sources were consulted in the context of the desk research:
• Recent topographic maps (land registry) and aerial photos (BingMaps via ArcMap)
• Current Height File of the Netherlands (source: AHN.nl) • Soil
map of the Netherlands, scale 1:50,000 (consulted via Archis3) • Geomorphological
Map of the Netherlands (consulted via Archis3) • New geological map of The
Hague and Rijkswijk (Vos et al. 2007)
• Cadastral minute plan, collection minute and original indicative tables 1811 –
1832 (beeldbank.cultureelerfgoed.nl)
• Historical maps from the past 200 years (www.topotijdreis.nl) • Cultural-
historical Main Structure (CHS) of South Holland (www.zuidholland.nl) • Archaeological
Monuments Map (AMK, consulted via Archis3) • Archaeological observations, research and
find reports (Archis2 database until May 2015, Archis3 is not yet functionally accessible)
• Plan map Archeology from 2010 of the municipality of The Hague (Umbrella zoning plan
archeology)
• Archaeological policy map of the municipality of Westland (Kerkhof 2012) •
Archaeological policy map of the municipality of Midden-Delfland (Kerkhof 2010) •
Archaeological value and policy map of the municipality of Rotterdam (BOOR 2005) • National
monuments from the Atlas of the Environment (www.atlasleef omgeving.nl )
2.2 Physical geography
2.2.1 Wateringen route: geomorphology and geology
Broadly speaking, the Wateringen route runs through two types of landscape. The western part is a
dune landscape and the eastern part a tidal area. Both landscapes were created in the Holocene (the
last 11,755 years).
The Pleistocene sandy subsoil is located at a depth of approximately 20 – 23 meters below ground level
(approximately 20 to 22 meters - NAP) (Kerkhof 2012). The Basisveen Laag, which belongs to the
Nieuwkoop Formation, is located on this sandy subsoil. It is assumed that the Basal Peat was created
under the direct influence of the sea level rise and the associated rise in the groundwater level
(Berendsen 2004). The development of the Basisveen continued in this area until about 4,000 BC.
However, sea levels continued to rise, causing the coastline to gradually move eastwards from the west.
As a result, large parts of the original Basic Peat Package have disappeared as a result of later sea
erosion (Kerkhof et al. 2010).
The further development of the area is also closely related to the sea level rise in the Holocene. During
the period of rapid sea level rise in the Atlantic (c. 7,020 – 3,755 BC), beach walls were probably already
formed west of the current coastline (Fig. 2.1), but these were later eroded, after which new beach walls
were built further to the east. built up (Berendsen 2005). The formation of this coastal barrier began
around 4,500 BC. when the rate of sea level rise gradually decreased (Kerkhof et al. 2010). The beach
walls are considered part of the Voorburg Layer (Schoorl Layer, Naaldwijk Formation cf. Vos et al. 2007)
or the Zandvoort Layer (cf. TNO 2013, as used by dinoloket and Jongmans et al. 2013). The zone where
the beach walls now surface is located in the northwestern part of the route (Appendix 4, Vos et al. 2007,
light yellow colour, code 17). The base of the beach walls is about 10 to 12 m -NAP, de
9
top at 2 to 3 m –NAP (Kerkhof 2012). Behind the beach walls, marine deposits were deposited from
tidal inlets on top of the Basisveen Laag (Berendsen 2005). This is the so-called Wormer and/or
Rijswijk Layer within the Zandvoort Formation (both Naaldwijk Formation) and consists of marine
clay and sand.
fig. 2.1: Change of position of the Dutch coast. The Wateringen route is near Loosduinen (source: Jongmans et al. 2013).
Under the influence of the onshore wind, low dunes (old dunes) were formed here and there on the
beach walls, which were separated from each other by beach plains. These dunes belong to the
Ypenburg Layer (Schoorl Layer, Naaldwijk Formation cf. Vos et al. 2007) or the Zandvoort Layer (Van
Naaldwijk Formation, cf. TNO 2013) (Kerkhof 2012). These are located relatively far inland, but
according to the geological map they are not located at the location of the route in the subsoil (Appendix
4, dark gray and green colour, code 3 and 14). The beach plains are topographically and hydrologically
lower than the beach walls and old dunes and are characterized by a flat location. They are higher and
higher in relation to each other towards the coast.
10
Beach plains have a relatively coarse sandy subsoil and locally clay lenses. The oldest beach plains
were hydrologically so low that peat formed (Jongmans et al. 2013).
From about 1,000 AD. coastal erosion occurred, which was accompanied by a steepening of the
coastal profile. From that moment on, more sand became available, which allowed the formation of
the young dunes (Berendsen 2005, as can be seen in Fig. 2.1). In this area, the young dunes are
classified as part of the Layer of The Hague (Layer Package of Schoorl, Formation of Naaldwijk).
The old dune landscape was partly eroded and affected. The young dunes locally reach a height of
30 to 50 meters. Characteristic is the occurrence of large parabolic dunes. The deforestation of the
old dunes allowed the young drifting sand to expand further inland, so that the young dune sand partly
covers the old dunes. Compared to the rest of the Dutch coast, the route contains a very narrow strip
with young dune deposits (Appendix 4, yellow colour, code 16).
The formation of the dunes took place in several phases. The sand is generally moderately fine and
calcareous. Only in the last century was the sand fixed by planting with helmet and locally by
afforestation (Stichting voor Bodemkartering 1982). The landscape is characterized by an alternation
of parabolic dunes and crest dunes with extended dune valleys in between. In some valleys, the peat-
covered old beach plains or the atomized beach walls are located at a shallow depth. On the AHN map
image, the strip of young dunes at the location of the route is clearly recognizable as an area rich in
relief (Fig. 2.2). Behind it (towards the east) there was originally also a dune landscape, but large-scale
leveling and excavation has taken place there for the benefit of agricultural land. South-west of the
route, dunes are still visible at ground level.
fig. 2.2: The northwestern part of the Wateringen route on the Current Height File of the Netherlands (AHN) (source: www.ahn.nl).
The old and young dune sand pack forms a layered pack. Various humus-containing layers are
present in the young dune sand. The boundary between the young and old dune sand is marked by a
(podzol) bottom, which in many cases is covered with peat and/or gyttja. The old dune phases are
also often separated by peat layers.
11
The formation of the beach walls created a lagoon behind it (eastern part of the Wateringen route),
which gradually silted up and became sweetened. Intrusions from the sea, for example via the Maas,
regularly flooded parts of the landscape behind the dunes. The landscape was also affected by erosion
of the Meuse and its tributaries. These rivers scoured into ebb and flood creeks, along which
embankments arose. Clay decks were deposited outside these rivers (Wormer Layer Package,
Naaldwijk Formation). In periods when the sea flooded the land less often, the surface covered with
reeds, sedges and sedges. Swamp forests developed on the dry embankments along the channels
(Kerkhof 2012).
Around 3,200 BC. the former Rhine-Meuse estuary silted up and moved to the area where it is now.
As a result, the drainage of the lagoon stagnated and an extensive peat area formed (Hollandveen
Laagpakket, Nieuwkoop Formation) (Kerkhof et al.
2010). The base of this layer is located at approximately 5.5 m -NAP. Most of this peatland was later
covered or eroded as a result of the formation of later deposits. In the reclaimed areas (such as the
Wateringveldse/Broekpolder) this peat was initially on the surface, but has been excavated (Kerkhof
2012). As a result, the Wormer deposits are on the surface (Appendix 4, gray color, code 12 and 13).
After this period of peat growth, there has been an increased influence of the sea in this area up to
three times, during which the peat formation was interrupted. During these so-called transgressions,
various geological deposits were formed: the Hoekpolder Layer (circa 1500-850 BC), the Gantel Layer
(circa 300-50 BC) and the Poeldijk Layer (circa 1100-1300 AD). (Cemetery 2012). These layers were
defined by Vos et al. 2007 and are part of the Walcheren Layer Package of the Naaldwijk Formation.
In this cycle, trangression and regression phases are distinguished. During a phase of transgression,
the sea invaded the land. Rivers were carved into deep channels, so that the peat area behind the
coastline was drained, dried up and settled. At the height of a transgression phase, the riveted
grounds overflowed and a clay cover was deposited. At the end of a transgression phase (beginning
of the regression phase), the sea withdrew, the channels silted up with sand and sandy clay, the
drainage in the surrounding area stagnated, rewetting occurred and peat was formed again (Kerkhof
2012). .
During the Hoekpolder phase, channels were cut out in the Hollandveen, especially in the southeast of
the municipality of Westland and in the south of the municipality of Midden-Delfland. These channels
were later filled with fine sand and sandy clay. Deck deposits have formed outside the channels
(Kerkhof 2012). No deposits from this period are expected within the Wateringen route (Foundation for
Soil Mapping 1984).
During the Gantel phase, the sea cut further inland through the Gantel, which opened around 300 BC.
invaded the country southwest of Naaldwijk. This channel ran via Naaldwijk, Wateringen and Rijswijk
to Delft. The channels from this phase were later filled with clay, alternating with layers of sand. The
cover deposits of the Gantel Layer consist of heavy clay and are spread over most of the area. They
also cover the beach walls east of Loosduinen and Monster. Around the beginning of the era a sandy
hook wall formed between Monster and Naaldwijk (the Naaldwijkse Geest), which eventually closed off
the mouth of the Gantel (Kerkhof 2012). As a result, the system fell out of use after Roman times. The
Romans probably still connected the Gantel with the Oude Rijn by digging the Corbulo moat. Remains
of this canal were found during excavations near Rijswijk (north of Wateringen) (Jongmans et al. 2013).
The Gantel system runs through the central part of the route (Appendix 4, pink colour, code 7). Flood
deposits (deck deposits) have been formed on both sides (Appendix 4, green color code 1 and 2),
whereby the beach embankment landscape on the north side of the main channel is covered with clay
(Appendix 4, brown color, code 4).
During the Poeldijk phase, the sea broke through the hooked embankment between Monster and
Naaldwijk and near De Lier, causing a large part of Westland and the western part of Midden-Delfland
to become very wet. The deposits were probably formed by storm surges in combination with
12
dike breaches and may have had both a preserving and erosive effect on the soil already present
(Kerkhof 2012). This deposition took place in the central part of the route around the main channel of
the former Gantel system (Appendix 4, blue dotted line).
2.2.2 Tracé Maasvlakte: geomorphology and geology
Until the sixties of the twentieth century, this route in the North Sea was about 3.5 km from the coast,
but in the past it was land. In the last ice age, the Weichselian (ca. 115,000 –
11,755 years ago) the sea level was much lower, so that the North Sea was dry. In this period the
route was part of the intertwining river system of the Rhine and Meuse. The river has deposited a thick
layer of sand and gravel in a wide plain. These mainly gravel-rich, coarse-sand deposits are classified
as part of the Kreftenheye Formation and are located in the deeper subsoil. At the beginning of the
Holocene (Preboreal), the lower parts of the river plain were occasionally flooded at high river water
levels and clay was deposited there, the Wijchen Layer (Kreftenheye Formation). Also, drifting could
occur from the broad and shallow riverbed, which is often completely or partially dry, so that so-called
river dunes were formed along the river (Berendsen 2004). River dunes in the subsoil at the Maasvlakte
location date from the beginning of the Holocene (preboreal to early boreal age) (Moree/Sier 2014, ed.).
After that, the influence of the sea increased and the area gradually became part of a tidal area. In the
first part of the Boreal (around 8,400 BC) the river dunes in the area still rose meters high above the river
plain. It is estimated that the dune tops were 4 to 6 meters higher than the surroundings, the highest
peaks possibly reached 15 m – NAP. With the groundwater level rise in Boreal, the river plain became a
basin area that flooded more regularly and remained swampy for the rest of the year. The change from a
river valley to a delta at the Yangtze harbor is dated to around 7,250 BC. wherein a peat layer (the Basis
peat layer) was formed. The peat gradually covers the flanks of the river dunes and depressions in the
dune were also filled (Moree/Sier 2014). The southern part of the route was in this period on a
higher river plain where sandy Pleistocene river deposits were on the surface (Appendix 5).
Towards the north, the route runs into the tidal plain, crossing a river dune complex in two places.
The sea level continued to rise and the tidal action was stopped between 6500 and 6000 BC. getting
stronger. As a result, the last highest parts of the river dunes have also been flooded, calved and
eroded at the top. In view of the sea level and assuming a top height of 15.0 m –NAP, the highest dune
in the area was also erected around 6300 BC. completely flooded. As a result, the entire area was
permanently under water, with layered silty-clay tidal deposits and local trench formation almost
everywhere (Wormer Layer Package, Naaldwijk Formation) (Moree/Sier 2014).
All of the above deposits have been preserved in the area below 17.5 m -NAP and have not been eroded
by erosional processes on the seabed from the last 8000 years. This is due to the protective effect of
relatively thickly developed clayey river deposits (Layer van Wijchen, Formatie van Kreftenheye and
Formatie van Echteld) and peaty layers (Basisveenlaag, Formatie van Nieuwkoop) that offered strong
resistance to the erosion, such as that caused by currents. and wave action on the seabed. Above 17.5
m -NAP, where the protective effect was lacking, early Holocene dune sands were eroded. Here, strongly
silty-sandy layered clays (Wormer Layer Package, Naaldwijk Formation) and sea sands (Southern Bight
Formation) with marine shell fauna are found.
2.2.3 Wateringen route: soil
Many different soil types occur within the Wateringen route (Appendix 6).
In the northwestern dune area, the natural subsoil consists of sand, and dune dune soils were originally
developed (code Zd20A). The dune soils have a very
13
thin topsoil and soil formation is sometimes even completely absent. Some decalcification has taken
place in the topsoil (Stichting voor Bodemkartering 1982). Under the topsoil there is usually light yellow-
brown, calcareous, moderately fine sand with small shell fragments between the sand grains to a great
depth. Within one to a few meters below ground level, rust of any significance hardly ever occurs. Due
to drifting and drifting, buried soil levels (Apb horizons) occur in many places in the subsoil at different
depths.
Further away from the coastal strip, the dune landscape has been leveled, resulting in flat swampy
soils (code Zn50AF) consisting of a humus-containing topsoil (Ap horizon) with the natural subsoil
immediately below, with rust (C-horizont) within 50 cm of the ground level. Sometimes the calcareous
sand is raised here by spraying about 4 m deep for horticulture (Stichting voor Bodemkartering 1982).
On the sandy soils that were used as agricultural land, soil with manure was applied to improve the
fertility of the soil. This resulted in a thick humous topsoil (thicker than 50 cm) and high black ground
soils (code zEZ21).
A large part of the soils to the southeast of the (levelled) dune soils have been strongly influenced by
tillage, so that there is no longer a natural soil profile. These are the warm farm grounds that are the
result of glasshouse horticulture (code AWg). During the construction of the greenhouses, leveling took
place, intensive usually shallow drainage and heavy fertilization with organic matter and lime.
Subsequently, various culture measures were taken, such as deep digging, impoverishment of the
topsoil with sand and the supply of organic matter. The top 30-50 cm of the soil consists of very humic
to humus-rich, weakly sandy to strongly silty clay. The subsoil consists mainly of sandy clay, between
80-
120 cm usually almost matured to semi-ripened (Stichting voor Bodemkartering 1982).
Leveling and deep tillage has greatly altered the humus-containing topsoil, so that in addition to
leek/wouderd soils (code pMn85) there are now also polder vaags (code Mn86). As a result of the
above operations, the topsoil varies greatly in humus content, clay content and lime content. In addition,
garden soils occur when the subsoil consists of sand and the humus-containing topsoil is at least 50
cm thick and consists of clay (EK21).
Where there is a soft clay subsoil, nesvaag soils (code Mo80) have been mapped with a thin topsoil
and draft soils (code pMo80) in the case of a mineral layer as topsoil.
In the easternmost point of the Wateringen route and part of the search area for the transformer
station, host peat soils (kVc) and drechtvaag soils (Mv41C) are present, which are characterized by a
clay layer (respectively thinner than 40 and between 40 and 80 cm) on a peat subsoil.
2.2.4 Maasvlakte route: soil
There is no natural soil profile at the Maasvlakte site. The route runs over reclaimed land and water.
2.3 Archeology
2.3.1 Route Wateringen
In order to get a good idea of the archaeological potential of the area, the archaeological sites within
the research area and within a radius of 250 m were examined on both sides. In addition, the results
of the archaeological investigations carried out at the site of the research area were examined.
Within the Wateringen route is an archaeological monument site of high value (AMK site 4033,
Appendix 7A, Tab. 2.1). It is located at the northwestern end of the route at
14
the Kijkduin holiday park and is a settlement site where habitation took place in the Late Iron Age,
Roman times and Early Middle Ages. In the 1990s , the municipality of The Hague carried out
excavations here on the west side of the holiday park. There is an intact stratigraphy and good
conservation. The young dune sand (Layer of The Hague, Layer Package of Schoorl, Formation of
Naaldwijk) is virtually absent in this part of the embankment area, as a result of which the original
culture layer is usually just below the surface and often partially included in the modern building site
(Waasdorp 2012 ed. ). In the Roman level is a small fortress from the 2nd – 3rd century AD. excavated.
The fortress was built around the middle of the 2nd century AD. and formed the motor for the
development of the village next door (www.denhaag.nl). The fortress is built on a sand ridge with a
width of about 100 m. The sand ridge has been flattened by erosion over the centuries, but is still
almost one meter higher than the surrounding terrain and certainly recognizable as such in the Roman
landscape. The ridge seems to be narrowing rapidly towards the northeast. Data on the course towards
the southwest are lacking (Waasdorp 2012 ed.). As a defense there was a moat around the fort. Behind
it was an earthen wall, but nothing of it has been found. The horse graves uncovered around the fort
indicate that a small group of horsemen were present. The fortress is believed to have been part of a
coastal defense system. The horsemen had to cut off any attackers from the sea.
Monument Location Nature location Dating

at Kijkduin holiday park
4033 Settlement IJZL, ROM, VME
Surveillance/
Location Nature observation Dating
Investigation notification
Finds out 210 m th ZW
54930 Hand formed pottery IJZL
1967 (Loosduinen)
Within research area
13905 ---
Hand formed pottery IJZL-ROM
(AMK site 4033)
Found in
70 m SW (AMK site 4033) 22 fragments of handmade pottery
8597 peat clods IJZ
in construction pit
Finds out 180 m SW (AMK terrain

8577 Hand formed pottery IJZ, ROME
1961 4033)
230 m W (AMK area 4033)
13898 ---
Hand formed pottery ROM
Finds out 100 m W (AMK-terrain 4033)

13890 Hand formed pottery RUM
1952
13897 ---
20 m SW (Ockenburg) Turned pottery ROM
Research
Location Nature of notification Conclusion/ advice
Message
Drilling research by the
49193 AMK site 4033 No follow-up investigation
Municipality of The Hague in 2003
Continue with a guide at the courtyard of the
Immediately southeast of
Drilling research by the mansion.
26702 AMK site 4033
Municipality of The Hague in 2009 Rest of the research area no follow-up
(Estate Ockenburgh)
research
Not related to the route.
Drilling research by RAAP in At the location of the beach wall found,
8418 Madestein
2002 continued by means of test trenches.
Drilling research by the No indicators found ÿ no follow-up study

49235 Madepolderweg
Municipality of The Hague in 1997
Tab. 2.1 Overview of the observations within a radius of 250 m around the plan area near Kijkduin/Loosduinen.
15
The village that emerged was able to build up a considerable level of prosperity thanks to the money of the soldiers.
This is apparent from the many special finds that have been made, such as many cloak pins, coins, parts of weapons
and equipment and luxurious pottery. After leaving the fortress around AD 180. the village continued to exist
(www.denhaag.nl).
One of the sightings on the AMK site was reported within the research area at the Ockenburgh golf
course. These are fragments of hand-formed pottery from the Late Iron Age or Roman period
(indigenous Roman) (observation 13905). Fragments of Roman pottery were also found in the research
area towards the south-east near Ockenburg (observation 13897). This indicates that the AMK site
continues in a southeasterly direction. On the beach, fragments of hand-formed pottery from the Late
Iron Age have been found in an outcrop of humus (observation 54930), on the basis of which the
habitation area probably also continues in a westerly direction. Several observations east of the AMK
site show that the boundary on that side is probably incorrect.
On the archaeological map of The Hague, the Roman site (fort with vicus), the early medieval part
and the Iron Age site are indicated as sites of high archaeological value (Fig. 2.31). This site is
smaller than the AMK site and lies outside the route.
As part of the expansion of the golf course, a drilling investigation was carried out in the eastern part
of the AMK site (research report 49193). The eastern part of this research area is located at the
location of the route. The drilling investigation did not give rise to further investigation. It is
recommended, however, to make observations during the excavation work whether the peat layer
found scattered in the boreholes can be combined into a larger whole.
Immediately southeast of the AMK site, a drilling investigation was carried out at the Ockenburg
country house (research report 26702). The northeastern part of this research area falls within the
route. The drilling investigation has shown that the site has been sanded off to a large extent and
that therefore no more archaeological remains are expected. An exception to this is the southwest
corner of the site in the courtyard of the mansion.
Here, at a depth of half a meter, rubble concentrations have been found and the limited remains
of a light, non-bricked foundation. An archaeological supervisor of the excavation work is advised
on site to examine the remains of predecessors of the manor.
At the beginning of the 21st century, an archaeological preliminary investigation was carried out in the
context of the development of a residential area on the site of the horticultural area of Madestein
(research report 8418). The northeastern edge zone of this research area falls within the route. During
the investigation, no boreholes were drilled at or close to the route. The drillings were mainly
concentrated in the southwestern part. In 1997, a small plot on the Madepolderweg had already been
examined, but no indicators were found that indicate the presence of an archaeological site
(observation 49235).
Further south, the density of finds is lower and no archaeological remains have been found within
the research area and the immediate vicinity of the route (within a radius of 250 m). Close to the ice
rink De Uithof, fragments from the Roman period have been found, both native Roman and imported
goods (observation 13918, 8608, Tab.
2.2). Ditches were also found there, which were placed in the Late Middle Ages on the basis of the
find material (observation 8607).
In 1997 a drilling investigation was carried out at the rear of the ice rink (research report 49243). The
southern edge of this research area falls within the route. Based on the drillings, it is recommended to
draw a test trench. It is not known whether this follow-up research has taken place and whether
archaeological finds have been made.
16
Surveillance/
20 m have NO
13918 ---
Fragments of hand-formed pottery ROM
(Ice rink)
8607 Finds 50 m SW (Plan de Mining trenches, ceramics LME
8608 from 1980 Uithof) Fragments pottery ROM
drill bottom
190 m th ZW
58265 search in Bricks (Monastery Leeuwenhorst) LMEB-NT
(Uithofslaan)
2000
Research
Message
Drilling research by the municipality
49243 Ice Rink De Uithof Continue with a trial slot
The Hague in 1997
Tab. 2.2: Overview of the observations within a radius of 250 m near the ice rink De Uithof.
At the intersection of Lozerlaan (N211) and Erasmusweg (N464), the route crosses two AMK sites. On the north side of the AMK site,
traces from Roman times have been found at nine locations (Tab. 2.3, AMK site 16178). Various excavations were carried out here in
the 1990s . Two narrow trenches from an excavation from 1991 fall just within the northern part of the route (Van Zoolingen 2010 ed.).
The site is located on the embankment along the former creek ridge of the Gantel system and is covered with a young clay package
from the Middle Ages (Lag van Poeldijk) with a thickness of approximately one meter (Fig. 2.3). Based on the research, the Roman
culture layer is bounded in all directions. This shows that the site is located just outside the route.
fig. 2.3: Soil profile at Lozerlaan (source: Van Zoolingen 2010 ed.).
17
Despite the fact that Lozerlaan was relatively high up, no house plans were excavated due to the
small size of the study. However, the only water hole found in the eastern part of the research area
shows that a house is not far to be sought. It is known from other native Roman settlements that the
first phases of settlement were situated on the flanks of the highest parts of the landscape. In this
period arable farming was practiced on the higher and driest parts, the pastures were located in the
lowest and wettest parts of the landscape. The traces found on the Lozerlaan from the first phase do
not primarily indicate habitation, which should not be called strange given the high location on the
embankment of a tidal channel. The embankment will have been used for arable farming on both the
top and the flanks. The habitation must be found on the flank of the embankment, to the north and
east of the excavated area. The pastures were probably further from the levee, in the basins to the
north, east and west of the settlement. The construction of various ditch systems from the middle of
the 2nd century indicates that the inhabitants became involved in water management. The (former)
tidal channel may have served as drainage on which the trench systems were oriented.
In addition, the trench systems also had an allotment function. Along with this process
the inhabitants more often choose the higher parts of the landscape to build their houses instead of
using them as arable land.

Crossing Lozerlaan
16178 Settlement ROM
Erasmusweg
10693 Poeldijkseweg Havezathe/ridderhofstad LME
Surveillance/
Finds out
1961 and Fragments hand formed and turned
24308 80 m N (AMK terrain RUM
plowing the pottery
16178)
field
411592 ---
Fragments pottery ROM
Finds out
130 m N (AMK terrain
8571 1960 at construction Fragments pottery ROM
16178)
away
8565 Find out 90 m ten N Bronze fibula ROMV
8604 1966 (AMK site 16178) Fragments pottery ROM
70 m to the N (AMK
429662 2216 Settlement Tracks ROM
terrain 16178)
Finds out 190 m N (AMK terrain
8555 Fragments pottery ROM
1960 16178)
Find out
8564 Iron Bridleway VMEC-LMEA
1957
110 m have NO Pottery fragments, bronze fibulae, grinding stone
Finds out (Peace) fragments, glass and amber beads, fragments of
8606 ROM
1957-1960 a baking pit, weaving weights, spinning reels
The rest of the foundation

Excavation in
32573 20 m ten O Culture layer, moat, ditch, plan 3- ROMMA
1993
aisled farm
Research
Message
2216 Lozerlaan Excavation Roman settlement
Tab. 2.3: Overview of the observations within a radius of 250 m at the intersection Lozerlaan-Erasmusweg.
A cult site is located in the western part of the site on Lozerlaan (AMK site 16178). Four palisade
ditches form the center of this place, a phenomenon that
18
similar to other early cult sites. The center of gravity of the tracks seems to be concentrated in the
south-eastern part of the investigated area. From the beginning of the 3rd century, the inhabitants of
the entire region leave in search of a new location to live. Archaeological data indicate that the
population of the Cananefaat area declined sharply over the century. Wetting is one explanation for
3 this, but also unfavorable economic or
and
socio-political circumstances may have played a role (Van Zoolingen 2010 ed.).
In the subsoil of the above-mentioned Roman site is a dune that was inhabited during the Iron Age.
Research in 1991 revealed a site from the Middle Iron Age. The remains of a clear occupation layer
and the traces of a small wooden building of approximately 3 by 6 meters were found on a small sand
head. Finds of richly decorated pottery date the site to around 300 BC. (Van Zoolingen 2010 ed).
The fact that finds have been made in the area after plowing a field (observation 24308) and the
construction of a road (observation 8571) indicate that the archaeological level may also be close to
the surface (within 0.5 m below ground level). .
On the south side of the route along the Poeldijkseweg is the havezathe 'Het Oude Hof' of Wa tering
(AMK site 10693). An observation just outside the monument describes traces of parcels and of a
Roman farm (observation 32573). In addition, part of the moat and courtyard of the castle grounds have
been excavated, and find material from the 12th century was found.
On the south side of the Poeldijkseweg settlement traces from the Middle Iron Age have been
investigated (Tab. 2.4, observation 32573, 33973). This site is located on the eastern edge of the
research area of the route (Appendix 7A). To the southeast of this site, 160 m northeast of the route,
fragments of hand-formed pottery were found, which probably date from the Early Middle Ages
(observation 24294). The fragments were found at a depth of 60 cm below ground level, covered by a
clay layer.
Within the southwestern edge of the research area just north of the Bovendijk is an archaeological
monument site of very high value (AMK site 10521). Traces from the Middle Neolithic (Hazendonk-3
group) have been found within the site, which consist of at least one farm. It is not an isolated place of
residence, because similar and contemporaneous habitation remains have been found in Rijswijk
before. The southwestern boundary has been established through drilling and is located under a
greenhouse complex. This section has not been excavated. 16 drinking water pits were found. Fifty
pile tracks were also found, which were mainly located on the highest part of the beach wall. A two-
aisled house plan has been reconstructed with a size of 11 x 4 m. Pottery, flint, bone material and
wood have also been found. The site continues in a northeasterly direction near the N211 – Wippolder
laan (observation 32575, 33970).
In the context of the southwestern ring road around Wateringen, preliminary archaeological
investigations have been carried out for the construction of the N211 – Wippolderlaan. This investigation
consisted of a (limited) surface mapping, drilling investigation and historical investigation (research
report 5406). During this study, a total of 31 sites were inventoried and, depending on the planned
activities, further research was advised to determine the nature of the sites. This research and the
follow-up research have, among other things, yielded the above-mentioned locations (see Tab. 2.4 but
also Tab. 2.5).
Southeast of the Bovendijk, no archaeological finds have been made over a length of more than 1
km (Appendix 7A2-7A3). Only in the bend of the Wippolderlaan (N211) at the intersection with the
Veilingroute (N222) were two more sightings reported (Appendix 7A3). Approx. 20 m north of the study
area, two fragments of Iron Age pottery were found at the height of a creek ridge (observation 59653).
These indicate the presence of a settlement site but the location has not been further investigated as it
was only a single sighting in an already constructed road cunet.
19

Just north of
10521 Settlement NEOM
the Bovendijk
Surveillance/
Trial slots in
32574 Plow tracks IJZM
1993
0 m ten O (traced S11)
Potholes, plow tracks, ditches, post
33973 Excavation in 1994 IJZM
holes
24294 ---
160 m have NO Hand formed pottery VMEC-VMED
Sewer construction in 70 m have NO Pottery fragments, bronze ring,

8601 RUM
1962 (Hungarian) sharpening stone
Trial slots in 40 m has NO (Trace
32575 culture layer NEOMA
1993 S11)
33970 Opgraving in 1993 30 m ten NO Settlement NEOMA
80 m have NO
Guidance in 1994 Find concentration in humous, dark gray
32692 (gas pipe sample – LMEA
clay layer
Gaag)
Research
Message
A total of 31 sites were
Southwestern Surface Mapping, Drilling
inventoried. Follow-up for various sites,
5406 ring road Survey, Historical
depending on the planned work
(Wippolderlaan) research by RAAP in 1992
4519 Hungarian Research by ADC from 2003 No results reported

No finds have been made at the location of the
Drilling research by the municipality beach wall that indicate an archaeological site
11276 Hungarian
Rijswijk in 2002 ÿ no follow-up research
24946 Hungarian 34 Drilling research by ADC in 2007 No follow-up investigation

Wippolderweg -
1544 Research from 1993 See observations 32575 and 33970
N211
Tab. 2.4: Overview of the observations within a radius of 250 m between the Poeldijkseweg and Bovendijk.
Surveillance/
Wegcunet in 20 m ten N
59653 Two fragments of pottery IJZ
1995 (Wateringveldseweg)
Wegcunet Number of dark ground traces, fragments of pottery
29746 10 m SE LME-NT
1995 (not from the traces)
Research
Message
A total of 31 sites were
Southwestern Surface Mapping, Drilling
inventoried. Follow-up for various sites,
5406 ring road Survey, Historical
depending on the planned work
(Wippolderlaan) research by RAAP in 1992
Tab. 2.5: Overview of the observations within a radius of 250 m between the Veilingroute/Wateringveldseweg and Dorpskade.
The other observation lies within the route and concerns a number of ground tracks that cannot be dated (observation 29746).
On the basis of the dark appearance and finds from the ditches, a date to the Late Middle Ages – New Age is likely.
20
At the southeastern point of the route is a house mound from the Late Middle Ages (12th century)
(AMK site 16189). Nearby, about 130 m north of the route, is a settlement site with traces from the
Neolithic and Roman times (AMK site 12598). In addition to traces of settlement, the parcelling/
parcelling from Roman times has also been found.
Two habitation sites with an allotment area from the Roman period – Early Middle Ages in
between have been discovered within the route (observation 407268). Traces from Roman times
have also been found south of the route (observation 21908).
Approx. Two medieval house mounds have been excavated 60 to 120 m south of the route within
the search area for the transformer station (research report 1500, observation 24704, 31574).
To the northwest of the house mounds, various archaeological preliminary investigations were carried
out, but no archaeological sites were discovered (Tab. 2.6, research report 22928, 7484, 7805, 39615).
Approx. 60 m north of the route, there is a medieval house mound (AMK site 16189) that has been
designated as worth preserving (research report 9549).
The eastern part of the search area for a transformer substation (option B) was part of a drilling
survey that was carried out for a new wastewater treatment plant (research report 3222). During this
investigation, no archaeological finds were made within the search area of the transformer substation.
In the area to the northeast of the route, a site has been found with occupation in Roman times. This
site has been excavated (research report 5864). An extensive trial trench survey was also carried out
for this purpose, including the western part that falls within the search area of the transformer substation
(research report 4847). This shows that the Roman habitation lies at the site of the old creek deposits of
the Gantel system. These are absent at the location of the search area of the transformer substation
and therefore no archaeological finds have been made there (Goosens 2006).
The house mound, which is approximately 180 m west of the search area for the transformer
station, has been designated an archaeological monument (Tab. 2.7, AMK site 9405). The mound is
dated on the basis of find material in the second half of the 13th century – first half of the 14th century.
The mound is damaged by a gas pipeline. Some fragments of pottery from Roman times have also
been found (observation 28228).
East of the search area, a Roman site has been found (research report 50737, observation 443075).
In the top of the creek deposits an old vegetation horizon has been developed, which is covered by
humic embankment layers. Immediately below the old vegetation horizon, in the top of the C-horizon
(1.53 m -NAP in the south and 1.27 m -NAP in the north), pits, ditches and fragments of pottery have
been found. The site has been in use since the late 1st century and remained inhabited until the
beginning of the 3rd century AD. The settlement area probably extends over many hectares, because
traces of Roman habitation have also been found a few hundred meters south of this site and
southwest (observation 24389, 13485). The option for a transformer substation (option A)
is located in the middle of this area. The site near the A4 was excavated prior to the construction
of the Rijksweg (observation 33410). Two yards have been excavated here containing off-site
structures from the Roman era and settlement traces from the Late Middle Ages – New Age.
21
Monument Location Nature site 60 m Dating

16189 N (Hoekpolder) Huisterp LME
130 m ten N Settlement NEO
12598
(Hoekpolder) Land parcel/allotment, settlement ROM
Surveillance/
170 m N (AMK terrain
412397 ---
house mound, ditch LME-NT
16189)
0 m have NOT Two residential locations with an
407268 4847 ROM-VME
(Ship sound) allotment area in between
100 m ten Z
21908 1500 Fragments pottery ROM, LME
(Harnaschpolder)
120 m th ZW
31574
(Harnaschpolder mound B)
1500 Huisterp LME
60 m have NO
24704
(Harnaschpolder mound A)
13287 field map Fragments pottery LMEA, LMEB
100 m ten O
ering
13370 (Harnaschpolder) Flint exit NEO BRONZE
1980
Research
Message
Continue by drilling to locate
avenue of Desk research by RAAP in creek ridges and de
22928
Wateringse Veld 2007 to determine the integrity of the soil
place
wateringsvelsche Drilling research by the municipality No sites found ÿ

7484
polder Delft in 2004 no follow-up investigation
Drilling research by Vestigia in 2004
7805 Hoekpolder No results reported
Trial trench research by the

9549 Hoekpolder The mound is worth preserving
municipality of Rijswijk in 2005
No archaeological indicators or layers
high voltage m Drilling research by the municipality
39615 found ÿ no follow-up research
asten Delft in 2010
Site from the Middle Neolithic in the north ÿ in

situ conservation or
wastewater treatment
3222 Drilling research by RAAP in 2000 dig up. Rest of the research
g installation
area no follow-up research
3823 Harnaschpolder Field mapping by RAAP in 1987 No results reported

Location AHR 1
4847 Excavation by ADC in 2003
(Harnaschpolder)
Settlement ROM-ME-NT
Location AHR 1
5864 Guidance by ADC in 2004
(Harnaschpolder)
Drilling research by the municipality No sites for the route/search
17028 Harnaschpolder
Delft in 2006 area
Trial trench research by the
5799 Harnaschpolder
Municipality of Delft in 2002 No preserved archaeological
Excavation by the municipality remains
3927 Harnaschpolder
Ship ringing in 2003
1500 Harnaschpolder Excavation ROB in 1989 See observation 31574 and 24704
Tab. 2.6: Overview of the observations within a radius of 250 m at the southeastern point of the route at the interchange with the A4.
22

180 m W (Woudse
9405 Huisterp LME
Polder)
Surveillance/
Finds out
210 m W (AMK terrain
22682 slootbagger in Fragments pottery LME
9405)
1993
Soil mapping 1945 200 m NW (AMK terrain Old residential land, fragments of
24390 LME
9405) pottery
Field mapping in
12596 Fragments pottery LMEA, LMEB
1979
28207 Inspection in 1990 Wooden post, pit LME
28228 190 m W (AMK terrain Fragments pottery ROM, LME
Inspection in 1993
28229 9405) Fragments pottery LME
Landfill finds at the

Fragment pottery LMEB
28232 construction of A4 in
glass bead NTB-NTC
1994
Excavation ROB 180 m W (AMK terrain

24391 Huisterp LMEA-LMEB
in 1989 9405)
Field mapping in
413256 110 m ten O Fragments pottery LMEA
1980
240 m ten O
443075 50737 (Woudselaan 23 and Settlement ROM
27)
Pit, fragments of pottery, culture ROM
Soil mapping in 150 m ten O
24389 layer
1945 (Harness Polder)
Elevation layer with pottery LMEA
Field mapping in
13485 Culture layer at 70 cm – mv ROM
1981 160 m th ZW
Excavation in (Woudse Polder)

33410 Settlement ROM, LME-NT
1993
Research
Message
Drilling research by the municipality No sites for the route/search
17028 Harnaschpolder
Delft in 2006 area
3823 Harnaschpolder Field mapping by RAAP in 1987 No results reported
No archaeological indicators or layers
high voltage m Drilling research by the municipality
39615 found ÿ no follow-up research
asten Delft in 2010
Trial trench research by the Five sites worth preserving found

64015 Forest-Harnasch
Municipality of Delft in 2014
Tab. 2.7: Overview of the observations within a radius of 250 m at the southern tip of the search area for the transformer station
along the A4.
The southern part of the search area for a transformer substation (option C) falls within the Woud-
Harnasch research area, where the Municipality of Delft conducted a trial trench survey in 2014.
Inquiries with the Municipality of Delft revealed that there is no archaeological site at the intended
transformer site. A site was found immediately north of this within the search area for a transformer
substation. A pit has been found with an animal burial and find material from the Late Middle Ages
and the New Period.
Immediately west of this track is a ditch that is depicted on Kruikius' map from 1712. The ditch, together
with the pit, is part of the site on which the Woudse Molen once stood (see also section 2.4). This was
probably located near the current mill.
23
The contour of the site has been determined on the basis of the soil traces, the material found and the
historical map material. This mill site is considered to be worth preserving because such sites in the past
have been subject to limited research in the region. The conservation of the traces and finds is good
based on observations in the field (Bakx 2015).
2.3.2 Maasvlakte route
Maasvlakte 2 has been reclaimed with sand from the bottom of the North Sea. When vacuuming, deep
layers with bone, stone and shells are reached. Special finds were found during sand extraction, such as
the longest woolly mammoth thigh bone (133 cm) found in the Netherlands. But remnants of steppe
wisents, giant deer, hyenas and evidence of human presence, such as bone and flint tools, have also been
found in the deeper layers. On the beach on the west side of Maasvlakte 2, (archaeological) finds are still
regularly reported (http://www.oervondstchecker.nl).
Prior to the realization of Maasvlakte 2, archaeological research was carried out.

In 2005 a desk study was carried out in preparation for the planning process (Hessing et al.
2005). This research related to the total area within which soil-moving activities could take place. This
therefore not only concerned the land reclamation area of the Second Maasvlakte, but also the sand
extraction area off the coast and the (original)
Yangtzehaven.
The desk research revealed, among other things, that river dunes may have been present in the subsoil
in the northwestern part of the Yangtzehaven (Hessing et al. 2005, 21).
For river dunes, there is a high archaeological expectation for the discovery of sites from Prehistory. In 2008,
a scientific framework for the care of archaeological monuments during the construction of Maasvlakte 2
was published (Manders et al. 2008). This outlines the current state of knowledge and research potential.
Specific reference is made to the possibilities for research into archaeological values from early Prehistory
in the Yangtze harbor (Manders et al. 2008). From 2009 up to and including the end of 2011, various
(geo)archaeological investigations were carried out specifically aimed at the soil sections threatened with
degradation with Late Pleistocene and Early Holocene sediments under the bed of the Yangtzehaven at 17
m – NAP (Appendix 7B, research report 48031, observation 445873 ).
Ultimately, this resulted in a digging archaeological investigation into the nature and dating of the
archaeological remains on the river dune complex in the Yangtzehaven. The research was conducted from
October 27 to November 9, 2011 and consisted of digging three wells in the river dune zone in the
northwestern part of the Yangtzehaven planning area. A site from the Early and/or Middle Mesolithic (9200
– 6500 cal BC) was investigated (Moree/ Sier (ed.) 2014). The Maasvlakte route crosses the river dune
complex on which the site is located. The excavation pits are located approximately 300 m east of the route
(research report 48954, observation 445947).
The area has also been surveyed for the presence of underwater objects that may be of archaeological
value. To this end, a side scan sonar and multibeam survey was carried out for the Maasvlakte area. Based
on this research, 13 locations have been identified that should be investigated by means of a diving
inspection (Periplus Archeomare 2006). After inspection, most objects turned out to be stones, nets,
anchors and/or anchor chains of little archaeological significance (research report 21143). One shipwreck
was found approximately 580 m west of the route. The nature and date of the ship could not be established
with certainty, but the first impression was that it was a work man's ship from the 19th century. The
recommendation is to determine the preservability of the shipwreck by means of an appreciative
investigation (Schute 2007). The conclusion of the appreciative investigation (research report 30190) is
that the wreck (observation 441574) is not worth preserving and can be released for the planned soil
intervention. This means that the wreck remains can remain while the sand is being sprayed on (Waldus et
al.
2009).
24
2.4 Historical geography
Various historical maps were consulted for the historical geographical analysis. The extremely
detailed map of 't Hooge heemraedschap van Delflant', drawn by Nicolaes and Jacob Kruikius (1712)
is an important source of information. In addition, the cadastral minute plans from the early 19th century
are indispensable for analysis at parcel level.
Finally, the Bonneblades were used to get an idea of the late 19th and early 20th century situation in
the research area. At the cartographic level, the 20th century is characterized by a large number of
topographical land registry maps that, if necessary, can be consulted via www.topotijdreis.nl to check
whether certain elements or structures in the landscape are (or have been) still present in the 20th
century.
The cable route crosses an estate near the houses Blijrust and Ockenburg. From the 15th century
there was an estate called Ockenberghe 'near Wateringe'.
It is unknown whether that estate was located on the same location as today's Ockenberg, which
dates from the 17th century (landgoed-ockenburg.net). In the dune area where Ockenburg arose,
there were several farms and lands. As far as can be ascertained on the basis of historical map
material, none of these old farms were located within the cable route. Ockenburg itself was probably
built on one of these older farm sites. Entirely in accordance with Mr. Sende's fashion, the
accompanying estate was furnished after the French example, also known as a formal garden layout.
The style was characterized by the symmetrical construction of paths, flower beds, rows of trees and
waterways, whereby (deep) excavations and leveling were often carried out on an estate in order to
'subdue' nature. This rectilinear arrangement is clearly recognizable on the maps from 1712 and 1746,
even within the survey area (Fig. 2.4, Fig. 2.5). This landscaping preserved the estate until 1840.
fig. 2.4: The section of the route that crosses the Ockenburg estate on the map from 1712 (source: gahetna.nl).
25
Garden fashion changes at the beginning of the 19th century, after which it is replaced in 1840 at Ockenburg by a garden after
the English example, a park-like landscape garden. The entire estate has been overhauled (again). On the minute plan from the
beginning of the 19th
century (Fig. 2.6), a number of elements of the French garden are still present in the plot. The map from ca. 1900 (Fig. 2.7)
shows that the widest waterways and canals have been preserved. The symmetrical garden has disappeared and has been
replaced by a wooded garden. The old access road to the estate, which is located within the route, still has the same location as
on the map from 1712. In the current situation, the house has the status of a national monument (see section 2.5).
fig. 2.5: The section of the route that crosses the Ockenburg estate on the map from 1746 (source: gahetna.nl).
26
fig. 2.6: The section of the route that crosses the Ockenburg estate on the minute plan (source: Beeldbank.cultureelerfgoed.nl).
fig. 2.7: The part of the route that crosses the Ockenburg estate on the map from circa 1900 (source: topotijdreis.nl).
27
South of the Ockenburg estate is the old connecting road between Monster and Loosduinen.
Immediately south of this road, a building dating from about 1900 can be seen on the map that is no
longer present in the current situation (Fig. 2.8). On the minute plan from the beginning of the 19th
century, this building is not yet present, so an ancient origin of these buildings is not obvious. The
current buildings south of Monsterseweg date from the 1960s .
North of the current Madepolderweg, the 'Mae Molen' has stood since 1526. This old mill was
probably a wooden seesaw mill, built to dry the Polder Oostmade. The mill is clearly visible on the
minute plan within the route (Fig. 2.10). There is little information about this mill, except that it was
replaced in 1869 by a stone groundsheet. It is also unknown whether this stone replacement was built
on the exact same location as its wooden predecessor, although this seems plausible given the position
of the mill on the historical map material. The second Mae Mill served until 1928, after which it was
demolished.
A second building visible on this minute plan is located some 300 m south east of the mill. It concerns
the 'Lie House' next to the 'Lie Bridge'. Bridges of lies are more common as toponyms. Usually in folk
tales it concerns a bridge through which one can fall when the truth is not spoken. The lie bridge within
the cable route was replaced in 2013 by a new one that no one will fall through again. The lie house is
no longer present in the current situation.
fig. 2.8: Building south of the Monsterseweg within the route on the map from circa 1900 (source: topotijdreis.nl).
28
fig. 2.9: The second stone Mae Mill seen from the southwest in a photo from 1925 (source: molendatabase.org).
fig. 2.10: The route near the Mae Molen and the Lie House on the minute plan (source:
Beeldbank.cultureelerfgoed.nl).
29
fig. 2.11: The route near the Mae Molen and the Leugenhuis on the map from circa 1900 (source: topotijdreis.nl).
North of the Poeldijkseweg/Erasmusweg, just north of the present Hippisch Centrum Westland,
the map from 1712 (Fig. 2.12), the minute plan (Fig. 2.13) and the map from ca. 1900 (Fig. 2.14) a
yard with buildings present. This yard is located on the southwestern boundary of the route. The
minute plan shows a square (building) plot within the route, but no buildings yet. This lot was built on
around 1900.
On the minute plan (Fig. 2.13), a small cluster of buildings is present on the edge of the route south
of the Poeldijkseweg, near the current Korte Noordweg. The buildings are located immediately south
of the archaeological monument 10693, where remains of Het Oude Hof van Wateringen have been
found (see section 2.3.1). These buildings are already indicated on the map from 1712 (Fig. 2.12). It is
not known whether these buildings (or predecessors of these buildings) can be related to the court. The
buildings are no longer present in the current situation.
30
fig. 2.12: The route near the Poeldijkseweg on the map from 1712 (source: gahetna.nl).
fig. 2.13: The route at the Poeldijkseweg on the minute plan (source: Beeldbank.cultureelerfgoed.nl).
31
fig. 2.14: The route near the Poeldijkseweg on the map from circa 1900 (source: topotijdreis.nl).
At the Heulweg, the route passes an old farm yard. The farm on site is in principle 17th
century and is emphatically indicated on the map from the beginning of the 18th century (Fig. 2.15)
as 'House a(...) Wateringse Wacht'. The minute plan (Fig. 2.16) clearly shows that the farm consists of
several cadastral plots on which three buildings are present. The northeastern building, possibly a
barn, is no longer visible on the map from ca. 1900 (Fig. 2.17). In the current situation, the farm has
the status of a national monument (see section 2.5).
32
fig. 2.15: The route near the Heulweg on the map from 1712 (source: gahetna.nl).
fig. 2.16: The route at Heulweg on the minute plan (source: Beeldbank.cultureelerfgoed.nl).
33
fig. 2.17: The route at the Heulweg on the map from circa 1900 (source: topotijdreis.nl).
At the current intersection of the Wippolderweg/Veilingroute, the cable route coincides with the search
area for a transformer substation (in yellow) and one of the optional locations (in blue). Along the
Zweth, the watercourse that owes its name to the border function between the Wateringse area and
the Delft area, was built on both sides in the early 19th century.
Some of these houses are present on the minute plan within the route (Fig. 2.18). These are
located in the 'kink' of the route at Zwetkade-Noord. The houses are not old yet; they do not appear
on earlier map material.
A duck decoy is located at the location of the transformer substation option. The Oude
Wateringveldse polder in which the cage is located, was peatted out in the second half of the 18th
and first half of the 19th century, creating a pond (the green plots on the minute plan have been
peatted out). After the polder was drained in the 19th century, the land was used as pasture (Fig.
2.19). The duck decoy is then no longer present. At the beginning of the 20th century, there are no
more buildings within the route. It does, however, cross a new yard to the east of the former duck
decoy. In the search area for a transformer station, the Oud Wateringveld seesaw mill on the north
quay of the Zweth is still present, which was used to drain the polder.
34
fig. 2.18: The route near the Auction Route on the minute plan (source: Beeldbank.cultureelerfgoed.nl).
fig. 2.19: The route near the Auction Route on the map from circa 1900 (source: topotijdreis.nl).
35
fig. 2.20: The route at the intersection A4/N211 on the minute plan (source: Beeldbank.cultureelerfgoed.nl).
The cable route ends at the current intersection of the A4 and the N211 in the Harnaspolder south of
the Zweth. On the north quay, a few buildings are still present within the route on the minute plan
(Fig. 2.20). The building north of the northwestern corner of the Harnaspolder may have been a mill
or pumping station. The mill/the pumping station on the north quay of the Zweth is shown on the map
from ca. 1900 as a steam pumping station (Fig. 2.21).
No buildings are visible within the search area for a transformer substation (in yellow) and a second
optional location (in blue) south of the Zweth. It is striking that the allotment of the plots present in the
Harnaspolder are less linear and more organic in shape.
The archaeological observations present (see section 2.3.1) indicate medieval reclamation and
habitation in the area. The map from ca. 1900 (Fig. 2.21) gives the same picture.
This is confirmed by the discovery of several medieval house mounds in the area (see section 2.3.1).
36
fig. 2.21: The route at the intersection A4/N211 on the map from circa 1900 (source: topotijdreis.nl).
The third option for a transformer station is located east of the current A4 in the former Woudse polder. Within the contours of
the station (in blue) there are no buildings on the map of Kruikius (Fig. 2.22), the minute plan (Fig. 2.23) and on the map from
ca. 1900 (Fig. 2.24). However, this part of the Woudse polder shows the same organic, medieval allotment as the Harnaspolder,
the boundary of which is indicated on the map from 1712 by the purple color. Within the search area (in yellow) there are two mills
immediately north of the contours of the optional station: the Woudse mill and the Harnas mill. The mills drain the respective
polders on either side of the boezemwetering. The dating of the mills is unknown (www.molendatabase.nl). During earlier
archaeological research, traces from the Late Middle Ages – New Age were found that are related to the Woudse mill (see section
2.3.1).
37
fig. 2.22: The third Converter station option on the map from 1712 (source: gahetna.nl).
fig. 2.23: The third Converter station option on the minute plan (source: Beeldbank.cultureelerfgoed.nl).
38
fig. 2.24: The third Converter station option on the map from circa 1900 (source: topotijdreis.nl).
Until the second half of the 20th century, the route lay out to sea about 3.5 km from the coast (Fig.
2.25). The southeastern corner in the north of the route is on land in a dune area.
In order to keep up with the growth of trade and shipping, it was decided in the 1960s to expand the
port of Rotterdam in a westerly direction into the sea by constructing the Maasvlakte. The Maasvlakte
was built by laying a ring dyke within which sand from the North Sea was pumped up. Construction
work started in 1965, with the sand being extracted in the Brielse Gat (today known as the Oostvoornse
lake). At the beginning of 1969 a start could be made on the layout of the industrial estate. In 1973 the
first ships moored and the Maasvlakte was put into use (www.wikipedia.org).
The Maasvlakte route is located on the edge of the Eerste Maasvlakte, partly on land, partly on
water (Fig. 2.26).
The construction of Maasvlakte 2 started on 1 September 2008. It is a westward extension of the port
of Rotterdam. In total, 2,000 hectares of land have been created by reclaiming sand off the coast.
This sand largely comes from sand extraction areas in the North Sea. The remaining sand was
released when crossing the Yangtzehaven, which makes the Twee de Maasvlakte accessible via the
existing Maasvlakte. Sand has also become available during the deepening of the new harbor basins
and for other projects in the harbor area.
A sea wall has been constructed and quay walls have been built and infrastructure constructed.
Maasvlakte 2 was officially opened on 22 May 2013. Sites are currently being built gradually. The new
waterways and ports have a draft of 20 meters, making them suitable for the largest container ships
(https://www.maasvlakte2.com).
39
fig. 2.25: The route on the topographic map from the early 1960s (source: www.toporeis.nl).
fig. 2.26: The route on the topographic map from the beginning of the 21st century (source: www.topotijdreis.nl).
40
2.5 Architectural elements
The cultural-historical atlas of the province of South Holland does not mention any particularities
at the location of the route or within the research area (www.zuidholland.nl).
The description of the national monuments listed below within the cable route come from the monument register
of the Cultural Heritage Agency (monumentenregister.cultuureelerfgoed.nl).
X: 74859 Y: 452334
Just outside the research area is a national monument, the country house Ockenburgh (Monster
seweg 4 in The Hague). Originally it is a 17th century detached country house and was founded by
Jacob Westerbaan. The current country house dates from 1851 and was renovated and extended in
1889 in an eclectic style with neo-classical elements. It has been in use as a youth hostel since 1932.
After considerable war damage, the mansion was restored in the 1950s. The country house is of
architectural-historical and cultural-historical importance as a good example of eclectic country house
architecture with neo-classical elements and as part of the former 19th century estate, which has
preserved remnants of the original 17th century construction (http://monumentenregister.cultureelerfgoed.nl ).
The route crosses the northwestern part of the estate (www.atlasleef milieu.nl).
X: 78017 Y: 448678
At the intersection of Wippolderlaan (N211) and Heulweg (N466), a farm has been designated as a
national monument (Heulweg 29 in Kwintsheul) (www.atlasleefgeving.nl). The farm dates from the
period 1600 – 1800 and is built in a traditional traditional building style.
It was renovated around 1880 with 20th century additions on the northern and western facades.
The farm is of general interest because of its cultural-historical and architectural-historical features,
which have become a rare example of a long gable farm from the end of the 19th century with an
older core, in the Westland (http://monumentenregister.cultuureelerfgoed.nl).
X: 81134 Y: 448122
At the southeastern point of the route is a national monument in the form of a mill (Molenwetering 2 in
Rijswijk). It is a polder mill. Addition to the monument register: The mill is not on the historic building
site but was moved in 1988 in connection with the construction of the current A4. The mill originally
stood at the intersection of Prinses Beatrixlaan/A4 on the western quay of the former Spieringswetering
(www.molendatabase.nl and www.molendatabase.org).
There are no architectural remains on the Maasvlakte route. It is new country.
2.6 Soil disturbance
Large parts of the dune landscape have been leveled for agricultural land. Subsequently, the soil was
converted over large areas for the benefit of (greenhouse) horticulture in order to bring up the deep
calcareous deposits. Archaeological levels have been affected by this (deep) tillage. At greater depths,
however, intact archaeological levels may be present.
When the AHN map image is adjusted to the height differences that occur behind the young dune
strip, the excavated terrain parts become clearly visible (Fig. 2.27, dark blue color). At the site of these
excavated sites, such as on the Ockenburg estate, the archaeological level has disappeared. Further
inland, the AHN map image is less unambiguous, but even here, too, leveled parcels, such as the
sports fields, and excavations are visible (Fig.
2.28). In the southeastern part of the route, the polder is easily recognizable on the AHN map image
and a number of excavations and leveling can be seen along the A4 (Fig. 2.29).
41
fig. 2.27: Excavations in the dune area in the northwestern part of the Wateringen route on the AHN (source: www.ahn.nl).
fig. 2.28: AHN map image of the central part of the Wateringen route (source: www.ahn.nl).
42
fig. 2.29: The southeastern part of the Wateringen route on the AHN map image (www.ahn.nl).
At the site of the southeastern part of the Wateringen route, soil remediation has taken place in three areas
(www.grondloket.nl, Fig. 2.30). The nature and extent of the soil remediation is not stated. For the two large
sites to the north and east of the route, this information is not directly important for determining the intactness
of the soil, because the AHN map image already shows that the terrain parts that fall within the route have been
excavated (Fig.
2.29). The (potential) archaeological level has therefore completely disappeared.
Information about the western site of Zwethkade-Noord was requested from Ingenieursbureau Mol, which
was involved in the environmental research at this location. The soil remediation consisted of a combination of
excavations and the application of living layers (application of soil where the soil contamination is covered).
Actual excavation has only taken place in a narrow strip of a few thousand square meters in the south-eastern
part of the site.
43
fig. 2.30: Areas where soil remediation has taken place.
During the construction of Maasvlakte 2, the natural soil at the site of the reclaimed terrain was
covered with a meter-thick sand package. Here the original stratigraphy is intact.
However, the peat and clay layers have already been compressed in the past by the weight of
younger sea deposits and the water. The recently sprayed-on sand pack is therefore not expected to
cause more compression/deformation of the layers.
At the location of the new waterways and ports, the bottom has been excavated to 20 m – NAP (depth
of 20 m). This means that the archaeological level from the Mesolithic that is located at the top of the
river dunes has been excavated on site.
The land surface of the Maasvlakte route consists of recently reclaimed sand. The few soil
remediations that have taken place along the Europaweg and Maasvlakteweg (www. Bottom Loket.nl)
have therefore not disturbed any archaeological values.
2.7 Archaeological expectation

The municipal forecast maps are used as a starting point for the archaeological forecast
(section 2.7.1 and 2.7.2) consulted. Subsequently, a specified archaeological forecast for the plan
area was drawn up on the basis of the data collected in the desk research (section 2.7.3).
2.7.1 Wateringen route on the archaeological policy maps of the municipalities
The first approx. 5.3 km of the Wateringen route runs through the territory of the municipality of The
Hague. In 2010, the municipality established the umbrella zoning plan for Archeology. A distinction is
made herein between sites of high archaeological value (Value 1) and sites with a high archaeological
expectation (Value 2). According to the zoning plan,
44
the route largely passes through an area with a high expected value (Fig. 2.31). No archaeological
remains are expected in four places (white areas). These are areas of terrain that have been excavated
and/or leveled in the past.
fig. 2.31: The Wateringen route on the archaeological map of the municipality of The Hague (source: Umbrella zoning plan
Archeology 2010).
The route then runs over a length of approximately 4.6 km across the territory of the municipality of
Westland. On this map, various forecast zones are distinguished and specified by period. The zone
with beach walls is generally designated as a medium-high forecast zone for sites from the Iron Age
to the New Age (Fig. 2.32, forecast zone III). Within this zone, zones with a very high expectation for
the Roman period have been indicated (expectation zone 1) where Roman roads are suspected and
where traces of habitation have also been found. There is no archaeological expectation for a large
part of the route within the municipality of Westland because of its location in a polder. The original
deposits of the Hollandveen Low Packet have been excavated in the polder. Any sites that were in and
on this peat have therefore disappeared. Occasionally finds are made in this area that can be related
to such sites. However, this find material ended up secondarily on the clay deposits that have emerged
under the peat.
These are contextless finds with limited information value (Kerkhof 2012).
The municipality of Midden-Delfland, into which the eastern tip of the route and the search area for the
transformer substation (options B and C) fall, has a similar policy map as the municipality of Westland.
Here too, a distinction is made between different expectation zones and periods. There is no
archaeological forecast at the location of the A4 motorway (Fig.
2.33). Archaeological research was carried out prior to the construction of the road, after which the
archaeological level was excavated during the construction of the road. In the zones on both sides of
the A4, a medium-high expectation applies for sites from the Roman era to the New Era at the level of
the route. High archaeological expectations apply to the extreme southern tip of the search area for a
transformer substation (option C).
45
fig. 2.32: The Wateringen route on the policy map of the municipality of Westland (source: Kerkhof 2012).
fig. 2.33: The Wateringen route on the policy advice map of the municipality of Midden-Delfland (source: Kerkhof 2010)
46
2.7.2 Maasvlakte route on the municipality's archaeological value and policy map
The archaeological value and policy map of the municipality of Rotterdam dates from 2005 (BOOR
2005), so Maasvlakte 2 is not yet on the map. On the map, the Eerste Maasvlakte is counted among
the areas with a reasonable to high archaeological expectation, whereby the archaeological values can
be expected to be deeper than 3 m below NAP. However, this is a global forecast that does not
specifically address the forecast at the Maasvlakte site.
2.7.3 Wateringen route: specified archaeological forecast
The municipal forecast maps have been used as the basis for the specified forecast model, because
they form a good (landscape) basis. This has been supplemented with historical information,
archaeological investigations and excavations carried out (AHN map image) in order to create an
forecast map for the route (Appendix 8).
In this area there is a layered soil archive in which archaeological remains from all periods from the
New Stone Age (Neolithic) can be found. Older remains have not yet been found. Possible traces
from the Late Paleolithic can be found at great depths (about 20 m). So far no traces of habitation
from this period have been found (Kerkhof 2010). In the Mesolithic, the west of the Netherlands was
inhabited. This is apparent from, among other things, Mesolithic bone spires that came to the surface
when sand was reclaimed in the Maasvlakte, but also from a site that was investigated in the context
of the construction of the Second Maasvlakte (see section 2.7.4.). Due to the great depth, such
remains have not yet been discovered in the vicinity of the Wateringen route (Kerkhof 2010).
In the Neolithic the landscape consists of an open coastal area with beach walls. Scattered in the salt
marsh beyond, small dunes formed that were very attractive to humans because they were sheltered
from the influences of the sea. In these high and dry places people lived, in the surrounding forests
could be hunted for red deer, wild boar and brown bears. In addition, nuts and fruits were collected
such as blackthorn, juniper and hazelnut. The sea and the largely inland mudflats provided a guarantee
for fish and shellfish. They also had small fields on which grains such as barley and wheat were grown.
Livestock was grazed on the salt marshes. The first "inhabitants" arrived about 5500 years ago and
settled on high and dry sand heads. Over time, the dunes became overgrown with peat and the
residents moved to the oldest beach wall in the region, the remains of which have been found in the
Wateringse Veld (Municipality of The Hague 2011). Within the south-western edge of the research area
slightly north of the Bovendijk, a site from this period was found on the beach wall (AMK site 10521).
The site has already been investigated in the context of the construction of the provincial road N211 –
Wippolderlaan. Based on the geological map of The Hague and Rijswijk, no dunes and/or beach walls
are expected in the subsoil at the location of the route, where sites from the Neolithic can be expected
and that have not yet been explored.
Remains of inhabitants from later periods, such as the Bronze Age and Iron Age, have been
found in various places. Various settlements and fields from the Iron Age have been found spread
over the dune area (Gemeente The Hague 2011). Remains from the Bronze Age are scarcer. In the
municipality of Westland, only one find is known of habitation from the Late Neolithic and Bronze Age.
Inhabitation took place here on the Monsterse Geestje that continued into the Middle Ages (Kerkhof
2012). At the site of the route and in its immediate vicinity, remains from the Bronze Age are still
missing. That is why the forecast map has opted for a high forecast from the Iron Age, although
remains from the Bronze Age cannot be excluded in advance.
At the end of the Middle Iron Age, the sea influence on the land increased and trenches were eroded
in the peat landscape behind the beach walls (Gantel phase). As a result, the wet area became
drained and the banks along the channels became suitable for habitation. During the Middle Iron Age,
the peat was frequently inhabited. Occupancy traces from the Iron Age are also regularly found on
channel deposits of the Hoek polder Laag. This habitation phase
47
however, was short-lived (probably only 100 years from 200 BC) and lay several hundred meters south
and southwest of the line. The channels silted up fairly quickly, after which the peat flooded again and was
covered with a layer of clay (Kerkhof 2012).
Shortly after the beginning of our era, Roman troops enter our area. There the Romans encountered the local
peasantry, whom they referred to as 'Cananefates'. Remains of indigenous settlements have been found in
various places in the area, but also of the Romans themselves. For example, a small Roman fort with a village
has been found near the route on Ockenburgh (Municipality of The Hague 2011). The habitation took place in
the dune and beach walls area, but also in the tidal area behind it. The banks of the creeks of the Gantel system
in particular were chosen as a habitation location in this area because of the good water management and the
sandy soil. The Gantel was an important shipping route during Roman times. Particularly in the 1st to the 3rd
century, the area was densely inhabited (Kerkhof 2012). Remains of habitation from Roman times have been
found in many places on and around the route. There may have been a military system of the Romans (Fig.
2.34). The start of such a coastal defense as a connection to the already existing Rhine limes must be sought for
the time being in the middle of the 2nd century AD. ch. The build-up of the system seems to have had internal
changes as a background, as there are no known incursions from sea that could have acted as a trigger. These
internal changes included the expansion of the city of Forum Hadriani and the construction of an official
infrastructure in the narrow but relatively densely populated area between the Rhine and Meuse. The Roman
main road, known from the Wateringse Veld, that crosses the route, according to the milestone found there by
Antoninus Pius in 151 AD. accomplished. This made the area more accessible to everyone - including any
uninvited visitors. That could have been the background for the construction of small military installations such as
the fortress of Ockenburgh. Intended to secure the roads, but also to carry out patrols and to track down the
looters in the event of unexpected raids or to receive them on their return. On the basis of all known data, a model
has been developed in which to defend the civitas Cananefatium and its capital Forum Hadriani there was room
for different types of installations: sentries, mini-castella and larger castella (Fig. 2.34), at regular intervals,
possibly directed from that city as the seat of the regional authority. At the same time, it was part of a much larger
system that extended into northern France (Waasdorp 2012 ed.).
Little is known throughout the Netherlands about what happened in the centuries after the collapse of the Roman
Empire. We assume that in this region the Romans and Cananefates disappeared about 300 AD. Nature once
again took possession of the landscape and no one knows where the indigenous people have been. Only two
centuries later, around 500, do traces of new inhabitants appear. Remains of their houses and grave fields have
been found in Ockenburgh (Gemeente Den Haag 2011). In the 6th and 7th centuries, the settlement was mainly
concentrated on the beach walls. Later, they started reclamation of riverbanks (such as the Gantel) and moved
further inland. In the 9th century, the habitation already extended to present-day Waterringen. During the Early
Middle Ages, habitation initially took place on the peat, or on a thin layer of clay of the Gantel Layer. In the second
quarter of the 12th century this was no longer possible due to renewed deposition of clay on the peat. The clay
layer covered settlements from the 11th century. Inhabitation started again on this clay deck. From then on, this
took place on Huis mounds and the plots were given a different orientation (Kerkhof 2012). Various house
mounds have been excavated and/or protected as monuments at the location of the route near the A4.
In the Late Middle Ages, developments in the area accelerated. From about 1200 AD, the counts of Holland take
an interest in the sparsely populated dunes. They founded churches and monasteries there and built a count's
court on the site of present-day The Hague: the Binnenhof. Craftsmen and officials who provided their services
to the court mainly settled around the castle. In the dune area we find farms with fields on the dunes themselves
and meadow areas in the lower beach plains. The peat areas are reclaimed, often at the initiative of the
monasteries, and this has led to the construction of stone farmsteads, a fine example of which has been found
in the Uithofspolder of the same name. On Madestein, a fortified farm has been researched and restored, with a
so-called “Stone Room”
(Municipality of The Hague 2011).
48
fig. 2.34: Model of the possible military system in the Civitas Cananefatium. (Source: (Waasdorp 2012 ed.) The global
location of the plan area is indicated by a purple line.
The general characteristics of a site that can be expected at the location of the Wateringen route
consist of:
1. Dating: at the location of the beach walls and along old creeks are mainly
sites from the Iron Age and Roman period are expected. In some cases, this habitation on
the beach walls can be traced back to the Bronze Age. Inhabitation on the beach walls
continued into the Middle Ages and the New Age. The peat and tidal landscape was
reclaimed in the Late Middle Ages, so traces from this period can also be expected here.
2. Complex type: sites from the Bronze Age to the Late Middle Ages can be
consist of settlement traces and/or traces of burials.
3. Size: Settlement grounds or burial grounds/burials vary in size from several hundred to thousands
of square meters and can sometimes extend over several hectares.
4. Depth: the potential archaeological level from Roman times – Early

The Middle Ages is expected in the embankment area immediately below the building bed if
there is no cover with young dune sand or young sea clay. At a deeper level, possibly
separated by a shifting sand layer, older levels may be present, such as the Iron Age and
possibly also the Bronze Age.
In the western strip of the route, where there are young dunes, the archaeological level is
covered with a sand package from a few meters to ten meters thick.
49
In the tidal area behind the beach walls, covering with young sea clay has taken place over
large areas, so that remains from the Iron Age to the Early Middle Ages are only expected
from a depth of one meter.
5. Soundness and conservation: if there is a covering clay layer or thick sand package, the
archaeological traces and finds will have been well preserved. If the archaeological remains
are at some depth, the groundwater may have provided favorable conservation conditions for
organic matter. This applies in particular to the tidal landscape behind the beach walls and/or
where there are peat layers.
6. Location/location within project area: see Appendix 8.

7. Appearance: The settlements are characterized by permanent dwellings that were often founded
deep in the ground. Wells were dug for water supply while waste pits were dug in and near the
settlement to bury waste. In addition to settlement remains, burials may also occur. Remains
of these can consist of circular ditches, fragments of pottery (urns), cremation remains,
inhumations, etc. The spores can reach deep into the soil.
8. Possible disturbances: desands have occurred in the dune and beach wall landscape
occurred as a result of which the archaeological soil archive has been excavated. Leveling
has also taken place in which archaeological remains have been disturbed. In the polders,
the potential archaeological level in the peat has disappeared due to peat extraction. In
addition, the soil archive has been disturbed by major infrastructural projects such as the
Wippolder laan N211 ring road and the A4. Incidentally, archaeological research was carried
out prior to these interventions, which means that the chance that archaeological remains have
actually been lost is small.
Based on the historical map material studied, a number of points of interest are indicated on the
forecast map (Appendix 8, green dots). In most cases, these are disappeared buildings from the
New Age (often 18th – 19th century). These sites are generally of little or no archaeological value.
The location of the former Mae Mill on Madepolderweg is a potential location for research into the
presence of any predecessors to this mill. The first mill is said to have been built in 1526. In the
southeastern part of the research area are the locations of the Harnas Molen and Woudse Molen. The
dating of the mills is unknown (www.molendatabase.nl). In the vicinity of the Woudse Molen, earlier
archaeological investigations found traces (a pit and ditch) with find material from the Late Middle Ages
-
New time (see section 2.3.1).
1. Dating: The original Mae mill dates from 1526. The youngest mill dates from 1869. The dating
of the Harnas and Woudse Molen is unknown, so they are generally placed in the Late
Middle Ages – New Period.
2. Complex Type: Economy (Mill)
3. Size: the mill site has an area of several tens of square meters.
4. Depth: from ground level to deep into the ground 5.
Soundness and conservation: the youngest Mae mill was a stone ground sailor. This
building material consisting of bricks is relatively young, so that the integrity and preservation
can be good, provided the foundations have not been removed. Older foundation remains
can also consist of wood or traces of it in the form of pile pits. There is a chance that any
traces from this period have been disturbed and/or disappeared as a result of later construction.
6. Location/situation within project area: see Appendix 8
7. Appearance: at the location of the mill site, wall remains (brick), waste pits, pile pits and
possibly raising layers (mill hill) may be present.
In addition, find material may be present in the form of fragments of pottery, fragments of
metal, utensils, etc
8. Possible disturbances: the mill site may have been affected/disappeared by
demolition and new construction on site.
50
A fourth location is historic buildings next to the Oude Hof van Wateringen, which dates from at least
the 18th century. If the buildings have a relationship with the Oude Hof, then the occupation on site can
go back to the Late Middle Ages.
At the Heulweg, the route passes an old farm yard. The farm on site is in principle 17th
century and is emphatically marked on the map from the early 18th century as 'House a(...)
Watering Watch. The current farm is classified as a national monument, but traces can be found
around it dating back to the 17th century. A late medieval origin cannot be ruled out in advance.
9. Dating: Huisplaats dates from at least the 18th century (at Oude Hof van Wateringen) or 17th
century (Wateringse Wacht). Possibly the occupation of the former house is related to the
Oude Hof and the dating goes back to the Late Middle Ages. A late medieval origin cannot be
ruled out in advance for the Wateringse Wacht house either.
10. Complex Type: Settlement (House Place)

11. Size: based on historical maps, the house has an area of a few hundred square meters.
12. Depth location: from ground level to deep into the ground
13. Soundness and preservation: because the archaeological remains for the home site
are expected to consist of building material (brick) and be relatively young, the integrity and
preservation can be good, provided the foundations have not been removed. Older traces
from the Late Middle Ages mainly consist of (pile) pits. There is a chance that any traces from
this period have been disturbed and/or disappeared as a result of later construction.
14. Location/location within project area: see Appendix 8
15. Appearance: at the site of the house site, wall remnants (brick), waste pits, pile pits and
possibly embankment layers may be present. In addition, find material may be present
in the form of fragments of pottery, fragments of metal, utensils, etc
16. Potential Disruptions: The home site may have been degraded/disappeared
due to site demolition and excavation work.
2.7.4 Maasvlakte route: specified archaeological forecast
The basis for the specified forecasting model is the archaeological research that was carried out for
the deepening of the Yangtzehaven (Moree/Sier 2014).
This research shows that the area was well habitable in the Mesolithic (beginning of the Holocene).
Despite the gradual drowning of the surrounding landscape and the occasional occurrence of river
floods, large parts of the dune base, dune flanks and the higher dune ridges in the Boreal were
permanently dry. Partly due to the immediate proximity of the freshwater deltaic landscape, the
connection of the dune area to the wooded cover sand and brook valley area in the south and the
proximity of active courses of the major rivers, the area can be considered a favorable location from
the creation of the river dunes. be seen by humans. The great diversity of landscapes in the area and
the high and dry position of the dune, which was still safe for habitation, made the river dune complex
that crosses the route an ideal location for hunter-gatherers in the Boreal and the earliest Atlanticum.
Where river dunes occur in the subsoil, a high expectation has therefore been assigned for sites from
the Mesolithic (Appendix 9). Incidentally, part of the river dune complex (after archaeological research)
was excavated during the deepening of the Yangtzehaven.
The tidal landscape/flood area around the river dunes was not a suitable habitat. These zones
have been assigned a low expectation. In the south there is a relatively elevated Pleistocene surface
of river sands, which may have been suitable for habitation. To date, no evidence of habitation has
been found there.
A medium expectation has been assigned to this zone for flint sites from the Late Paleolithic -
Mesolithic. After the Mesolithic, the landscape slowly drowned and the area was no longer suitable for
habitation.
51
The general characteristics of a site that can be expected at the location of the Maasvlakte route consist of:
1. Dating: Mesolithic at the site of the river dunes. In the relatively elevated Pleis Tocene river plain, sites from the
Late Paleolithic and Mesolithic are expected.
2. Complex type: sites from the Late Paleolithic - Mesolithic in many cases concern flint sites, temporary encampments.
3. Size: Flint sites can be small, sometimes several to tens of square

meters big.
4. Depth location: The highest intact remnants of the river dunes are located in this
area found from approx. 17 m –NAP. Archaeological sites are therefore only expected at great depths from 17 m.
5. Soundness and conservation: The highest river dune tops have been eroded as a result of sea intrusions, causing
remains to be lost. Research has shown that the soil archive is intact from approx. 17 m NAP. The archaeological
traces and finds have been well preserved from that depth. Due to the great depth, the conservation conditions
of organic material are very good and many organic remains in the form of plant remains, pollen, seeds, bone
material, etc. can be found.
6. Location/location within project area: see Appendix 9.

7. Appearance: Flint sites are generally characterized by a scattering of processed flint fragments. Shallow ground
tracks such as fireplace pits (with charcoal) can also occur.
8. Possible disruptions: the shipping channels and ports in the Maasvlakte have been excavated to approximately 20
m NAP. In these zones, the potential archaeological level on the river dunes has been excavated. At the location
of the land zones, there is a thick layer of sprayed-on sand, so that any archaeological remains are protected
under cover.
52
3 Conclusions
The desk research shows that archaeological remains can be expected, particularly in the northwestern
and central part of the Wateringen route. Sites from the Iron Age to the New Age are mainly expected
here, but finds from the Bronze Age cannot be ruled out. The archaeological remains are generally
located in the top 1 to 1.5 m of the soil and are therefore vulnerable to soil interventions. Archaeological
remains are expected at a greater depth in the northwestern strip of the plan area (dune area). In the
southeastern part of the Wateringen route, no archaeological remains are expected at the location of
the reclamation and the other zones have already been archaeologically examined to a large extent in
the context of infrastructural and construction projects. Only a few parts of the site remain on which
archaeological prospects lie.
For parts of the Maasvlakte route, there is a medium or high expectation for flint sites.
However, the archaeological remains are expected to be at a very great depth, so that the proposed
construction of the cable route probably does not pose a threat to the archaeological soil archive.
53
4 Advice
The exact scope of the planned excavation work is not yet known (see section 1.3).
The high-voltage cable will be laid partly via open excavations and partly via controlled drilling. In
addition, a large surface area will be excavated for the foundations at the location where a transformer
station is being built. As an indication, the forecast maps (Appendix 8 and 9) indicate the zones where
an open excavation is planned. The location of the eventual open excavations may deviate from this.
The archaeological remains at the location of the Maasvlakte route are only expected at a very
great depth, so that the proposed construction of the cable route probably does not pose a threat to
the archaeological soil archive. Archaeological remains can be present at two locations from 17 m
– NAP and in the southern part from 25 m – NAP. Due to the great depth of the potential
archaeological level, the construction of the cable route by means of an open excavation does not
pose a threat to any archaeological remains that may be present. The directional drilling must take
into account the potential archaeological level so that it is above or below it.
When the Wateringen route is to be realized, further archaeological research will have to be taken into
account. Further research is advised in areas where an open excavation is planned and where there is
a medium or high archaeological expectation. This also applies to five historic locations, namely three
mill locations (Mae Molen, Harnas Molen and Woudse Molen), a residential location that may have a
relationship with the Oude Hof van Wateringen and the Wateringse Wacht house. In the first instance,
follow-up research is recommended in the form of an exploratory drilling survey to map the intactness
of the soil archive and any present (potential) archaeological levels. Depending on the results of this
research, additional research is required in the form of a mapping drilling survey and/or trial trenching
survey to actually demonstrate the presence or absence of an archaeological site. The directional
drilling should take into account the potential archaeological level so that it can be pulled underneath.
This means a depth of at least 2.0 m below ground level. However, the bores cannot be made too deep,
because then the potential level from the Stone Age could be touched. The advice is not to place the
directional drilling deeper than 15 m below ground level, so that additional archaeological research is
not necessary.
The directional drilling must take into account the depth of the potential archaeological level so that
it can be pulled underneath. This generally means a depth of at least 2.0 m below ground level.
However, the bores cannot be made too deep, because then the potential level from the Stone Age
could be touched. The advice is to lay the pipes deeper than 2.0 m but no deeper than 15 m below
ground level by means of directional drilling, so that additional archaeological research is not necessary.
The research carried out has been carefully carried out in accordance with generally accepted
insights and methods. The archaeological desk research is aimed at estimating the probability of
finding or destroying archaeological values during the excavation work. However, the presence or
absence of any archaeological values cannot be guaranteed with certainty by means of this desk study.
If archaeological values are found during excavation work, these must be reported to the Minister in
accordance with the Monuments Act 1988, Article 53. In practice, it is recommended to inform the
municipality about this.
54
Literature
Bakker, H. de/J. Schelling, 1989² (1966): Soil Classification System for the Netherlands, Wageningen
Bakx, JPL, 2015: Woud-Harnasch, Den Hoorn, Midden-Delfland. Preliminary results of the archaeological trial
trench investigation. Evaluation and selection report, version 1 February 2015. Municipality of Delft.
Central Board of Experts Archaeology, 2013: Quality Standard Dutch Archeology (KNA) Soils, version 3.3.
Gouda.
Municipality of The Hague, 2011: In the past lies the present…'archeology in The Hague'. Policy memorandum
on archeology 2011-2020.
Goossens, TA, 2006: Schipluiden, 'Harnaschpolder'. The layout and habitation of the landscape in Roman times
(125 – 270 AD). ADC ArcheoProjects Report 625, Amersfoort.
Hessing, WAM, C. Sueur, PC Vos and S. Webster, 2005: Maasvlakte 2: archaeological preliminary
investigation phase 1. Desk research, risk analysis and recommendations for next steps, Amersfoort
(Vestigia report V165).
Jongmans, AG/ MW van den Berg/ MPW Sonneveld/ GJWC Peek/ RM van den Berg van Saparoea, 2013:
Landscapes of the Netherlands. Geology, soil and land use. Wageningen Academic Publishers.
Land Registry, 2014: Topographic map 1: 10,000, Apeldoorn.
Kerkhof, M., 2012: Explanation of the archaeological policy map of the municipality of Westland. Delft
Archaeological Note 20.
Kerkhof, M./ EJ Bult/ B. Penning, 2010: Midden-Delfland. An archaeological forecast and policy advice map.
Delft Archaeological Reports 100.
Manders, MR, ADC Otte-Klomp, JHM Peeters and P. Stassen, 2008: Scientific framework for the preservation of
archaeological monuments during the construction of the second Maasvlakte, Europoort-Rotterdam, Amersfoort
(Report Archaeological Monuments 169).
Moree, JM/ MM Sier (eds), 2014: Twenty meters deep! Mesolithic in the Yangtzehaven-Maasvlakte in Rotterdam.
Landscape development and habitation in the Early Holocene. BOOR reports 523.
Mulder, EFJ de/MC Geluk/IL Ritsma/WE Westerhof/TE Wong, 2003: The subsurface of the Netherlands, Groningen.
NEN (Nederlands Normalisatie Instituut), 1990: NEN-5104:1989 NL, Classification of unpaved soil samples.
Netherlands Standardization Institute, Delft.
Periplus Archeomare, 2006: Archaeological Assessment Maasvlakte II.
Schute, IA, 2006: Construction of Maasvlakte 2, Municipality of Rotterdam; Archaeological preliminary research:
Maritime inventory field research (MIVO), underwater phase (mapping). RAAP report 1524, Weesp.
Foundation for Soil Mapping, 1982: Explanation of the Soil Map of the Netherlands, 1:50,000, page 30 West and
East The Hague. Wageningen.
55
Foundation for Soil Mapping, 1984: Notes on the Soil Map of the Netherlands, 1:50,000, page 37 West
Rotterdam. Wageningen.
TNO, 2013. Lithostratigraphical Nomenclator of the Shallow Subsurface, version 2013. Viewed at https://
www.dinoloket.nl/nomenclator-ondiep in February 2016.
Vos, PC/EC Rieffe/EEB Bulten, 2007: New geological map of The Hague and Rijswijk, Department of
Archeology, City Management Department, Municipality of The Hague and Bureau Monumentenzorg en
Archeologie, Gemeene Rijswijk.
Waasdorp, JA (eds.): The Hague Ockenburgh. A fortification as part of the Roman coastal
defences. The Hague Archaeological Publications 13.
Waldus, WB/ S. van den Brenk/ K. van Campenhout, 2009: Second Maasvlakte, Wreck 6003.
Inventory field research underwater, appreciative phase. ADC report 2087, Amersfoort.
Zoolingen, RJ van (eds.), 2010: A Cananefaatse cult place. Indigenous Roman habitation on the Lozerlaan,
The Hague. The Hague Archaeological Publications 12.
Websites
http://www.ahn.nl (Current Height File of the Netherlands) http://
bagviewer.kadaster.nl/ (Basic Registrations Addresses and Buildings viewer) http://
beeldbank.cultureelerfgoed.nl/ (Cadastral maps 1811-1832)
http://www.topotijdreis.nl/ (Topographic maps and Bonneblads from the 19th century) https://
zoeken.cultureelerfgoed.nl/(various maps, including IKAW and AMK) http://
www.atlasleefbedrijven.nl/ ( RCE National Monuments) http://www.denhaag.nl
http://www.molendatabase.nl
List of images
fig. 1.1: Research area Wateringen route on the GBKN (source: land registry). .............................6
fig. 1.2: Research area Maasvlakte route on the GBKN (source: land registry). ................................7
fig. 1.3: Route width and cable systems on land (source: supplied by Witteveen+Bos). ........8
fig. 2.1: Change of position of the Dutch coast. The Wateringen route is located at
Loosduinen (source: Jongmans et al. 2013). .................................................. .......................10
fig. 2.2: The northwestern part of the Wateringen route on the Current Height File of
The Netherlands (AHN) (source: www.ahn.nl) ......................................... .........................................11
fig. 2.3: Soil profile at Lozerlaan (source: Van Zoolingen 2010 ed.). ................17
fig. 2.4: The part of the route that crosses the Ockenburg estate on the map from 1712 (source:
gahetna.nl). ......................................................................................................................25
fig. 2.5: The part of the route that crosses the Ockenburg estate on the map from 1746 (source:
gahetna.nl). ......................................................................................................................26
fig. 2.6: The part of the route that crosses the Ockenburg estate on the minute plan (source:
beeldbank.cultureelerfgoed.nl). .........................................................................................27
fig. 2.7: The part of the route that crosses the Ockenburg estate on the map from circa 1900 (source:
topotijdreis.nl). .................................................................................................................27
fig. 2.8: Building south of the Monsterseweg within the route on the map from circa 1900 (source:
topotijdreis.nl). .................................................. .................................................. ...28
fig. 2.9: The second stone Mae Mill seen from the southwest in a photo from 1925 (source:
molendatabase.org). .................................................. .................................................. ......29
fig. 2.10: The route at the Mae Molen and the Leugenhuis on the minute plan (source:
fig. 2.11: The route near the Mae Molen and the Leugenhuis on the map from circa 1900
(source: topotijdreis.nl). .................................................. .................................................. ...30
56
fig. 2.12: The route near the Poeldijkseweg on the map from 1712 (source: gahetna.nl). ...31
fig. 2.13: The route at the Poeldijkseweg on the minute plan (source:
fig. 2.14: The route near the Poeldijkseweg on the map from circa 1900 (source:
topotijdreis.nl). .................................................................................................................32
fig. 2.15: The route near the Heulweg on the map from 1712 (source: gahetna.nl). ..........33
fig. 2.16: The route at Heulweg on the minute plan (source:
Beeldbank.cultureelerfgoed.nl). .................................................. ..................................33
fig. 2.17: The route at the Heulweg on the map from circa 1900 (source: topotijdreis.nl).
........................................................................................................................................34
fig. 2.18: The route near the Auction Route on the minute plan (source:
fig. 2.19: The route near the Auction Route on the map from circa 1900 (source:
topotijdreis.nl). .................................................................................................................35
fig. 2.20: The route at the intersection A4/N211 on the minute plan (source:
fig. 2.21: The route at the intersection A4/N211 on the map from circa 1900 (source:
topotijdreis.nl). .................................................................................................................37
fig. 2.22: The third Converter station option on the map from 1712 (source: gahetna.nl). ................38
fig. 2.23: The third Converter station option on the minute plan (source:
Beeldbank.cultureelerfgoed.nl). .................................................. ..................................38
fig. 2.24: The third Converter station option on the map from circa 1900 (source: topotijdreis.nl). ...39
fig. 2.25: The route on the topographic map from the early 60s of the 20th century
(source: www.toporeis.nl). .................................................. ..................................40
fig. 2.26: The route on the topographical map from the beginning of the 21st century (source:
www.topotijdreis.nl). ........................................................................................................40
fig. 2.27: Excavations in the dune area in the northwestern part of the Wateringen route on the AHN (source:
www.ahn.nl). .................................................. ....................................42
fig. 2.28: AHN map image of the central part of the Wateringen route (source: www.ahn.nl).42
fig. 2.29: The southeastern part of the Wateringen route on the AHN map image
(www.ahn.nl). ...................................................................................................................43
fig. 2.30: Sites where soil remediation has taken place........................................... .....44
fig. 2.31: The Wateringen route on the archaeological map of the municipality of The Hague (source:
Umbrella zoning plan Archeology 2010). .................................................. ....45
fig. 2.32: The Wateringen route on the policy map of the municipality of Westland (source: Kerkhof
2012). ..............................................................................................................................46
fig. 2.33: The Wateringen route on the policy advice map of the municipality of Midden-Delfland (source:
Kerkhof 2010) ............................... .................................................. ..................................46
fig. 2.34: Model of the possible military system in the Civitas Cananefatium. (source:
(Waasdorp 2012 ed.). The global location of the plan area is indicated by a purple
line.................................................. .................................................. ...............................................49
List of tables
Tab. 2.1 Overview of the observations within a radius of 250 m around the plan area near Kijkduin/
Loosduinen. .................................................. ....................................15
Tab. 2.2: Overview of the observations within a radius of 250 m at the height of the ice rink
The Uithof. .................................................. .................................................. ....................17
Tab. 2.3: Overview of the observations within a radius of 250 m at the intersection Lozerlaan-
Erasmusweg. .................................................. .................................................. 18
Tab. 2.4: Overview of the observations within a radius of 250 m between the Poeldijkseweg
and Bovendijk. .................................................. .................................................. ................20
Tab. 2.5: Overview of the observations within a radius of 250 m between the
Auction route/Wateringveldseweg and Dorpskade. .................................................. ............... 20
Tab. 2.6: Overview of the observations within a radius of 250 m at the height of the
southeastern point of the route at the junction with the A4. ..................................22
57
Tab. 2.7: Overview of the observations within a radius of 250 m at the height of the
southern point of the search area for the transformer station along the A4. ....................23
58
Appendix 1: Table of Periods

Appendix 2: Glossary
Appendix 3: List of abbreviations

afko rting … 1 meaning weak afko rting meaning
moderate strong Ks1 clay weak silty
…2 Ks2 clay moderately silty
…3 Ks3 clay strongly silty
…4 extremely Ks4 clay extremely silty
… weak gravelly QUARTZ Quartzite
G1… moderately Kz1 clay weak sandy
g2… gravelly strong Kz2 clay moderately sandy
g3… h1 gravelly weakly humous Kz3 clay very sandy
…h2 moderate humeus L read
…h3 strong humeus l light
AD Anno Domini (dating AD) image LBK Linear Band Ceramic
afb. LEE File
AHN Current Altitude file in the Netherlands LIN Linear
AM K Archaeological M onuments Map direct C14 Lz1 loam weak sandy
AM S measurement Lz3 loam strong sandy
AM Z Archaeological M onument Care m meter
²
ARCHIS Archaeological Information System article m square meter
art. MA M aster of Arts
PLEASE Archaeological Standard Drilling Description M C14 sample for C14 dating
AW Pottery concentration M FE iron sample
AWG twisted hand M FOS phosphate sample
AWH formed mg moderately sorted
BC Before Christ (dating before Christ) M HK charcoal monster
BE Beige M HT houtmonster
e.g. for example M ICRO micromorphological research
BL Blue M LIT lithological monster
p page mm millimeter
BOT Bot Mn manganese
BP Before Present (dating to 'present', being 1950) MP pollenmonster
BR Brown mp measuring point
BS Brick M PF botanical monsters
BTO Unburned bone M Sc M aster of Science
BTV Burn bone M TL metal
BV construction for mv ground level (the land surface)
C 14 Carbon dating lime M ZF zoological monster, 0.25 mmm
THAT n nee
that. approximately N north
CAA Central Archaeological Archives NAP Normal Amsterdam Level
CAD Computer-aided Drafting (of Design) baby Dutch Standard
CCvD Central College of Experts no. number
Chr. Christ NV Natural disturbance
CHW Cultural-Historical Value Map O east
CIS Central Information System centimeter of among other things
cm FROM older than
CM A Central M onuments Archive OR Orange
with concreties ORG Organic
CRI Crinoiden kalk OX oxidation
CvAK college dark PA Purple
d pag. page
KNIFE Final Archaeological Research PhD student plr plant remains
drs. could debris
e.d. and such and more PvA Plan
ev PvE Program requirements
et al. et Alii (en anderen) etcetera RCE National Office for Cultural Heritage
etc. RD National Triangle System (Rural
FE Iron/ Coordinate System)
FeO2 primordial rust (iron oxide) REC Recent disruption
FF Phosphate RI reed
FG Physical Geographer/ Physical Geography RO Red
Fig. figure RZ Pink
G Grind S silt
GE Yellow s track
acc. wt. average weight sch shell remains
weight well sg poorly sorted
WEIGHT sorted SIKB Foundation Infrastructure Quality Drilling Soil Management
gg SLK (production) snails
GIS Geographic Information System sph sphagnum
GLS Vote Stiboka Foundation for Soil Mapping
GN Green STN natural stone
GPS Global Positioning System tab. table
GR Gray tel. phone
GW groundwater temp temperature
Gs gravel silty TEX Textile
Gz1 gravel weakly sandy ALSO Rope
Gz2 gravel moderately sandy IN Peat
Gz3 gravel strong sandy gravel in find
Gz4 extremely sandy humous Vk1 peat weak clayey
h wood weakly humous Vk3 peat very clayey
ho moderately humous VKL Cabin loam/burnt loam
h1 strongly humous hectares Vm peat mineral poor
h2 vnr find number
h3 VST Flint
ha Vz1 peat weak sandy
Charcoal Vz3 peat strong sandy
Hutteleem In west
Wood WABO General Provisions Environmental Law Act
Humus WI Wit
identical to WRO Spatial Planning Act
Indicative Map of Archaeological Values Where betelleft
Indeterminate engineer X(XX) unknown
HKHLHTHU id IKAW INDET ing. FROM sand
IVO Inventory Field Research FROM south
IVO-K Inventory Field research, mapping phase With 1 sand extremely fine
IVO-O Inventory Field Research Other With 2 sand very fine
IVO-P Inventory Field Research Pilot trenches With 3 sand moderately fine
IVO-V J Inventory Field research, exploratory phase yes younger than clay column With 4 sand moderately coarse
JD K k With 5 sand very coarse
KBW With 6 sand extremely coarse
KER Kl zg say
km Zk sand clayey
Building ceramics Zs1 sand weakly silty
ceramics Zs2 sand moderately silty
Pebble Zs3 sand very silty
kilometers Zs4 sand extremely silty
KNA Quality standard Dutch Archaeology ZW Black
Appendix 4: Geological map

Geological map
7400074000 7600076000 7800078000 8000080000
7400074000 7600076000 7800078000 8000080000
Legend ±
Route Wateringen-South 0 625 1250 2500 m
Converter Station (option)
Search Area Converter Station
Source: New geological map of The Hague and Rijswijk

Appendix 5: Paleogeographical map of the Maasvlakte

Paleogeographic map of the Maasvlakte

5800058000 6000060000 6200062000 6400064000 6600066000
5800058000 6000060000 6200062000 6400064000 6600066000
Legend ±
Route Maasvlakte 0 700 1400 2800 m

Yangtze Port Research Area
Sandy bottom at ground level - relatively high river sands (Fm. van Kreftenheye)
Sandy bottom at ground level - river dune sand (Lp. van Delwijnen, Fm van Boxtel)
River flood plain - fresh fluvial environment (Layer van Wijchen, Fm. van Kreftenheye)
Wet river floodplain, vegetation and submerged for part of the year
fresh fluvial environment (Basisveen Laag, Fm. van Nieuwkoop and Fm. van Echteld)
Lakes and shallow pools - fresh fluvative environment (Layer van Wijchen, Fm. van Kreftenheye, Fm. van Echteld)
Bron: Moree/ Sier 2014

Appendix 6: Soil map

Soil map
75000 77500 80000
pZg21
zEZ21
Zd20A
Zn50AF
zEZ21
zEZ21 Zn50AF
Zn50AF
Mo80C AWg
Mo80C-III/Mn86C-V AWg
pMn85A
EK19
pMo80-II/pMo80-III
pMn85C
pMo80
pMn85C-II/pMn85C-III
Mn85CH pMn85C-III/pMn85C-V
pMo80l
Mv41C
AWg
EK19 pMo80-III/pMn85A-III
Mn85CH Wo-II / pMo80-II pMo80-II/pMo80-III
AWgH
pMo80-III/pMn85A-III
Where
kVc
pMn85C
AWg
AWg
AWg
Mn85CH
Where
pMo80-II/pMo80-III pMn85C
AWgH pMn86C-III/pMn85C-V/pMn85C-VI
pVk
AWg
Mv41C-II / Mv41C-III
pMn86C-III/pMn85C-V/pMn85C-VI AWg
AWg
pMn86C-III/pMn86C-V/pMn85C-V/pMn85C-VIpMn86CF-III/pMn85CF-V/pMn85CF-VI pMn86CF-III/
pMn85CF-V/pMn85CF-VI
75000 77500 80000
Legend
±
Route Wateringen-South
0 625 1250 2500 m
Search area Converter Station pVk
Pasture peats on (usually unripened) loam or clay, starting shallower than 120 cm
EK19 Garden grounds; light loam (on sand)
Mo80C Lime-poor nesvaag soils; clay
Zd20A Calcareous dune muddy soils; fine sand
Zn50A Calcareous flat soils; moderately fine sand
pMn85A Lime-rich leek/wouderd soils; clay
pMn86C Lime-poor leek/forest soils; clay on an intermediate layer and/or substrate of non-calcareous clay
pZg21 Beekeerdgronden; loamy and weak loamy fine sand
pMo80 draft grounds; clay
Where Mossy soils with a mushy topsoil or intermediate layer on unmatured loam or clay
pMn85C Lime-poor leek/forest soils; clay
Mn85C Lime-poor leek/forest soils; clay
Mv41C Lime-poor drechtvaage soils; heavy clay on peat
zEZ21 High black ground soils; loamy and weak loamy fine sand
kVc Waard peat soils on sedge peat, reed sedge peat or (mesotrophic) pant peat
AWg Warmoeserijgronden (matured)
- Up - Raised or sprayed
- Terp - Old habitation places water
- Water -
- Building - Building
Appendix 7A: Archaeological information route Wateringen

:
:: :: :
:
Archaeological Information Route Wateringen - northwestern part
\\
: : ::: :
::
:::
7400074000 7500075000 7600076000 7700077000
: 46818
\\\\\\\\\\
\\\\\\\\\\\
: 45330
\\
13877
:: 13878
: 8581
23457
Legend
Plan area
:
: : \\\\\
4035
\\\\:437679
: : 13923
\
39303
49174
429892
Buffer250m
Observations
: 54930
: :: 8577
8597
13905
49047
:::::
:::
:
::: :::: :
::::
:: :
13874
8579
:
:::
:
8598
::
13865
13864
:
13875
13909
33172
55869
\ \
\ \
5456 434050
\
13911
49038
24848
: 24070
\ \
\
::
\\\\\\\\
\\
:
\
\
Observations
Sighting with dating
Paleolithic
Mesolithicum
Neolithic
: 13920
25150
4033
1282
:: ::
: ::::
13863 13925
415040
13898
: 13890
49193
45581
49191
::
8558
\ \
\\\\ : Bronze Age
\ \
: : iron age
\\
:
13924 17269
60617 425996
\ \
:::
::::
: 430351
13862
39765
26702
: 13897
:: 430066
49361
:
426510
63465
59141 :
Roman time
Middle Ages
::: :
13889
: ::
4034 48975
414900
7550
429880
:
16281
404697 : New time
::::::
:
Find reports
::::
49182
::::
13887 24065
13860 13861
: 31041
24067
: :: Find reports
:
::: Investigation notifications
\\
24064
7807
53288 437756
: : ::: :::: :::

49241
\
: \\ \
57251 desk research
45328
\
\ \\\
13915
: : : :
: \
drilling research
13888
: :
Digging Research
: :::
::
:::: \:::: ::::
365726045 8593 Monuments
\\\ :::
:
13233
29348 13904 24069
7455 49117
:: 414902 414906
7931 414533 13242
:: \\\ Archaeological value
4028
43394
:
48986 429807
10717
34773
61948 :
High archaeological value
::
414531 414904
36573
: 42968
: :
:::::
4029
::
29942
429487 429882
\ \
48962 \\\\\\
Very high archaeological value
Very high archaeological value, protected

:
: 42967
:
::: 27293 423104
18960
\
\\:\: :: \\\\\\
\ \
\\ \
\\
\ \\
:
100 200 400
\\\\
0 m
13914 23888
81108106 8666 \
:
13858 24058
33180
8104 8105
: :
13869
12827
45329
2527
429656 \
\ \\\ 8602
: ± 1:20000 :
::\\:: : : : :
: ::::
48971 66362
:
50851
15141 8418
49235
::::
::: : :::: :
8573
8603
45327 13870
13867 8556
13891
26721
50851 15155
12673
: 13918
\
49959
18329
49237
: 13916 54937 49243
:
Sources: © TOP10NL June 2014, © ArchisII May 2015
7400074000 7500075000 7600076000 7700077000

::: ::
:::
:
: :
:
::: : : : : ::: : : :
:: :: ::
Archaeological
::
:: :
: \\\\\
Information Route Wateringen
: :: : : : : : :
:::::
\\\ \\\ :
- central part
:
\
: :::::: :
:::
:
:::::
:: :::::
:::::
: :::::::
:
:::::: :::: : :::::
\\\\ : ::
\\
7700077000 7800078000 7900079000
:: :: ::: :: :
: 13918
\\
49959
51533
48884
41148
49099
49073 36829
52491
:::: ::
52223
435340
50105
:
Legend
Plan area
: :::
:\\\\\\\\\\
49243 22436
Buffer250m
:::
31038 49566 :
441980
:::
: 44901
Observations
21423
5798
54937
15155
: ::: :
::
86088607
: 49052
58265
\ \
:\\\\
:
16178
: : : : :
:::
: ::::
:::
: : ::: :
24073
38595
:::
: : ::::::::::
53589
::::::::::
::::
53270
8665
::
1543
8664
16103
8605
13880 8570
17714
: 23730
62974
48621
49034
55019
10715
:: :
3939
::
13881
440933
48618
440941
440929
48647
: : :: :: : : :
48623
440935
3427
:
49195
13885 440925
35617 429493
16188 55702 :: Observations
Paleolithic
Mesolithicum
::
::::::::::: :::: : : : : :: :
Neolithic
:
12673
58630 8571 48983
1292 8565 8604

8555 : : 24313
26910
8599
: ::
::
::: ::
2526 24309 16739
:::
: 10719
:: :: : :
24308
:
2520 :
::::
411592
8564 8606 405152 429730 47102 : Bronze Age
:::
:
::: : :
22117
:: :
24360 58662
9998
4074
::
3424
: 57958
34791
22348
58660
3165
42809
15149
2216
1291
27504
::::
10693
16737
32573
:: 32574 33973
1547
:::
5591 47348
::
:::
:
24294
: ::
42005 439621
24325
44531 51314
439283
57234
62936
63061
:
: :: : : : :
24295
56047
::
:::
:::
::::
::::
421492 56049
408509
418127
9958 19198
429792
14005 405802
17269
14538
:
: ::::
18627 415168
: ::
:::::
: :::::::
:: : :::: ::: ::::
48587
:: :
: :: : ::
440855
16187
440853
440849
::
: iron age
Roman time
Middle Ages
: New time
: :
:
::
:
: : :
49754 46945
15927
: ::::::
53973 404066 Find reports
::::
6357 63733
: :: 47807 1180 3651
::
: :: :::: ::::
:: 31093
:
2433324338
24315
:
:: : 24326
24327
:: :: : : 2607
32908
1546 63272
8829
17435
: :
Find reports
Investigation notifications
:
: : :::::
35974 63060
1452
9308
920
24357 24331
:
22206 58770
415172
: desk research
:: :
drilling research
417998
57847
: 8600
8594
::
24317
Digging Research
22860 8601
Monuments
50851
24946
Archaeological value
4519
5406
24558 : : ::
17321
:::: 1544
11276
32575 33970
: 32692
:
::
66587 9447
430157 10521 Very high archaeological value, protected
38871
19282
\ 0 100 200 400 m
1713
15156
\\
11275
± 1:20000 :
::::
57529
: 24304
2235
55169 :
:
:::::::: :
24358
24289
:: 24305
61153 65861
::
:: 24290
: ::::::
24291
: Sources: © TOP10NL June 2014, © ArchisII May 2015

: 7700077000
: 7800078000 7900079000
::: :
::: :: :::::
:::
::: :: ::
::
: :::::::::
:::
::
:
:
::
: :::: : : : ::
:::
::::
Archaeological::::::
: ::: :
:
:: : ::
:
7900079000
:
:
: :: : ::::
:::::::
Information : :
:
: Wateringen - southeastern part
Route
:::: ::
: :
:
: : :
: ::
:::::: : : :
8000080000
: : : :
:
::
:
: ::
:
8100081000
\ \
8200082000
:
:
: :
::::: : : :
::::::::
::::
: 8829
: :
17435
\\\\
::: 48556 10125
440983 2666
8528
63477 42434
\
1478
12603
41282 Legend
::
: : : ::: : 415172 58770 52012 Route Wateringen-South
\
::
48525 48592 39454 17622
\\\\\\\
24331 22206 410208
:
:: : 8594 3427
: ::
:::: \ \
41280
16193
::::::: :: ::
24317 16190 Search Area Converter Station
\\
: \\\\\\
17260 21911 9310
3939
1482 :430071
52182
Buffer250m
Observations
:
\\
\\\\\
11275
:
:::: :
\\
:
::::
: :::::
: ::::::
\
10151
\ \
\
10719
7484
12912
412397
16189
9549
14072
7805
40947
16452
4480 28668
:: :
:
404492 45225
407266 57224
4257
3690
413278
413276
417416
413312 18106
41450
45621
17264
:
Observations
Paleolithic
Mesolithicum
Neolithic
::::: :: :
:::::
5864
: 24407
: ::::: :::: ::: :: :

407268 5722057222
10715
2515
::
8648
3222 4847 57218 : Bronze Age
22928 24424 21468
50851
: iron age
:
: ::: ::: : :: :
2090
: 3823
1500 21908
24704
13287
::
13370
31574
B
10664
Roman time
: :
59653
: : 5799
3927
413240
53682 Middle Ages
::: : : 6878 30021 17386

29746 : New time
Find reports
A 5406 41019
Find reports
60211
::
Investigation notifications
49281
441531
12599 413252 desk research
: :: : :
::
443075 17388
15156
37879
:::::::
:: :
2822928232
28207 28228
9405
17028
413256 50737
28568
: 413244 413291
18112
20556
Monuments
drilling research
Digging Research
:::
:
444668
: :
:: : : : :
:::::::: :::: ::::
::
:::
6010
420223
14071
: :::::
:::
413258
::::::
13106
:::: :: :
::
12161
::4127
401369 55262
420221 13103
4129
13102
9447
420219
: : :: ::
24388
13285
13485 33410
1498
28251 32451
13484
C
39615
64015
::: ::
::::
22802
24389
413254

0
: ::
100
± 1:20000
::
200 400 m
:: ::: : : ::
13105
: :: : :
2827128280
408629 13286
2826928270 13097 24321 13486
28110
::::
::: :
54182
:
::
4145
2826728268
2323 13098
47397
28266 4146
::::::
:: :
9408 413284
413242
28253
13490 24387
::::::::: :
:
28264
13100
28248
: :: 16166 425090
50449 64408
:
413264
:
40763 : 22162 Sources: © TOP10NL June 2014, © ArchisII May 2015
:: ::::
7900079000
:::: : : :
8000080000 8100081000 8200082000
: ::::
Appendix 7B: Archaeological information Maasvlakte route

Archaeological Information Route Maasvlakte :::

6000060000 6200062000 6400064000 6600066000 : Legend
\ \ \ :
48574
Plan area
\\ \\
\
\\\\
50549
:
Observations
\
\ \
\ \
64286
::: 425937441574
409479
30190
\
::
\
\\ \
48954
\\ \
445873445947 29720
:
43673
\\\\
420741
\
48031
\\
\
::
46834 46833
66376 9447
:: :
Observations
Paleolithic
Mesolithicum
Neolithic
: Bronze Age
62388
\\
\\ \\\\ \ \\ \\
\\
\
\ \ : 417202
57044
51539
:
: iron age
Roman time
\
21143
Middle Ages
: :::
:: :: 24263
:::::
: New time
Find reports
::::
Find reports
:
23250
23294 Investigation notifications
\ \ \
\\\\\
\ \
\ :: : :
desk research
\
\ \\\ \
\
: 47212
::: 8663
8582
Monuments
: :::
drilling research
::
Digging Research
:\ \\: 417211
\\ \ \\\ \\

\\ :
:::
\ \
\ \ : 48454
\\\
\\ \ :::: Very high archaeological value
: 47210
\\ \ \ \
\\\
23187
: 417200
\\ \ \ \ :
417196 0 250 500 1.000 m
: 48745
\ \ :
: 46863
46870
± 1:50000
\\ \\\ \
:
:::::: ::: ::
410452
: \\ \\ \ :: 46872
:
:
48824 46868 417198
: 47214
:: : : : ::: ::
46864 46873 410378 33062 46869 49909
:
:
23652
409538 61557 46865
31879 412691 46871
: 23651 ::
:
23650
:
61449
46866
51969
:
:
23653
51088 417190
Sources: © TOP10NL June 2014, © ArchisII May 2015
: :
6000060000 6200062000 6400064000 6600066000
: :
:::::::
:::::
:: :: ::::::
::::: :: : ::: :::
:::::::::::::::
:
Appendix 8: Wateringen route forecast map

Archaeological forecast map (part 1/9)

74000 74500 75000
4033
!R
4034
74000 74500 75000
Plan area ±
Route Wateringen 0 125 250 500 m

Open excavations within a cable route
Archaeological Monuments
Archaeological expectation based on desk research
Research conducted: Conservation site (Late Middle Ages-New Period)
High expectations for sites from the Iron Age to the New Age
Medium expectation for sites from the Iron Age to the New Age
Low expectation: excavated/levelled
Research conducted: released
No expectation: excavated
Reclamation/research performed: no expectation
!R ! Historic Geographic Point of Interest
R Historic location with high expectations
Background: GBKN via ESRI

74500 75000 75500 76000
4033
!R
!R
4029
Mill Place (Mae Mill)

!R
74500 75000 75500 76000
Plan area ±


75500 76000 76500
Mill Place (Mae Mill)

!R
!R
75500 76000 76500
Plan area ±

Reclamation/research carried out: no expectation

76500 77000 77500 78000
16178
!R
10693
!R
House place (next to Oude Hof van Wateringen)
9308
9308
76500 77000 77500 78000
Plan area ±


77500 78000 78500
10693
House place (next to Oude Hof van Wateringen)
!R
Home place (Wateringse Wacht)

!R
10521
77500 78000 78500
Plan area ±

Archaeological expectation map (part 6/9)

78500 79000 79500
10521
A
R!
!R
!R
78500 79000 79500
Plan area ±

Reclamation/research carried out: no expectation

79500 80000 80500 81000
16189
!R
!R
!R
!R A
!R
!R
9405
4127
79500 80000 80500 81000
Plan area ±


80500 81000 81500
16193
16190
16189
!R
!R
10664
!R
80500 81000 !R 81500
Plan area ±


80500 81000 81500
B 10664
!R
Mill Place (Harness Mill)

!R
9405
Mill Place (New Woudse Mill)
!R
9408
80500 81000 81500
Plan area ±

!R !
Historic Geographic Point of Interest
R
Historic location with high expectations Background: GBKN via ESRI
Appendix 9: Maasvlakte route forecast map

Archaeological forecast map route (part 1/3)

58000 59000 60000 61000
58000 59000 60000 61000
Plan area ±
Route Maasvlakte
0 320 640 1280 m
Transformer substation (option)

High expectations for sites from the Mesolithic from 17m NAP and deeper
Medium expectation for Mesolithic sites from 25m NAP and deeper
Low Expectation


61000 62000 63000 64000
61000 62000 63000 64000
Plan area ±
Route Maasvlakte 0 320 640 1280 m

Low Expectation


64000 65000 66000 67000
64000 65000 66000 67000
Plan area ±
Route Maasvlakte
0 320 640 1280 m

Low Expectation

Sub-report: Offshore routes

desk research

Offshore plotted
Periplus Archeomare rapport 15A036-01
Authors:
R. van Lil, EA van den Oever and S. van den Brenk
Commissioned by:
&
Document Control
Revision 2.0
Datum 24-02-2016
Periplus Archeomare reference 15A036-01
Customer (project) reference AH579-21
Colophon
Periplus Archeomare Rapport 15A036-01
desk research
Authors: R. van Lil, EA van den Oever and S. van den Brenk
Commissioned by: Witteveen + Bos

Contact: R. van de Hoef, ArcheoDienst
© Periplus Archeomare - februari 2016

Images and drawings: Periplus Archeomare, unless otherwise stated
No part of this publication may be reproduced and/or made public by means of

printing, photocopying or in any other way without the prior written permission of the
publishers.
Periplus Archeomare accepts no liability for any damage resulting from the application of the advice or
the use of the results of this research.
ISSN 2352-9547
Revision details
Revision Description Authors Control Authorization Datum

2.0 Final RvL/SvdB/EvdO BvM BvM 24-02-2016
1.0 Concept RvL/SvdB/EvdO BvM BvM 09-02-2016
Authorization:
BEJM van Mierlo
Periplus Archeomare
Kraanspoor 14
1033 SE - Amsterdam
Tel: 020-6367891
Fax: 020-6361865
Email: info@periplus.nl
Website: www.periplus.nl
desk research
Index
Summary ................................................. .................................................. .................................. 3
1. Introduction ................................................. .................................................. ............................................ 4
1.1. Cause ................................................. .................................................. .................................. 5
1.2. Objective ................................................. .................................................. .................................. 5
1.3. Research questions ................................................. .................................................. ......................... 5

2. Methods................................................ .................................................. .......................................... 6
2.1. Sources ................................................. .................................................. ............................................. 6
3. Results desk research ................................................... .................................................. .......... 7
3.1. Delineation of the plan area and determining the consequences of possible future use
(LS01wb) .................................... .................................................. .................................................. ....... 7
3.2. Description of the current situation (LS02wb) .......................................... ........................................... 9
3.3. Historical situation and possible disturbances (LS03wb) ................................................... ......................... 14
3.4. Geological data (LS04wb)................................................. .................................................. ........ 18
3.5. Archaeological values (LS04wb) ................................................ .................................................. ..... 26
3.6. Specified Expectation (LS05wb) ......................................... ................................................ 37

4. Answering research questions................................................................ .................................. 40
5. Conclusions and advice .................................................. .................................................. ............... 42
List of images ................................................................ .................................................. ................................ 43
List of tables .................................................. .................................................. .................................. 44
Glossary and explanation of abbreviations ................................................................ ................................... 45

References .................................................. .................................................. ................................................ 46
Appendix 1. Table of known observations (NCN) within one kilometer ................................................. ...... 48
Appendix 2. Protocol KNA 3.2 Aquatic sediments ........................................... .................................................. ... 54
Witteveen + Bos 1
February 2016 – version 2.0

desk research
Period of time Time in years
New time 1500 on Chr. -

today
Late Middle Ages 1050 on Chr. -
1500 on Chr.
Early Middle Ages Roman 450 on Chr. -

1050 on Chr.
Age Iron Age Bronze Age 12 before Chr. -

450 on Chr.
Neolithic (New Stone Age) 800 before Chr. -

12 before Chr.
2000 before Chr. -
800 before Chr.
5300 before Chr. -
2000 before Chr.
Mesolithic (Middle Stone Age) 8800 before Chr. -

4900 before Chr.
Paleolithic (Old Stone Age) 300.000 before Chr. -

8800 before Chr.
Table 1. Archaeological periods
Province: N/A
Township: N/A
Place: North Sea
Toponym: Just at sea South Holland Coast
Cadastral data: N/A
Map sheet: Hydrografie 1801-1
Coordinates (Dutch RD) Center: X 63508 Y 459884
North X63347 Y482240 South X 58247 Y 437567
East X 58247 Y 437567 West X 51976 Y 450355
Surface research area 20 hectare
Current water usage open waters
Water management data Open sea, salt water, tidal current
Administrator area: Rijkswaterstaat Sea and Delta
Authorised supervision: Rijkswaterstaat Sea and Delta
Contact person on behalf of the competent authority: Mrs. J. Bos / Mr. A. Stolk
Advisory body on behalf of the competent authority: National Office for Cultural Heritage
Expert on behalf of the competent authority: J. Opdebeeck
ARCHIS Investigation Report Number (CIS Code): 3985844100
Periplus-projectcode: 15A036-01
Period of execution: February 2016
Manage and place documentation: Periplus Archeomare BV, Amsterdam
Table 2. Administrative data of the research area
Witteveen + Bos 2

desk research
Summary
Periplus Archeomare BV was commissioned by Witteveen + Bos to carry out an archaeological desk study for
a number of alternative cable routes for the offshore grid at Hollandse Kust Zuid (future wind farm). The present
study concerns the onshore and nearshore parts of the cable route alternatives. The investigation of the onshore
routes was carried out by ArcheoDienst BV.
The desk research has shown that ship and aircraft wrecks and (if the Pleistocene landscape is intact) in situ
prehistoric remains can be expected along the intended cable routes.
Based on the outcome of the research, it is recommended to conduct an inventorying field study on the water
phase to test the archaeological expectation.
Prior to laying cables at sea, a pre-lay route survey is carried out as standard. The data from this survey can be
used for the test. The condition is that the data quality is sufficient. It is recommended that the technical Scope
of Work be coordinated with the archaeological team before starting the survey work. The requirements for the
geophysical surveys must be recorded in a Program of Requirements.
Archaeological Method Goal Remark

Expectation
Ship and Side Scan Sonar locating, mapping and limiting wrecks wrecks lying on the bottom
plane wrecks or sticking out of the bottom
Multibeam morphological characterization of in addition to side scan

wreck sites; sonar
locating (partly) buried wrecks whose
presence is marked by a grinding trench
Subbottom Profiler locate buried objects including possible ship nature of the buried
and plane wrecks object cannot be determined
Magnetometer directly
prehistoric Subbottom Profiler mapping Pleistocene landscape; supported by and

settlements specify expectation validated with drilling
(camp sites) data
geological determine lithostratigraphy, nature drilling descriptions must
The bore of layer boundaries (erosive or gradual) comply with the
and characteristics of soil formation and maturation; objective
specify expectation
probing determine lithostratigraphy correlate with
drilling data
During the construction of the cable, archaeological remains may come to light that:
a) were completely covered by sediment during the side scan sonar recording,
b) were out of range of the subbottom profiler/ magnetomer routes, or
c) were not recognized as archaeological remains during the geophysical survey (yet to be carried out).
In accordance with the Monuments Act 1988 (revised in 2007), the executor is obliged to report such finds to
the competent authority. This obligation to report archaeological finds must be included in the specification or
Plan of Approach for the work.
Witteveen + Bos 3

desk research
1. Introduction
Periplus Archeomare BV was commissioned by Witteveen + Bos to carry out an archaeological desk study
for a number of cable route alternatives for the offshore grid at Hollandse Kust Zuid ((future wind farm). The
present research concerns the onshore and nearshore parts of the cable route alternatives. The research of
the onshore routes is performed by ArcheoDienst BV.
Figure 1. Location of plan area
Witteveen + Bos 4

desk research
1.1. Background
TenneT has been given the statutory task under the Offshore Wind Energy Act to take preparatory actions for
the construction of the offshore grid. These are the connections for the transport of electricity that will be
generated in future wind energy areas. This includes preparing planning decisions and permit applications.
The offshore grid ensures that the electricity from the wind turbines in the plots of the Hollandse Kust (zuid)
wind energy area (1,400 MW) can be transported to the onshore high-voltage grid (380 kV). To facilitate this,
two offshore platforms are also being built; Platform Alpha and Beta. In order to facilitate the timely realization
of the wind farms, the offshore grid with regard to platform Alpha must be operational by 2021 at the latest
and platform Beta by 20221 .
The Protection of the archaeological heritage is regulated in the Act on the Conservation of Archaeological
Monuments (2007), which emerged from the Malta Convention (1992). Planned activities (placement of
platforms and the laying of cables in the seabed) may affect any archaeological values. If the soil archive is
threatened by planned soil interventions, the legal obligation to conduct archaeological research applies. This
fact formed the immediate reason for conducting the present investigation.
1.2. Objective The

aim of the desk research is to specify the archaeological expectation for the plan area.
The research was conducted in accordance with the Quality Standard for Dutch Archaeology for Aquatic Soils (KNA 3.2).
A flow chart showing the successive phases within the archaeological process is included as appendix 2 to
this report.
At the request of the client, all coordinates in the various images and tables are stated in the Dutch RD system.
1.3. Research questions The

following research questions have been formulated for archaeological desk research on aquatic sediment:
• Are archaeological values known in the plan area? If yes: What is the nature, size,
(depth) location and dating of these sites?
• Can archaeological remains be expected in the plan area, in addition to any known values? If so: What
is the nature, size, (depth) location and dating of the expected archaeological remains?
• Does the installation of export cables pose a threat to known or expected archaeological values? If so:
Can damage to archaeological values be prevented or limited by plan amendments?
If the archaeological values cannot be preserved:

• What form of further research is required to determine the presence of archaeological values and their
size, location, nature and dating sufficiently in order to arrive at a selection decision?
The desk research was carried out by R. van Lil and S. van den Brenk (both Senior Prospector Specialism
Aquatic Soils) and EA van den Oever (prospector Specialism Aquatic Soils).
Memorandum Scope and Level of Detail Transmission system for offshore wind at Hollandse Kust (zuid), 2015
Witteveen + Bos 5

desk research
2. Methods
This report contains the results, conclusions and recommendations of the desk research.
Desk research The

desk research was carried out in accordance with the Quality Standard for Dutch Archeology (KNA
aquatic sediments 3.2; Protocol 4102). This concerns in particular the specifications LS01wb, LS02wb,
LS03wb, LS04wb and LS05wb. This part of the study is reported in accordance with LS06wb.
The following activities were performed for the desk research:
• Defining the plan area and determining the consequences of possible future use; • Description of the
current situation; • Description of the historical situation and possible disturbances within 1000 meters of
the route
alternatives (route corridor 1600 meters plus 200 meters extra on both sides); •
Description of known archaeological values and earth science data; • Describe possible
presence of building-historical values (under water).
Based on these components, a specified forecast of the area is drawn up (specification LS05wb). This
specifies whether, and if so, which archaeological values can be expected. The properties of these values
will be indicated in as much detail as possible.
The results of the study are summarized in chapter 3. Based on the specified expectation and results of the
geophysical analysis, the research questions are answered in Chapter 4. The study is concluded with a
recommendation in Chapter 5.
2.1. Sources
The following sources were consulted for the study: • National
Contact Number (NCN) Hydrography Service • Rijkswaterstaat
North Sea • TNO-NITG 2011; geological drilling and maps •
Archis III, managed by the Cultural Heritage Agency •
Databases Periplus Archeomare • Dutch Federation of
Aviation Archeology (NFLA) • Aircraft Recovery Group Foundation
40-45
• Various resources on the Internet
For a complete overview of the consulted sources and literature, see references on page 46.
Words in italics are explained in the glossary on page 45.
Witteveen + Bos 6

desk research
3. Results desk research

3.1. Defining the plan area and determining the consequences of possible future use
(LS01wb)
TenneT has conducted research to determine the best way to connect the two offshore platforms of Hollandse
Kust (zuid) to the national high-voltage grid2 . Three different route alternatives and route variants have been
drawn up for this purpose. The final route will be determined on the basis of various studies.
Figure 2. Overview of the plan area
The cables will be laid at varying depths below the seabed. The required depth depends on the area, the local
situation and the requirements for the cable depth. The optimal burial depth for the cables at sea is explored in
the EIA. This is to prevent damage to the cables and environmental restrictions.
The available construction methods can be divided into pre-lay trenching, direct trenching and post-lay trenching.
With pre-lay trenching , the bottom is first lowered (digging, plowing, dredging), after which the cable is uncoiled
and laid on the bottom. Then the cable is covered again; either by returning the released soil material or by
natural sedimentation. In direct trenching , the
2
Note
Witteveen + Bos 7

desk research
The cable is unwound and immediately brought to depth with spray lances or a plow. In post-lay trenching ,
the cable is first laid on the ground and later buried (in a separate working passage) using spray lances or a
plow. Combinations of the techniques described are also possible, for example first pre-lay trenching (digging
a trench), followed by direct or post-lay trenching (on the bottom of the pre-dug trench). The choice mainly
depends on the local (soil) conditions.
The intervention can affect archaeological remains at least up to the disturbance depth. This is a direct
disturbance. Indirect disturbances such as grinding trench formation are considered to be limited.
Witteveen + Bos 8

desk research
3.2. Description of the current situation (LS02wb)

The image below shows the survey area on a generic depth map. The depth data come from the Hydrographic
Service (25x25m grid, 2008), supplemented with high-resolution multibeam images from Rijkswaterstaat. The
depth along the various route alternatives varies from 0 to 35 meters relative to LAT.
Figure 3. Depth along the route alternatives relative to LAT
Witteveen + Bos 9

desk research
Short description per route

The different route alternatives cross various existing and future cables and pipelines. An overview of the
intersecting cables and pipes is shown in the figure and tables below.
Figure 4. The route alternatives in relation to the existing and planned cables and pipelines
Witteveen + Bos 10
desk research
The location of the cables and pipelines is based on data from Rijkswaterstaat (September 2015). As Built
data from the operators of the relevant cables and pipelines has not been requested.
Name Type Method From Unpleasant Status
Hermes 1 Fiberglass Plowed Zandvoort (NL) Aldeburgh (GB) Abandoned
NUON Beaufort Cable North Buyer

- - -
On hold
UK - NL 6 Coaxiaal Surface Laid Katwijk (NL) Covehite (GB) To leave
BRITNED route Buyer

-
Split at connection England In use
MV2
UK - NL 7 Coaxiaal Surfaca Laid Katwijk (NL) Covehite (GB) To leave
UK - NL 5 Coaxiaal Surface Laid Scheveningen (NL) Lowesoft (GB) To leave
Concerto 1 Segment 1 East Fiberglass Plowed Zandvoort (NL) Zeebrugge (B) To leave
West Rhine - Cable 1 Buyer

- - -
On hold
COAM Optical fiber -

Cork Katwijk Future

- - -
On hold
UK - NL 4 Coaxiaal Surface Laid Scheveningen (NL) Lowesoft (GB) To leave

- - -
On hold
Table 3. Overview of crossing electricity and telecom cables
Type Operator From Unpleasant Status Substance Name Diameter
Pipeline TAQA Energy BV P15-D Maasvlakte Active Gas 26-inch
Pipeline TAQA Energy BV P15-C angle of Active Oil 10-inch

Holland
Pipeline GDF SUEZ E&P Nederland BV Q13a-A P15-C Active Oil 8-inch
Pipeline Nederlandse Aardolie Maatschappij BV Q16-FA-1 P18-A Active Gas 8-inch
Umbilical Dutch Petroleum Company BV Q16-FA-1 P18-A Active Control 3.7-inch
Table 4. Overview of Intersecting Pipelines
Witteveen + Bos 11

desk research
Previously conducted investigations in the

area An overview of the previously conducted (archaeological) investigations in the area is shown in the
image below.
Figure 5. Overview of Previously Conducted Surveys in the Area
Area Research type Year Report

Maasvlakte II BO / IVO 2006 PPA 06A001, RAAP 1524
Sand extraction area Maasvakte II BO / IVO 2008 PPA 08A025
Delta Hydro Carbons BO / IVO 2009 PPA 09A005
ROAD desk research 2010 turnip 2211
Maasgeul BO / IVO 2011 PPA 11A001
Sand extraction area P18 west BO / IVO 2013 PPA 13A009
Sand extraction area Q13M BO / IVO 2013 PPA 14A014
Wind farm Hollandse Kust (south) desk research 2015 PPA 15A024
Sand extraction area Q16K BO / IVO 2015 PPA 15A004

Table 5. Overview of the archaeological investigations previously carried out in the area
Witteveen + Bos 12
desk research
The results of the various studies are discussed in section 3.5. A reference to the reports of the studies is
included in the reference list on page 46.
Witteveen + Bos 13
desk research
3.3. Historical situation and possible disruptions (LS03wb)

Prehistoric habitation in the North Sea basin
About 12,000 years ago, the North Sea basin formed an extensive cover sand landscape with a
tundra climate. At the end of the last Ice Age (about 11,500 years ago) the temperature rose and as
a result the northern glaciers melted. The released water caused the sea level to rise and the North
Sea basin was gradually filled up. The inhabitants of the area had to move to higher areas.3
An example of a higher area is the Dogger Bank in the north of the Dutch Continental Shelf.
Remnants of the tundra landscape and its inhabitants are regularly found in the nets of fishermen.
Best known are the many fossils that have been fished up at the Dogger Bank. However, even
closer to the cable route, bone and antler artifacts have been found.4
Figure 6. Reconstruction of the historic coastlines in the North Sea basin
The sea level rise went hand in hand with the drowning of old landscapes. These landscapes have
been visualized using geophysical and geotechnical techniques. Recently, for example, based on
seismic data from the oil industry, a prehistoric landscape has been mapped near the English east
coast.5
3
Gaffney e.a. 2005.
4
Louwe Kooijmans 1970.
5
See the University of Birmingham's 'North sea paleolandscapes' project.
Witteveen + Bos 14
desk research
Figure 7. Examples of prehistoric tools fished from the North Sea (image from: Kooijmans 1970)
The archaeological remains from the North Sea that are known in the Netherlands mainly concern loose
finds from sand extraction areas. For example, during the construction of Maasvlakte I and II and the
Sand Motor, several bone artefacts from the Young Paleolithic and Mesolithic were found, which can be
divided into clusters in terms of style characteristics.6
Traces of habitation in the coastal area from

protohistory The sandy beach walls and dunes that form the natural protection of the coastal area have
developed during the last millennium BC. stabilized. From the late Iron Age up to and including the Full
Middle Ages, traces of habitation are known from the coastal strip of Holland. There are indications that
during the Roman period fortifications were located along the coast of Zeeland and South Holland.7 The
most appealing example is the hitherto unlocalized Brittenburg off the coast at Katwijk aan Zee.8 It has
been established for the Scheveningen coast that There was a vicus here near Scheveningen road.9
Such a civilian settlement can generally be directly associated with a Roman army camp. However, this
has also not yet been localized. It is not inconceivable that (washed out) remains of Roman forts can be
found in the current beach and dune zone.
6
Verhart 2005 159.
7
Hessing 1995, 98.
8
Dijkstra and Ketelaar 1965.
9
Waasdorp 1999.
Witteveen + Bos 15
desk research
Shipping
The earliest and most concrete indications for shipping in the North Sea date from the Bronze
Age.10 These are indirect data. These are bronze objects found in the Netherlands that were given
to the dead as grave goods. Some of these items can be styled to be British and transported to the
continent by ship. From the first contacts in the Bronze Age there has been an intensification of
shipping in the North Sea with some historically well-documented peaks. During Roman times, the
North Sea, and in particular the Channel, served as a connecting bridge for the empire. From the
early and high Middle Ages, centers of power arose along the coast of the North Sea.11 These
were oriented towards the North Sea and shipping, trade and overseas contacts played a central
role in this. Furthermore, the raids of the Vikings must also be mentioned in this context. From the
Late Middle Ages and the New Period, international trade and shipbuilding had developed to such
an extent that the North Sea formed a stepping stone for worldwide shipping routes. The broad
outline of shipping history has been associated with many known and hitherto unknown shipwrecks.
Shipwrecks are traces of the maritime past and these may have been preserved in the water bottom
under favorable conservation conditions.
Figure 8. Location of the research area on the Pascaert from 1675 by De Wit
10
Maarleveld and Van Ginkel 1990, 42-44.
11
Kramer e.a. 2003; Cunliffe 2001, 484-488.
Witteveen + Bos 16
desk research
Figure 9. Location of the study area on historical map 1852
Plane wrecks
Various sources are not unequivocal about the number of planes from the First and Second World War that
are still missing. Also the location of the plane wrecks is usually not very accurate. It is known that hundreds
of aircraft are involved.12
In view of the acts of war that took place over the Channel, aircraft wrecks may also occur in the plan area.
During the impact, heavy parts of the aircraft (such as the engine) can penetrate deep into the ground. Such
parts have been found meters below ground level on land and in the Wadden area. Due to the great water
depth (more than 16 metres) in the plan area, it can be assumed that a fighter aircraft is strongly decelerated
by the water during its crash, so that it ends up on the water bed and not in the water bed. Migrating sand
waves can later cover a wreck. Due to the small thickness of the sandy top layer in the plan area, it is
expected that any larger parts will lie on the bottom or protrude from the bottom.
Known disturbances in the plan area

The alternative route crosses various cables and pipelines (see section 3.1.). The cables and pipelines have
been plowed and the soil has been disturbed. Fishing with trawl nets may have disrupted the top layer of the
seabed. This is especially important for any archaeological remains, such as wreck parts protruding from the
bottom, which can snag on these nets.
12
Dutch Federation of Aviation Archaeology, NFLA.
Witteveen + Bos 17
desk research
3.4. Geologic Data (LS04wb)

The seabed at the location of the three proposed cable routes consists mainly of sand with a local admixture of
gravel, silt or clay (see figure 10). The sandy sediments are part of the Bligh Bank Layer Package: a mobile sand
layer in which ridges, dunes, stream ripples and - in the shallower parts - wave ripples have been formed as a
result of tidal currents and wave action.
The thickness of the Bligh Bank Layer Pack is less than 6 meters along the route options for the most part (see
Figure 11). Near the landing point at Hoek van Holland / Maasvlakte II, cable route 2 crosses a zone in which the
thickness of the Bligh Bank Layer Package increases to approximately 12 metres. This zone largely coincides
with the 'Loswal Noord' plot. From 1961 to 1996, this lot contains 7 to 17 x 106 m3
contaminated dredging sludge from the port of Rotterdam and the Eurogeul has been dumped. The clayey/silty
addition in the sandy bottom northwest of the discharge embankment may consist of fine material that has been
washed out of the dredged material (see figure 10).
Figure 10. Surface sediments (after: Laban 2003)
Given the thickness of the Bligh Bank Layer Package (Figure 11) and the trench depth of the cables (maximum
four metres), it is likely that the cables will be installed in the top of the formations below the Bligh Bank Layer
Package. These underlying deposits consist mainly of Pleistocene river deposits from the Kreftenheye Formation
(see Figure 12).
Witteveen + Bos 18
desk research
The Kreftenheye Formation is capped along the coast by Holocene marine deposits from the Naaldwijk
Formation. It cannot be excluded that the Kreftenheye Formation is locally covered by aeolian and/or
fluvioglacial deposits of the Boxtel Formation. The Basiveen Low may occur at the base of the Naaldwijk
Formation; peat layers of the Nieuwkoop Layer Package may be present within the marine sequence.
Figure 11. Thickness of the Bligh Bank Layer Pack
Kreftenheye Formation
The Kreftenheye Formation is made up of coarse river sand containing gravel. The upper deposits of the
sequence consist of moderately coarse to extremely coarse sand and are classified as a separate unit as the
Ockenburg Layer Package. This unit is described in DINO as follows:
'The Ockenburg layer contains mostly coarse sands with mostly engaged marine shells of
Eem fauna (eg Busschers & Weerts, 2000). In general, the package shows a clear fining
upward sequence. The shell percentage decreases upwards. The layer package consists of
sand, moderately fine to extremely coarse, gravel-poor to gravel-rich, gray to grey-brown,
calcareous.'
The type location of the Ockenburg Layer (DINO well 30D0215) is approximately 500 meters south-west of
the landing point of route option 1. We therefore have a very good idea of this.
Witteveen + Bos 19
desk research
the lithostratigraphy. The crest of the Kreftenheye Formation/Ockenburg Layer Packet lies in this borehole at
-18.5 meters LAT. The sequence shows a 'fining upward' trend. This means that with depth the sediment
becomes coarser and the proportion of gravel increases. The poorly sorted angular sand is characterized by a
skewed stratification. The sand was deposited by the Rhine during the Pleistocene . Especially during the
summer periods, the intertwining river system carried large amounts of meltwater and sediment to the North
Sea area.
The unit is covered by cover sand from the Wierden Layer (0.9 metres), peat from the Basal Peat (0.15
metres), marine sand from the Wormer Layer (16.45 metres) and dune sand from the Schoorl Layer . The
presence of a thin layer of basal peat confirms the mapped peat in Figure 10. To the west, the depth of the
Kreftenheye Formation gradually increases
up to approximately 26 meters LAT in the Hollandse Kust Zuid wind farm.
In the case of route options 2 and 3, the cables land at Hoek van Holland and the Maasvlakte. Here too, the
Kreftenheye Formation occurs around -21 meters LAT (Maasvlakte) and -23 meters LAT (Hoek van Holland).
The top of the formation is here formed by the Wijchen Low Pack. In DINO the following is said about this unit:
'The stiff clay that often occurs at the top of the Kreftenheye Formation in the central and western
Netherlands is considered to be part of the Wijchen Layer (Wijchen Member cf. Törnqvist et al.
1993). The Wijchen layer consists of clay, silty to sandy, calcareous or sometimes a partially
decalcified top, light gray to dark grey, locally humous to strongly peaty. There is often a well-
developed black soil horizon at the top of the Wijchen Layer.'
Formation of Boxtel
The Boxtel Formation offshore has not been mapped within cable routing options (see Figure 15).
However, it must be taken into account that deposits of the Boxtel Formation occur locally on the Kreftenheye
Formation. This may concern (remnants of) fluvioglacial deposits from the Singraven Layer Package or aeolian
deposits from the Wierden Layer Package (cover sand) / Laa Package van Delwijnen (river dunes). These
deposits date from the last phase of the Weichselian (115,000 to 12,000 years ago) and the Early Holocene
(12,000 to the present). The top of the Boxtel Formation may have been affected by erosion during deposition
of, among others, the Bligh Bank Layer Pack and the Naaldwijk Formation. The Basal Peat or early Holocene
clay of the Echteld Formation (river clay) or the Van Velsen Layer (lagoon clay), on the other hand, may have
protected the top of the Boxtel Formation against erosion.
Nieuwkoop Formation
Near the coast, the proposed cable routes intersect areas with peat (see Figure 10). The occurrence of humic
clay and peat has been mapped on the Indicative Map of Archaeological Values. A shapefile of the peat
deposits has been added as a separate layer to Laban's seabed sediments map. The
peat layers in the area are part of the Nieuwkoop Formation. It is not known whether the peat abundances
reflect the presence of the Basal Peat Layer, the Holland Peat Layer Package or both. The presence of the
Basal Peat is important from an archaeological point of view, because in areas where the Basal Peat occurs,
the prehistoric landscape - and possibly prehistoric traces of habitation in it - are expected to have been
preserved intact.
Naaldwijk Formation
Along the coast, the Kreftenheye Formation is covered by Holocene tidal deposits (clay and sand) from the
Wormer Low Pack and coarse beach sand from the Zandvoort Low Pack. Both units are part of the Naaldwijk
Formation. The Zandvoort Layer Pack wedges out to the west and is presumed to merge into the Bligh Bank
Layer Pack. Figure 12 shows that the Kreftenheye Formation and the Naaldwijk Formation are the dominant
units covered by low mobile sand of the Bligh Bank Layer Package.
Witteveen + Bos 20
desk research
Afbeelding 12. Top of Formations below the Bligh Bank Member including their depth in m below the seabed
Witteveen + Bos 21

desk research
Thin layers of late Pleistocene and early Holocene deposits may occur between the Kreftenheye Formation
and the Naaldwijk Formation . DINO well 30D0215 set in the dunes of Kijkduin / Ockenburg is a good example
of this. In the table below the successive units of are summarized.
Formation Layer package Lithology Age Genesis Remark

Low
Southern Bight Bligh bank sand holocene open marine mobile layer
Zandvoort sand holocene Mary strand
Naaldwijk wormer clay and sand holocene Mary tidal deposits
Velsen humic clay holocene lagunair presence uncertain
realland -
sand and clay Early Holocene fluvial meandering rivers
New purchase basic peat peat Early Holocene organoleptic coastal peat
Wierden sand eolisch cover sand; polar desert

Sissy dead
boxtel Singraven sand, loam, clay and peat river stream deposits
Early Holocene
Delwijnen sand eolisch River Dunes
Sissy dead
Wijchen clay and loam river flood deposits
Early Holocene
Kreftenheye
braiding rivers; bed deposits
Ockenburg coarse sand cherries river
Table 6. Lithostratigraphy within the proposed cable routes
Figure 4 provides an overview of the landscape constellation around 9100 cal. B.P. (c. 7200 B.C.E.
Chr).13 The cable route options and the river dunes mapped by Vos are projected on this map.14
The map shows that route 1 runs through an overgrown cover sand landscape during this period. This cover
sand (Layer Package of Wierden) was found intact in boreholes at the landing point of route 1.
Routes 2 and route 3 traverse the Rhine basin. At the beginning of the Holocene, there are no longer any
seasonal peaks and troughs in the discharge of meltwater. The variations in the flow of the Rhine become
smaller and the character of the river changes from meandering to meandering. River dunes (Delwijnen Layer
Package) were created by drifting sand from the bed. During high water, the river overflowed its banks and
clay was deposited in the river plain (Layer Package van Wijchen). At the location of the Yangze harbor, the
Wijchen layer was deposited until about 6900 BC.15 Along the Maasgeul, 'rooted river loam' occurs at the
top of a succession of poorly sorted sands.16 This loam layer is located at -19 to - 23 m NAP and probably
also concerns the Wijchen layer.
Between 7,000 to 6,000 BC. sea level rises from -24 meters NAP to -13 meters NAP. Within this time span,
an extremely rapid rise of 2.1 meters per 100 years is observed between 6,500 and 6,250 BC, prior to an
onset cold period. To the west of the Maasvlakte a wide estuary with brackish to salt water conditions. Route
3 and 3A run through the estuary, after which route 3 lands in the area that was then a freshwater area. The
area of the current Maasvlakte II is around 6400 BC. an area of swamps and small lakes. In the area, peat is
deposited on the Wijchen Low Package (Basisveen). From the hinterland, river courses feed the wetland with
fresh water. The rivers cover the Basal Peat Layer / Layer Package of Wijchen with clay (Echteld Formation).
13
Hijma 2009.
14
Your 2010s.
15
Moree 2014.
16
Round 2009.
Witteveen + Bos 22
desk research
Around 6,000 BC, according to De Ronde, the area of the Maasgeul formed part of a lagoon into which the
Rhine flowed under the deposition of humous clay.17
Figure 13. Paleogeography around 7200 BC. (from: Hijma 2009) with a projection of the cable routes and river
dunes (Vos 2010)
17
Round 2009.
Witteveen + Bos 23
desk research
The lithostratigraphic unit to which the humic clay belongs is not named in De Ronde's report. If the clay has
actually been deposited in a lagoon environment , the approximately 2 meter thick package is considered to
be part of the Velsen layer. The layer of Velsen has been identified as an archaeological level in the
archaeological desk research that was carried out for the construction of Maasvlakte 2.18
There is, however, an important caveat here. Recent research has shown that deposits in the Meuse estuary,
which on the basis of their presumed lagoonal depositional environment have been classified as the Velsen
Layer, in reality concern early Holocene river deposits.19 These channel, bank, basin and crevasse deposits
belong to the Formation of Echteld. The peat, clay, sand and detritus layers can also occur within the Echteld
Formation, which are described in De Ronde's report.
Figure 14. Schematic cross-section along the Maasgeul (from: Ronde 2009)
Figure 14 clearly shows that the succession of clastic river deposits, peat and lagoon/river clay is cut off by a
layer of tidal sand with clay layers and washed-out peat. The occurrence of these tidal deposits correlates
with the Hijma mapped deposits of 'silty/sandy clay with woody debris' in the 'Upper Estuary' (see Figure 4).
Weerts considers it highly probable that these are clays from the Echteld Formation and not the Velsen Layer,
and concludes that the archaeological expectation for the Mesolithic is high.20 He adds that in the schematic
profile a river dune should be included (Delwijnen layer package).
The tidal sand with clay layers is considered part of the Naaldwijk Formation. The covering, on average, 0.5
m thick layer of marine sand (the current water bed) belongs to the Bligh Bank Layer Pack in the Southern
Bight Formation.
A Mesolithic site has been excavated in the Yanghze harbor. This site was found on river dunes of the
Delwijnen Low Pack. Figure 15 shows that the top of the lower of two dunes is largely intact; the highest dune
is capped by the Bligh Bank Low Pack. The top of the lowest dune, approximately 4 meters high, is around
18 meters NAP. The Maasvlakte land route runs over a river dune mapped by Vos. These types of river
dunes can occur elsewhere in the Rhine/Meuse delta, and therefore also within the landing routes of cable
options 2 and 3.
18
Hessing 2005.
19
TNO-NITG.
20
Weerts, personal communication.
Witteveen + Bos 24
desk research
Figure 15. Geological Profile of Yanghze Harbor Mesolithic Site
Witteveen + Bos 25
desk research
3.5. Archaeological Values (LS04wb)

Archaeology Continental Shelf in
general The former National Agency for Archaeological Soil Research (ROB, now National Agency
for Cultural Heritage) has drawn up a global archaeological map for the Continental Shelf in
collaboration with Rijkswaterstaat, Sea and Delta Service and TNO-NITG , based on geological and
archaeological observations. (see image 16Error! Reference source not found.).21
Figure 16. Overview map of archaeological values of the Dutch Continental Shelf.
21
IKAW 3rd generation, RCE 2008.
Witteveen + Bos 26
desk research
The Global Archaeological Map of the Continental Shelf shows the chance of encountering well-preserved
shipwrecks (and therefore often a ship find of high archaeological value) for the Dutch part of the Continental
Shelf. However, this map is of very limited use, partly due to the small scale of 1:500,000. In addition, the
degree of conservation is strongly related to geology and morphology. The reasoning behind this is that in
trench deposits or areas with a “weak” sediment, a wreck quickly sinks into the bottom and is therefore
preserved in good condition. In other areas, the chance of hitting ship remains is not necessarily lower, but
the chance of hitting a well-preserved ship where the cargo and equipment of the ship are still present is.
The map also shows areas where peat bogs and clays have been preserved. This clay/peat cover only says
something about the possible location of Pleistocene deposits on/near the seabed. Where Holocene clays/
moors have eroded, Pleistocene levels with artefacts/fauna remains may be present. As far as early Holocene
deposits are concerned, prehistoric settlement remains related to capped Pleistocene and Early Holocene
may exist.
landscapes.
Research has shown that the chance of encountering prehistoric settlement remains in the North Sea is
much greater than originally thought.22 The archaeological forecast map for the Dutch Continental Shelf will
therefore have to be revised.
In 2014 Deltares conducted a pilot for the revised archaeological forecast map of the North Sea23. The
available data for four sub-areas have been elaborated for this purpose: Dogger Bank, Egmond, Katwijk and
Maasvlakte II sand extraction area. However, the sub-areas fall just outside the research area and therefore
have no added value for this research report.
22
See the 'North Sea paleolandcapes' project from the University of Birmingham and North Sea Research and management
Framework 2009 (Peeters e.a. 2009).
23
Erkens ea, 2014
Witteveen + Bos 27
desk research
Figure 17. The research area in relation to the Deltares sub-areas
Surroundings of the
planning area ARCHIS II is the official database of the Cultural Heritage Agency in which all archaeological
finds and observations within the Netherlands and the territorial waters are stored. The database contains
more than 85,000 locations (mainly on land) where archaeological observations have been made.
The chance of finding archaeological remains in the seabed is considered low in the northern part of the
route, and high in the southern parts. image 18Error! Reference source not found. provides an overview of
known observations from ARCHIS projected on the IKAW3. Observations are only known within the corridors
of Route Alternative 1 and 3.
Witteveen + Bos 28
desk research
Figure 18. Overview of the ARCHIS observations around the study area
NCN ARCHIS Easting Northing Route Description

option
14 46841 567059 5753375 3 North Sea Bulbs 4. Wreck Liberian steamship
17 46988 579402 5777588 1 North Sea NCP Block Q16. Ram monitor Zr.Ms. "ADDER" of the Royal Netherlands
Navy, capsized and sunk on the way from Amsterdam to Hellevoetsluis (ca. 1892). dim.
53m.L x 11m.W x 2m.H.
175 48754 566259 5763231 3A North Sea Eurogeul 19 block P18. Lead wreck DHY 1945. Various finds: rolls of lead
marked 1821, beam, rolls of lead sheet
432494 3 Rib fragment with cutting marks fished during fishing trip with the BRA 7 on June 26,
2010
437137 3 Fragment of a Beardman's Jar
Table 7. Known observations from ARCHIS within the study area
Witteveen + Bos 29
desk research
Other objects and observations

Table 7 provides an overview of known observations within 1 kilometer of the various route alternatives and
variants. These observations come from the National Contact Number (NCN) database.
The National Contact Number (NCN)
The NCN database combines data from three different government sources:
• The Wreck Register of the Hydrography Service;

• The SonarReg92 object database of Rijkswaterstaat;
• The ARCHISII database of the Cultural Heritage Agency
The NCN is managed by Rijkswaterstaat. Permission for the use of the data has been granted by the contact
person at Rijkswaterstaat Zee and Delta24 .
24
G. Poot, data manager RWS (IGA) by e-mail
Witteveen + Bos 30
desk research
Figure 19. Known observations (NCN) within 1000 meters of the route alternatives
A total of 220 known observations are known within the corridor of 1600 meters (plus 200 meters extra on
both sides) of the different route alternatives and variants. The extra 200 meters has been included because
of the inaccuracy of the position of some observations. A summary is given in the table below.
Type Number of
Wreck 30
Obstruction 186
Other 4
Total 220
Table 8. Summary of the known objects within 1000m of the route alternatives
A complete list of descriptions is included in Appendix 1.
Witteveen + Bos 31

desk research
Below are two examples of shipwrecks within the research area
Figure 20. Photo of the Indus (NCN 1844) and the Sperbrecher (NCN 1845). Source: wrecksite.eu
Of the 220 observations, 17 observations fall within 100 meters of the routes. These are shown in the table
below. The column R95 indicates the accuracy of the position in meters.
NCN SR92 DHY ARCHIS Easting Northing RDx Rdy R95 Description Trace
1838 -
1962 -
561648 5765037 52858 450401 1000 DHY: information) (no 3
1843 -
1967 -
566257 5765282 57474 450495 0 DHY: (no 3A
information)
2988 27 - -
571610 5761174 62691 446212 25 Pipeline gas 26" 2
trace P15 D
Maasvlakte
3446 1825 - -
562501 5758908 53509 444246 25 SR92: OD7 Adrianus 3.3A
Anchor and 40 meters of chain
brought on board
4438 3030 - -
562222 5760406 53280 445752 25 SR92: cable/chain Possibly 3
4468 3060 - -
561805 5762649 52936 448009 25 SR92: contact elongated 3
4471 3063 - -
4482 3074 - -
562141 5760442 53200 445791 25 SR92: Contact 3
4581 3181 - -
7579 6193 - -
571552 5760769 62619 445809 25 04-03-2013: Contact 2
13435 7809 - -
571743 5760618 62805 445652 25 18-05-2012: contact 2
13436 7810 - -
571605 5760674 62669 445712 25 18-05-2012: contact 2
13598 8233 - -
565353 5763128 56499 448371 25 SR92: Contact 3A
13606 8241 - -
561494 5764253 52678 449623 25 SR92: Contact 3
15347 12162 - -
565274 5762606 56403 447852 25 SR92: 3A
soil disturbance
15365 12206 - -
571604 5760817 62673 445855 25 04-03-2013: Possible cable/chain 2
15577 12757 - -
561407 5764217 52590 449589 25 SR92: cable/chain Possibly 3
Table 9. Known objects within 100 meters of the route alternatives and variants
Witteveen + Bos 32
desk research
Results geophysical surveys within the route corridors.
Route alternative 3 crosses the sand extraction area of Maasvlakte II. In 2006, a combined desk research and
an inventory field study (upwater phase) was carried out for this area25 .
Figure 21. Results of the study in sand extraction area P18W
During this investigation, the remains of historic shipwrecks were found at two locations.
It was advised to spare these locations with a radius of 100 meters around the sand extraction.
At one location, the remains of a plane wreck (Wellington) from the Second World War have been found. The
remains of this wreck were recovered in November 200926
The other objects found had no archaeological value. Part of this has been cleaned up, the other objects were
probably moved during the sand extraction.
25
Van den Brenk ao, 2009
26
Major P. Petersen, Staff Officer Aircraft Recovery
Witteveen + Bos 33
desk research
Route alternative 3 crosses the sand extraction area P18W. In 2013, a combined desk study and an inventory
field study (upwater phase) was carried out for this area27 .
Figure 22. Results of the study in sand extraction area P18W
During this investigation, structures or objects with possible archaeological value were found at six locations.
It was advised to spare these locations with a radius of 100 meters around the sand extraction. If this is not
feasible, it is advised to determine the nature of these objects and structures by means of an underwater field
survey through dive inspections or an ROV survey. To the best of our knowledge, no additional research has
taken place here. The locations have been registered in ARCHIS, but have not yet been formally included
due to reorganization (from Achis II to Archis III).
27
Van den Brenk ao, 2013
Witteveen + Bos 34
desk research
Route alternative 3a crosses the sand extraction area Q16. In 2015, a combined desk research and inventory field
research (upwater phase) was carried out for this area28 .
Figure 23. Results of the study in sand extraction area Q16
During the investigation, a cluster of contacts was observed, which may indicate the presence of remains of a ship
or aircraft wreck. In order to obtain a definitive answer about the nature of these objects, it was advised to
investigate the find sites with an ROV and/or diver. Until the results of the underwater research are known, it was
advised not to undertake sand extraction or other soil-disturbing activities within a zone of 100 meters around the
find sites. To the best of our knowledge, no additional research has been carried out (yet).
The locations have been registered in ARCHIS, but have not yet been formally included due to reorganization (from
Achis II to Archis III).
28
From Lil and Mouse, 2015
Witteveen + Bos 35
desk research
Plane wrecks
Various sources are not unequivocal about the number of planes from the First and Second World War that are
still missing. In any case, there are hundreds of them. 29. Rijkswaterstaat has an overview map for the IJsselmeer
region showing finds and missing persons. A comparable map of the North Sea does not (yet) exist30. The image
below shows an overview of known aircraft wrecks in the vicinity of the research area from various sources.
Figure 24. Known sightings of aircraft wrecks in the vicinity
Possible aircraft remains were found during the aforementioned investigation in sand extraction area Q13M
at route variant 3A. These have not yet been verified.
The wreck of the Wellington at route alternative 3 was (largely) recovered in November 2011.
During dredging activities off the coast of Hoek van Holland (March 2009), a number of aircraft wreckage
parts and an on-board weapon were found. The report and the serial number of the .50” on-board weapon
came anonymously and via third parties to the Air Force salvage service. The serial number on the on-board
weapon points to an American B17 bomber that crashed on 04 FEB 1944. The ten crew members were killed
in the crash, of which six men are registered as missing. Although the aircraft may have passed its target,
there is still uncertainty about the bomb load31 . The exact location is unknown, the theoretical location is at
route variant 3A.
29
Dutch Federation of Aviation Archaeology, NFLA.
30
Personal comment Major A. Kappert, salvage officer Royal Netherlands Air Force
31
E-mail Major P. Petersen, Royal Netherlands Air Force salvage officer
Witteveen + Bos 36
desk research
3.6. Specified Expectation (LS05wb)

Early prehistory In
the subsoil of the optional cable routes, settlement remains from the Late Paleolithic and the Early Mesolithic can be
found. The top of the Pleistocene deposits forms the archaeological level.
Remains may also exist at the base of the Holocene deposits. The correlation between archaeological levels and
lithostratigraphic units is summarized in the table below.
Formation Layer package Lithology Age Archaeological Period of time
Low Expectation*
Southern Bligh bank zeezand holocene I, IV ME - NT

Bight
Naaldwijk Zandvoort strandzand holocene I ME - NT
wormer mudflats and salt marshes holocene I ME - NT

clay/sand
Velsen klei lagoon holocene II VMESO
realland -
river sand and clay holocene II, possibly III VMESO
Nieuwkoop Basisveen coastal peat holocene II VMESO
boxtel Singraven stream deposits Weichselian II LPALEO - VMESO

and Early Holocene
Wierden cover sand III LPALEO - VMESO
Delwijnen river dunes III LPALEO - VMESO
Kreftenheye Wijchen flood deposits clay Weichselian II, possibly III LPALEO - VMESO
and loam and Early Holocene
Ockenburg coarse river sand cherries IV LPALEO
Table 10. Archaeological expectation related to the lithostratigraphy

*
Archaeological Expectation
I
Shipwrecks and shipping related objects; plane wrecks
II Lost or dumped objects, including flint and bone hunting props, fishing fenders, fish traps and canoes
III Campsites and burial remains
IV Washed down artifacts
Table 10 shows that traces of prehistoric settlements (III) are expected mainly in deposits of river dunes (Delwijnen layer)
and cover sand (Wierden layer). Also on the banks of rivers (Lag van Wijchen and Laagpakket van Echteld) may have
been used as a camp site.
The locations where intact cover sand ridges, cover sand heads and river dunes occur within the optional cable routes
are unknown. In general, however, a distinction can be made between zones where a) the Kreftenheye Formation and b)
the Naaldwijk Formation occur under the mobile sand layer of the Bligh Bank Layer Package (see figure 12).
ad. a)
In areas where the Kreftenheye Formation has been mapped, the Delwijnen and Wierden Layer Packets can occur in
isolation. However, the chance that these sandy deposits have been affected by the capping Bligh Bank Basin is high,
unless the Basal Peat has protected the Pleistocene landscape from erosion.
ad. b)
The Pleistocene cover sand landscape and possible river dunes may have been preserved under the Naaldwijk Formation.
This is especially likely in zones where tidal channel erosion has not occurred and where the base of the Holocene
sequence is marked by the Basal Peat Layer.
Witteveen + Bos 37
desk research
The presence of camp sites (III) is marked by flint and bone artifacts, bone remains, charcoal and/or burnt
seeds and nuts (hazelnut shells). The size of the camp sites can vary from small (one-time short-term hunting
camps) to large (repeated intensive use and seasonal habitation).
In the underground of the Yangzhe harbor intact Mesolithic settlement remains have been found and
excavated on a river dune. However, the top of the adjacent dune - including the archaeological remains that
presumably were on it - appeared to have been completely eroded. It is therefore unknown to what extent
the early Holocene landscape, and thus the integrity of the expected prehistoric settlements, has been
affected by erosion at the location of the optional cable routes. In view of the very rapid 'drowning' of the
Pleistocene landscape in the Early Holocene and the covering of archaeological levels by peat and clay,
prehistoric remains may be (very) well preserved.
This expectation applies to both organic and inorganic residues. If the archaeological levels have not been
affected by human activities (eg sand extraction) or natural processes (erosion), prehistoric remains of a very
high physical quality can therefore be expected. This is in contrast to the early Mesolithic sites found in the
high-lying sandy areas of the Netherlands. At these sites, the find layer is often included in the construction
site and
the soil tracks are located directly below the building bed and above the water table. The physical quality of
these sites has always been affected to a greater or lesser extent.
Another point on which the expected settlements along the cable routes differ from the known sites on the
mainland is their low location in the North Sea area and the Meuse-Rhine estuary. Little is known about the
early Holocene inhabitants of these areas, their settlements and how they managed to survive in the rapidly
changing landscape. The information value of the expected settlements in the area is therefore great. This is
also stated in the National Research Agenda for Early Prehistory: Sites and any surrounding phenomena that
are located in palaeolandscape contexts that have not yet or hardly been researched have, by definition,
great information value.32
Historic shipwrecks Within

800 meters of the various route alternatives and variants, a total of 30 shipwrecks are known. An
archaeological value has been assigned to five of these wrecks, the other 25 wrecks have not yet been
valued. It is expected that undiscovered wrecks lie within the research area.
Figure 25. Example of a wrecking process (Graham Scott)
If a ship sinks and eventually ends up on the seabed, the tidal current will quickly grind the hull into a loose,
soft bottom to the level of a hard bottom. The thicker the layer of loose material, the more of the ship is
packed and preserved in it. Especially in areas where the loose layer consists of material with a higher clay
content, this sealing will have a strong preservative effect. In more sandy areas this effect will be much
smaller due to the larger sand fraction.
32
National Research Agenda 2006, Chapter 11: Early Prehistory.
Witteveen + Bos 38
desk research
The moment wrecks come to lie on the surface of the seabed due to erosion or other causes, they can be
affected by progressive erosion and marine organisms such as the shipworm. The wood of shipwrecks is
eaten by the shipworm, which leads to a strong impairment of the integrity and preservation of the wreck.
Plane wrecks
Various sources are not unequivocal about the number of planes that are still missing. In any case, there
are hundreds of them. There are four reports of aircraft wrecks in the vicinity of the research area. The
observations fall outside the 800 meter buffer zone, but due to the generally wide spread of wreck remains,
remains may also be located within the buffer zone.
Witteveen + Bos 39
desk research
4. Answering research questions

The research questions are answered on the basis of the desk research.
Are archaeological values known in the plan area? If so: What is the nature, size, (depth) location and dating
of these sites?
Within 1000 meters (1600m of corridor plus 200 meters on both sides) of the various route alternatives and
variants, a total of six archaeological observations are known within Archis: five wreck finds and one other
find (prehistoric). The known archaeological observations are further specified in the table below.
NCN SR92 DHY ARCHIS RDx Rdy 14 164 57885 438564 5 R95 Type Description Trace
1831 46841 Wreck DHY: South America, 3.3A
Liberian freighter, burned
and sunk 11-
02-1966
16 175 1945 48754 57408 448444 1000 Wreck Archis: various 3A

ship remains on 07-27-
1994: shipwreck, bar of tin, lead
17 262 2053 46988 71020 462365 5 Wreck DHY: Wreck Hr Ms Adder, 1,1A
sunk 05-07-
1882,Netherlands,Steel,War
ship,52x10m
9208 - -
46818 74300 453495 500 Wreck Archis: find ship 1,1A
part at
Kijkduin pole 107 on 26-04-
1990
12294 - -
432492 52000 448001 10 Wreck Archis: find ship 1, 1A
truss NTB_C, 30-
09-2009
16583 - -
437137 53000 450000 500 Divers Archis: various 3
prehistoric finds during

dredging 01-01-
2010
Table 11. Known archaeological observations within 500 meters of the planned route
Within the research area, 25 other shipwrecks are known for which no valuation has yet been carried out.
During previous inventorying field investigations in overlapping research areas, four contacts with an
archaeological expectation were identified within route variant 3 (sand extraction area P18W) and one location
with possible aircraft remains in route variant 3A (Sand extraction area Q16).
Can archaeological remains be expected in the plan area, in addition to any known values? If so: What is the
nature, size, (depth) location and dating of the expected archaeological remains?
Undiscovered ship and aircraft wrecks and remains of prehistoric settlements can be expected in the research
area.
a) ship and aircraft wrecks The

forecast mainly concerns shipwrecks from the Middle Ages and the New Age. These are isolated sites with
possible objects in the vicinity that are related to the wreck, such as lost cargo or parts of the wreck or cargo
washed away by erosion. Shipwrecks can be anywhere in the area; locations are difficult to predict. Residues
are mainly expected within the Bligh Bank Low Package. The thickness of this layer varies along the cable
routes from 0 to 10 meters. The integrity and preservation of wrecks is highly dependent on the material
(wood or steel) and the context of the remains. Ships covered by sediment and preserved embedded in
sediment shortly after sinking
Witteveen + Bos 40
desk research
can be intact and well preserved. Wrecks lying on the surface are exposed to erosion and attack by marine
organisms such as the shipworm.
The expectation for aircraft wrecks concerns remains of combat aircraft from WWI and WWII. Due to the
large impact during a crash, residues can be spread over a large area.
b) prehistoric settlements The

expectation concerns camps from the Late Paleolithic and Early Mesolithic. The size of the camp sites can
vary from small (one-time short-term hunting camps) to large (repeated intensive use and seasonal habitation).
In situ remains are expected in areas where the Pleistocene landscape is intact. This is expected to be the
case where the Naaldwijk Formation is present33 and zones where the Pleistocene landscape is covered by
the Basal Peat. The lithostratigraphic context is formed by cover sand deposits of the Wierden Layer, river
dunes of the Delwijnen Layer and possibly in flood and riverbank deposits of the Wijchen Layer and the
Echteld Formation. These units lie offshore at a depth of 20 meters LAT or more. Along the Dutch coast and
in the Maasvlakte, river dunes, cover sand heads and sand ridges can occur at a shallower depth. If the
Pleistocene landscape is intact, settlements of high physical quality and high information value are expected.
In addition to camp sites, lost or dumped objects, including flint and bone hunting attributes, fish defenses,
fish traps and canoes can be expected in the early Holocene deposits (Layer van Wijchen, Basisveen Laag,
Layer van Velsen and Formatie van Echteld). The Bligh Bank Layer Pack and the eroded top of the
Kreftenheye Formation may contain washed-out artifacts.
Does the laying of the cables pose a threat to known or expected archaeological values? If so: Can damage
to archaeological values be prevented or limited by plan amendments?
Dredging and subsequent plowing of the seabed may threaten the expected archaeological remains. Follow-
up research in the form of side scan sonar (inventory field research on the water phase) can provide
information about the presence of these remains. It is currently difficult to estimate to what extent the
construction of the cables poses a threat to in situ prehistoric remains, because the depth of the plow and the
nature, depth and integrity of the Pleistocene landscape are not known in detail.
If the archaeological values cannot be preserved: What form of

further research is required to be able to determine the presence of archaeological values and their size,
location, nature and dating sufficiently in order to arrive at a selection decision?
In order to determine the presence of archaeological values and their size, location, nature and dating, a
follow-up study in the form of a geophysical survey (upwater phase) is recommended. Using these techniques,
more information can be obtained about the presence of known and unknown archaeological remains in the
plan area. Based on the results of this research, the route of the cables can be adjusted so that the
archaeological values are preserved.
33
excluding the tidal channels within this formation.
Witteveen + Bos 41
desk research
5. Conclusions and advice

The desk research has shown that ship and aircraft wrecks and (if the Pleistocene landscape is intact) in situ
prehistoric remains can be expected along the intended cable routes.
Based on the outcome of the research, it is recommended to conduct an inventorying field survey on the water phase
to test the archaeological expectation.34 A pre-lay route survey is normally carried out before laying cables at sea.
The data from this survey can be used for the test (see table 12).
Archaeological Method Goal Remark

Expectation
Ship and Side Scan Sonar locating, mapping and limiting wrecks wrecks lying on the bottom
plane wrecks or sticking out of the bottom
Multibeam morphological characterization of in addition to side scan

wreck sites; sonar
locating (partly) buried wrecks whose
presence is marked by a grinding trench
Subbottom Profiler locate buried objects including possible ship nature of the buried
and plane wrecks object cannot be determined
Magnetometer directly
prehistoric Subbottom Profiler mapping Pleistocene landscape; supported by and

settlements specify expectation validated with drilling
(camp sites) data
geological determine lithostratigraphy, nature drilling descriptions must
The bore of layer boundaries (erosive or gradual) comply with the
and characteristics of soil formation and maturation; objective
specify expectation
probing determine lithostratigraphy correlate with
drilling data
Table 12. Testing of archaeological expectation with geophysical methods
The condition is that the data quality is sufficient. It is recommended that the technical Scope of Work be coordinated
with the archaeological team before starting the survey work. The requirements for the geophysical surveys must be
recorded in a program of Requirements.
During the construction of the cable, archaeological remains may come to light that:
d) were completely covered by sediment during the side scan sonar recording, e)
were out of range of the subbottom profiler/magnetomer routes, or
f) have not been recognized as archaeological remains during the geophysical survey (yet to be carried out).
In accordance with the Monuments Act 1988 (revised in 2007), the executor is obliged to report such finds to the
competent authority. This obligation to report archaeological finds must be included in the specification or Plan of
Approach for the work.
34
in accordance with KNA aquatic sediment protocol 4103.
Witteveen + Bos 42
desk research
List of images
Figure 1. Location of the plan area ......................................... .................................................. .................. 4
Figure 2. Overview of the plan area .......................... .................................................. ........................ 7 Figure
3. Depth along the route alternatives relative to LAT ............. ........................................... 9
Figure 4. The route alternatives in relation to the existing and planned cables and pipelines ........... 10 Figure
5. Overview of the earlier studies carried out in the area ......... .................................. 12
Figure 6. Reconstruction of the historic coastlines in the North Sea Basin ................................................. 14
Figure 7. Examples of prehistoric tools fished from the North Sea (image from: Kooijmans
1970)................................ .................................................. .................................................. ...... 15
Figure 8. Location of the research area on the Pascaert from 1675 by De Wit .................................... 16 Figure
9. Location of the study area on historical map 1852................................................ ............ 17
Figure 10. Surface sediments (after: Laban 2003) ....................................... ................................................ 18
Figure 11. Thickness of the Bligh Bench Layer Package ................................................... ...................................
19 Figure 12. Top of Formations below the Bligh Bank Member including their depth in m below the
seabed ..................................................................................................................................... 21
Figure 13. Paleogeography around 7200 BC. (from: Hijma 2009) with a projection of the cable routes and
river dunes (Vos 2010) ......................................... .................................................. ............. 23
Figure 14. Schematic cross-section along the Maasgeul (from: Ronde 2009) ....................... .......... 24 Figure
15. Geological Profile of Mesolithic Site of Yanghze Harbor .......................... ............... 25
Figure 16. Overview map of archaeological values of the Dutch Continental Shelf. ....................... 26 Figure
17. The research area in relation to the Deltares sub-areas.............. ............... 28 Figure 18. Overview of the
ARCHIS observations around the study area ....................... .... 29
Figure 19. Known observations (NCN) within 1000 meters of the route alternatives ................... 31 Figure 20.
Photo of the Indus (NCN 1844) and the Sperbrecher ( NCN 1845). Source: wrecksite.eu ........... 32
Figure 21. Results of the study in sand extraction area P18W ........................................ ............... 33 Figure
22. Results of the study in sand extraction area P18W ........................ ............................... 34 Figure 23.
Results of the study in sand extraction area Q16 ........ .................................................. 35
Figure 24. Known Sightings of Aircraft Wrecks in the Area .......................................... .... 36 Figure 25.
Example of a wrecking process (Graham Scott) .................................... .................... 38
Witteveen + Bos 43
desk research
List of tables
Table 1. Archaeological periods ................................................... .................................................. .................... 2 Table 2. Administrative
data of the study area .................... .................................. 2

Table 3. Overview of crossing electricity and telecom cables ................................................. ................................ 11
Table 4. Overview of Intersecting Pipelines ................................................. .................................................. 11 Table 5. Overview of the
archaeological investigations previously carried out in the area .......................... 12
Table 6. Lithostratigraphy within the proposed cable routes .......................................... ............................. 22 Table 7. Known observations
from ARCHIS within the study area ........... ................................... 29 Table 8. Summary of the known objects within 1000m of the route
alternatives ....................... 31
Table 9. Known objects within 100 meters of the route alternatives and variants ................................... 32 Table 10. Archaeological
expectation related to lithostratigraphy ................................................. ...... 37
Table 11. Known archaeological observations within 500 meters of the planned route ..................... 40 Table 12. Testing of archaeological
expectations with geophysical methods ..... ................................... 42
Witteveen + Bos 44
desk research
Glossary and explanation of abbreviations
Term Description
Anthropogen By human action
Allerød The Allerød Interstadial is a warm and wetter period during the last glacial (Ice Age) that lasted from
interstadial 13,900 to 12,850 years ago.
Crevasse deposit A crevasse deposit consists of a breach of a river that has not continued. The breach has created a deposit with
sediment from the levee. Crevasse deposits have been preserved because they are higher in the
landscape.
Discordant Gap between two sedimentary layers, often reflected in an angular difference Latest geological
holocene epoch (from the last Ice Age, c. 9000 BC to the present)
In situ On site, in the original condition
Clastic River Clastic means that a rock or sediment is built up or consists of fragments of broken rock (so-called clasts).
Deposits
KNA Quality standard Dutch Archaeology
Lithostratigraphy Study of the rock layers within stratigraphy and geology.
Magnetometer Technique to detect anomalies caused by the presence of ferromagnetic material (iron) in the natural
magnetic field
Mesolithicum The period (8800-4900 BC) that begins after the end of the last ice age and ends when a society switches
to agriculture and livestock and develops or adopts many new technologies (Neolithic)
Multibeam Flat-covering acoustic measuring instrument that measures the water depth under a measuring vessel
echosounder with different beams or beams, after which a detailed topographic model of the water bottom can be made
Paleolithic The oldest period in the prehistory of man and his material culture (300,000-8800 BC)
Pleistocene Geological era that started about 2 million years ago. The time of the Ice Ages but also of moderately
warm periods. The Pleistocene ends with the beginning of the Holocene, about 11700 years ago
seismic A method of obtaining an image of the subsurface using artificially generated acoustic waves.
Side scan sonar Acoustic measuring instrument that covers the strength of reflective
registers sound signals from the water bottom below a measuring vessel.
Similar to taking a black and white photo of the water bottom; is used to locate objects and classify soil
morphology and type
Stratigraphy The order of successive rock layers. This allows strata to be described and dated.
flow ridges Asymmetric wave pattern of the bottom surface caused by water flowing past. The steep sides of the
ridges are always on the downstream side.
Survey Research, standard term from the offshore industry

TNO-NITG The Netherlands Organization for Applied Scientific Research
village Settlement in Roman times at a Roman castellum (army site)
Witteveen + Bos 45
desk research
References
Literature
•
Busschers, FS, CW Dubelaar, J. Stafleu and D. Maljers, 2010: Lithological and sand grain-size variability in the three dimensional GeoTOP model of Zuid-
Holland, Delft.
• De Mulder, E. ea, 2003: The subsurface of the Netherlands, Groningen. • Deeben, J., D.P.
Hallewas & Th.J. Maarleveld, 2002: Predictive modeling in Archaeological Heritage Management of the Netherlands: the Indicative Map of Archaeological Values
(2nd Generation), Messages from the National Service for Archaeological Soil Research 45, 9-56.
•
Dijkstra, H. And FCJ Ketelaar, 1965: Brittenburg, mysteries surrounding a drowned ruin, Bussum Gaffney, VL, K. Thomson
•
and S. Fitch, 2005: The Archeology and geomorphology of the North Sea, Kirkwall.
•
Hessing, WAM, 2005: The Dutch coastal area, in: Bechert, T and WJH Willems (eds.), The Roman Empire Border between Moselle and North Sea Coast,
89-102.
•
Hijma, M., 2009: From river valley to estuary, The early-mid holocene transgression of the Rhine-Meuse valley, The Netherlands, Netherlands Geographical
Studies 389, Utrecht.
•
Huizer, J. and HJT Weerts, 2003: Maassluis Formation, In: Lithostratigraphic Nomenclator of the Shallow Subsurface, Geological Survey of the Netherlands
(DINOloket).
• IMAGO project group, 2003: Final report IMAGO: Summary and conclusions, RDIJ report 2003-13a.
•
Kramer, E. ea, 2003 (eds.): Kings of the North Sea, 250-850, Leeuwarden/Nijmegen.
•
Kroes, RAC, 2010. Pipeline Water Management Works, Dunes and Sea. Turnip report 2221
• Louwe Kooijmans, LP, 1970-1971. Mesolithic Bone and Antler Implements from the North Sea and from the Netherlands.- Messages from the National Service for
Archaeological Soil Research, 20-21: 69-70.
•
Maarleveld, Th. J. and EJ van Ginkel, 1990: Underwater archeology, the past of a sailing people, Amsterdam.
•
Maarleveld, TH.J. 1998: Archaeological heritage management in Dutch waters: exploratory studies, Almere.
•
Scope and Level of Detail Transmission system for offshore wind at Hollandse Kust (zuid), 2015 Rieu, R., van
•
Heteren, S., van der Spek, JF, and de Boer, PL, 2005: Development and preservation of a Mid-Holocene Tidal-Channel Network Offshore the Western
Netherlands. Journal of Sedimentary Research, 75-3, pp 409-419.
•
Rijsdijk, K.F, S. Passchier, H.J.T. Weerts, C. Laban, R.J.W. van Leeuwen & J.H.J. Ebbing, 2005: Revised Upper Cenozoic stratigraphy of the Dutch sector of
the North Sea Basin: towards an integrated lithostratigraphic, seismostratigraphic and allostratigraphic approach. Netherlands Journal of Geoscience 84-2, p
129-146
• Van den Brenk, S. and van Mierlo, BEJM, 2006. Archaeological assessment Maasvlakte II. Periplus Archeomare report
06A001
• Van den Brenk, S., Muis, LA and van Lil, R., 2013. Desk research and inventorying field research North Sea,
Sand extraction area P18J-West. Periplus Archeomare report 13A009-01
• Van den Brenk, S., van Lil, R. en van den Oever, EA, 2015. Desk study archaeological assessment Hollandse Kust (zuid).
Periplus Archeomare rapport 15A024
• Van den Brenk, S., van Mierlo, BEJM and Waldus, WB, 2008. Inventory field research (upwater phase)
Maasvlakte 2 sand extraction area. ADC report 1929
• Van Lil, R. and Muis, LA, Amsterdam, 2014. Desk research and Inventory field research North Sea -
Sand extraction area Q13M. Periplus Archeomare report 14A014-09
• Van Lil, R. and Muis, LA, Amsterdam, 2015. Desk research and Inventory field research North Sea -
Sand extraction area Q16K. Periplus Archeomare report 15A004-01
• Van Lil, R. and Waldus, WB, Amsterdam, 2011. Desk research widening Maasgeul, Noordzee. Periplus Archeomare
rapport 11A001
• Van Mierlo, BEJM, van den Brenk, S. and Waldus, WB, Amsterdam, 2009. Bureau research development Amstel &
Zaan Field. Periplus Archeomare report 09A005 Verhart, L.,
•
2005: A drowned land. Mesolithic finds from the North Sea, in: Louwe Kooijmans, LP ea (eds.), The Prehistory of the Netherlands, 157-160.
• Waasdorp, JA, 1999: Of Roman Soldiers and Cananefates, The Hague.
Witteveen + Bos 46
desk research
Atlases and Maps
• Geological maps TNO-NITG; GeoTOP model Layer of Wijchen and Hollandveen Layer Package
•Global Archaeological Map of the Continental Shelf
• Indicative Map of Archaeological Values (IKAW, version 3)
• North Sea Atlas
Internet Resources
• Hydrographic Service (www.hydro.nl)

• Dinoloket (www.dinoloket.tno.nl )
• North Sea Desk (www.noordzeeloket.nl)
• Oil and Gas Portal (www.nlog.nl)
• North sea paleolandscapes, University of Birmingham ( http://www.iaa.bham.ac.uk)
• Dutch Federation for Aviation Archeology (www.nfla.nl) • Aircraft recovery Group
40-45 Foundation (http://www.arg1940-1945.nl)
Other sources •
Archis II, archaeological database of the Cultural Heritage Agency of the Netherlands
• Databases Periplus Archeomare
• KNA Aquatic sediments 3.2
• National Archaeology Research Agenda 1.0 (2009)
• Correspondence and conversations with Major P. Petersen and Major A. Kappert, salvage officers Royal
air force
Witteveen + Bos 47
desk research
Appendix 1. Table of known observations (NCN) within one kilometer
The table below describes the known observations within one kilometer of the various route alternatives. In
light red the observations are indicated that are registered as archaeological objects in ARCHIS. All original
coordinates (ETRS89 UTM31n) were converted to RD coordinates using PCtrans version 4.2.10. The column
R95 indicates the accuracy of the position in meters.
NCN SR92 DHY ARCHIS RDx Rdy R95 Description Trace

14 164 1831 46841 57885 438564 5 DHY: South America, Liberian Cargo Ship, sunk 3.3A
11-02-1966
Wrecksite: The wreckage has been completely
dismantled. The highest part protrudes 3 meters below
the water surface
16 175 1945 48754 57408 448444 1000 Archis: various ship remains reported on 27-07-1994: 3A
shipwreck, bar of tin, lead
17 262 2053 46988 71020 462365 5 DHY: Wreck Hr Ms Adder, sunk 05- 1,1A
07-1882,Netherlands,Steel,War
ship,52x10m
Wrecksite: Dutch steam powered patrol boat. Perished
during a storm on July 7, 1882, in which 65 of the 150
people on board drowned
221 3287 1944 -

55943 448780 1000 DHY: (no information) 3A
476 1911 3563 -
62892 446451 5 DHY: 7.2m 2
484 1915 3576 -

62349 447357 5 DHY: (no information) 2
485 3177 3576 -

502 125 - -
55882 453673 25 SR92: HY3709, Steel structure, tank, pipe, steel frame 3
1764 -
1842 -
54960 441085 1000 DHY: (no information)
-
1783 -
1867 -
1788 -
1872 -
63194 446367 1000 DHY: Ceres, German steamer, sunk 04-01-1934 2
1790 -
1874 -
63085 444576 0 DHY: Hertha Engelina Frit, German steamer, sunk 2
26-10-1941
1816 -
1915 -
1822 -
1928 -
62156 445954 1000 DHY: Lindis Farne, British steamer, sunk 03-01-1908 2
Wrecksite: Lindisfarne SS British steamcargo built in

1870, sunk after colliding with SS Johanna on 3/1-1908
1824 -
1934 -
65477 445955 1000 DHY: IJmuiden, dredger, sunk 24-07-1895 2A
Wrecksite: Dredging mill sunk on July 24, 1895. L=36m

Br 6.5m. The owner was C. Kalis.
1825 -
1936 -
Wrecksite: The wreck in pos: 52-03.493N 04-04.131E
is a type of warship, not to be confused with the
Sperrbrecher-147 which lies further south.
1838 -
1962 -
1839 11949 1963 -

1841 -
1965 -
-
1843 -
1967 -
1844 -
1970 -
63905 449755 1000 DHY: Indus, Dutch tugboat sunk 20-11-1942, length 38m 2
Wrecksite: Dutch tug; 38x7m;1920;First

owner: Wijsmuller, first name
Brabant;Second owner: Smit & Co.
International towage company Rotterdam; The Indus
was confiscated by the Dutch governmant as BV36
Witteveen + Bos 48
desk research
NCN SR92 DHY ARCHIS RDx Rdy R95 Description Trace
(bewakingsvaartuig) and then taken by the Germans

in 1940. Indus was attacked and sunk 20th November
1942 by British bombers; (Beaufighters 236e
Squadron).
1845 -
1971 -
65671 449351 1000 DHY: Lock Breaker 147, Zoned 27- 2A
03-1942, German steamship
Wrecksite: Was a Dutch coaster Raket built in 1936
by J. Smit & Zn in Alblasserdam under construction
number 520 Size 482 brt. The engine was a 450 hp
from Werkspoor.
The ship was requisitioned by the German Navy who

converted it into a Sperrbrecher under the name
Sperrbrecher 147 Koert. Sunk after my explosion on
27-5-1942.
1854 -
1987 -
1855 -
1989 -
1856 -
1990 -
64030 452848 5 DHY: 74x40.2m 2,2A
1866 -
2002 -
64298 454570 20 DHY: Dutch fishing vessel Stern 2,2A
(KG 4) sunk 27-06-1979, 18020m
1879 -
2020 -
64435 456243 5 DHY: 88x83m 2,2A
1902 -
2051 -
1907 -
2058 -
68899 465515 5 DHY: 40x16m 1,1A
2274 -
2495 -
70328 465166 5 DHY: Key West, Danish fishing vessel, 1,1A
sunk 30-06-1986, 68x16m
2306 -
2546 -
61474 462101 5 DHY: 8.2x8m 3A
2525 -
2954 -
2547 -
2994 -
-
2663 -
3131 -
2664 -
3133 -
2861 -
3555 -
65431 466238 5 DHY: (no information) 2,2A
2973 -
3712 -
55883 453672 5 DHY: 70x17m 3
2988 27 - -
62691 446212 25 Pipeline gas 26" route P15 D 2
Maasvlakte
3002 123 - -
57488 449519 54639 25 SR92: Steel object, mo. Anchor SR92: 3A
3007 142 - -
451499 25 Steel Pipe SR92: Stone
-
3047 333 - -
53820 450511 25 3
3076 1003 - -
62847 445772 25 chain 2
3088 1015 - -
69062 468621 25 SR92: Dome Q13-8 -
3102 1083 - -
57231 449009 25 SR92: Contact 3A
3311 1545 - -
63163 458577 25 SR92: steel wire 2,2A
3320 1555 - -
57432 449555 25 SR92: contact 3A
3334 1584 - -
53397 449958 25 SR92: Elongated contact / possible 3
man made
3335 1585 - -
53199 450009 25 SR92: Elongated contact / possibly man made 3
3446 1825 - -
53509 444246 25 SR92: OD7 Adrianus Anchor and 40 meters of chain 3.3A
brought on board
3519 1914 - -
62272 447394 25 24-08-2009: Contact 2
3523 1923 - -
62216 448065 25 Contact -
3632 2120 - -
56650 449812 25 SR92: Elongated Contact 3A
3701 2206 - -
65764 466884 25 SR92: elongated contact/possible man 2,2A
made
3702 2215 - -
63151 458520 25 SR92: steel wire 2,2A
4255 2811 - -
4256 2812 - -
60005 454480 25 SR92: Contact / possibly man made 3A
4257 2813 - -
58530 455047 25 SR92: Contact -
4258 2814 - -
4372 2935 - -
53658 443193 25 SR92: Elongated Contact 3.3A
Witteveen + Bos 49
desk research
NCN SR92 DHY ARCHIS RDx Rdy 4406 2995 53946 451418 R95 Description Trace
- -
25 SR92: Contact 3
4415 3007 - -
59258 459291 25 SR92: Contact 3
4417 3009 - -
56872 455456 25 SR92: Contact 3
4418 3010 - -
57366 458656 25 SR92: Contact -
4420 3012 - -
56314 456177 25 SR92: Contact 3
4426 3018 - -
57217 451971 25 SR92: Contact -
4429 3021 - -
57604 452295 25 SR92: Contact 3A
4430 3022 - -
57749 452473 52647 25 SR92: Grinding trench contact 3A
4432 3024 - -
445442 25 SR92: Elongated Contact 3
4433 3025 - -
55142 445281 25 SR92: Contact 3A
4434 3026 - -
54131 444475 53114 25 SR92: Elongated Contact 3.3A
4435 3027 - -
445496 25 SR92: Contact 3
4436 3028 - -
55489 447808 53280 25 SR92: Possible cable/chain 3A
4438 3030 - -
445752 25 SR92: Possible cable/chain 3
4440 3032 - -
52897 445992 25 SR92: Contact 3
4441 3033 - -
55546 445724 25 SR92: Soil Disturbance 3A
4442 3034 - -
52918 444441 25 SR92: Contact 3
4443 3035 - -
54671 444420 25 SR92: Elongated contact/Possibly manmade 3A
4444 3036 - -
53967 444847 25 SR92: Elongated Contact 3.3A
4445 3037 - -
54098 444850 25 SR92: Contact/ground disturbance 3.3A
4446 3038 - -
52992 445490 25 SR92: Soil Disturbance 3
4447 3039 - -
53180 445273 25 SR92: Contact 3
4448 3040 - -
53268 445537 25 SR92: Contact 3
4449 3041 - -
53499 445789 25 SR92: Contact 3
4451 3043 - -
53966 445333 25 SR92: Hole in the bottom 3.3A
4452 3044 - -
52759 445735 25 SR92: Elongated Contact 3
4453 3045 - -
52946 445837 25 SR92: Contact 3
4454 3046 - -
53127 445900 25 SR92: Contact 3
4455 3047 - -
52877 446173 25 SR92: Contact 3
4456 3048 - -
53729 445880 25 SR92: Soil Disturbance 3
4457 3049 - -
4458 3050 - -
55101 445643 25 SR92: Hard ledge 3A
4459 3051 - -
53338 446628 25 SR92: Contact 3
4460 3052 - -
4461 3053 - -
4463 3055 - -
4464 3056 - -
55140 446650 25 SR92: Contact 3A
4465 3057 - -
54740 447079 54975 25 SR92: Elongated Contact
-
4467 3059 - -
447075 25 SR92: Contact 3A
4468 3060 - -
52936 448009 55282 25 SR92: Elongated Contact 3
4469 3061 - -
447120 25 SR92: Elongated Contact 3A
4470 3062 - -
4471 3063 - -
4472 3064 - -
55239 447756 25 SR92: Elongated contact/Possibly man made
-
4473 3065 - -
4474 3066 - -
53178 444626 25 SR92: Contact 3.3A
4479 3071 - -
54117 445150 53235 25 SR92: Possible cable/chain 3.3A
4480 3072 - -
447064 25 SR92: Contact 3
4481 3073 - -
53732 448082 25 SR92: Contact -
4482 3074 - -
53200 445791 25 SR92: Contact 3
4483 3075 - -
54170 445215 25 SR92: Possible cable/chain 3.3A
4542 3137 - -
61948 446714 25 24-08-2009: Contact -
4543 3138 - -
62168 447112 25 24-08-2009: Cluster of contacts 2
4546 3141 - -
62397 446784 25 24-08-2009: Elongated contact 2
Witteveen + Bos 50
desk research
- -
25 24-08-2009: Contact 2
4549 3144 - -
4550 3145 - -
4551 3146 - -
62230 446886 25 24-08-2009: Contact 2
4552 3147 - -
62256 447018 25 24-08-2009: Contact 2
4575 3173 - -
57125 450375 25 SR92: Contact 3A
4580 3180 - -
56378 448389 25 SR92: Contact 3A
4581 3181 - -
4620 3221 - -
61947 446044 25 SR92: Contact, archived 2
4623 3224 - -
62215 446093 56359 25 SR92: Elongated Contact 2
4681 3282 - -
449467 25 SR92: Hard ledge 3A
4682 3283 - -
53034 450158 25 SR92: Contact 3
4796 3398 - -
53230 450183 25 SR92: Contact 3
4797 3399 - -
56359 449659 25 SR92: Contact 3A
4798 3400 - -
53642 450787 25 SR92: Soil disturbance/possible 3
natural
4800 3402 - -
56339 449915 25 SR92: Contact -
7563 6177 - -
64952 465798 25 SR92: Contact 2,2A
7564 6178 - -
64876 465590 25 SR92: Contact 2,2A
7565 6179 - -
63618 466493 25 SR92: Steen 3.3A
7566 6180 - -
67614 466668 25 SR92: Withered -
7567 6181 - -
63769 467541 25 SR92: Possible cable/chain 3.3A
7569 6183 - -
63398 467124 25 SR92: Cluster of Contacts 3.3A
7571 6185 - -
64638 467122 25 SR92: Possible anchor chain 2,2A,3
, 3A
7573 6187 - -
64561 465292 25 SR92: Contact 2,2A
7577 6191 - -
61848 446292 5 10-11-2010: piece of peat -
7579 6193 - -
62619 445809 25 04-03-2013: Contact 2
7580 6194 - -
62025 446234 25 SR92: Cluster of Contacts 2
8080 6713 - -
56929 447680 25 SR92: Contact 3A
8081 6714 - -
57279 447788 25 SR92: Elongated Contact
-
8082 6715 - -
8083 6716 - -
56097 448665 25 SR92: Contact 3A
8084 6717 - -
56169 448728 25 SR92: Contact 3A
8085 6718 - -
56260 448220 25 SR92: Elongated contact 18-05-2012: 3A
8086 6719 - -
62214 446358 25 contact 2
8087 6720 - -
62965 445725 62794 25 SR92: Contact, archived 2
8088 6721 - -
445868 25 SR92: Contact, archived 2
8091 6724 - -
62895 445710 100 SR92: Contact; position unreliable 2
8093 6726 - -
8094 6727 - -
56490 448636 25 SR92: contact 3A
8098 6731 - -
8099 6732 - -
61863 446244 25 18-05-2012: contact -
8108 6741 - -
8124 6757 - -
56130 448733 25 SR92: Contact 3A
8130 6763 - -
8131 6764 - -
53952 450636 25 SR92: Contact 3
8156 6789 - -
52022 449492 25 SR92: Contact 3
8458 7095 - -
8459 7096 - -
62219 445409 25 28-02-2011: Possible cable/chain 2
Witteveen + Bos February 51
2016 – version 2.0

desk research
- -
25 SR92: HY2495 wreck Key West 1,1A
9208 - -
46818 74300 453495 500 Archis: find ship part at 1,1A
Kijkduin pole 107 on 26-04-1990
9516 85 - -
54148 444917 25 SR92: Wreckage, steel object with thruster 3.3A
9584 2209 - -
53750 447840 25 SR92: Anchor. Research for HBR -
9585 2210 - -
53251 448197 25 SR92: Iron object. Research for HBR 3
12294 - -
432492 52000 448001 10 Archis: find ship truss NTB_C, 30-09-2009
-
12936 7308 - -
12937 7309 - -
13414 7788 - -
57203 448219 25 SR92: contact 3A
13434 7808 - -
62133 446535 25 05-03-2014: Contact 2
13435 7809 - -
62805 445652 25 18-05-2012: contact 2
13436 7810 - -
62669 445712 25 18-05-2012: contact 2
13579 8214 - -
52063 450721 25 SR92: Contact -
13580 8215 - -
52082 450704 25 SR92: Contact -
13581 8216 - -
52551 450152 25 22-01-2013: Man-made contact, two steel objects 3
13582 8217 - -
52919 450723 25 SR92: Contact 3
13584 8219 - -
53776 450145 25 SR92: Contact -
13585 8220 - -
53972 450664 25 SR92: Nothing Found During Visual Inspection 3
13596 8231 - -
52539 450157 25 SR92: No information 3
13597 8232 - -
56160 448531 25 SR92: Contact 3A
13598 8233 - -
56499 448371 25 SR92: Contact 3A
13601 8236 - -
56323 448238 25 SR92: Contact 3A
13602 8237 - -
55722 448478 25 SR92: Contact -
13603 8238 - -
53320 449541 25 SR92: Contact 3
13604 8239 - -
13605 8240 - -
57140 447944 25 SR92: Contact 3A
13606 8241 - -
52678 449623 25 SR92: Contact 3
13607 8242 - -
56262 448176 25 SR92: Contact 3A
13608 8243 - -
53354 449224 25 SR92: Soil disturbance 3
13876 7815 - -
62062 446207 25 18-05-2012: contact 2
13878 7817 - -
56490 448636 25 SR92: contact 3A
13883 7822 - -
62356 446028 25 18-05-2012: contact 2
14304 11113 - -
57205 451579 25 SR92: Anker 3A
14456 11265 - -
53076 449336 25 SR92: Anchor with chain 3
15207 11952 - -
51886 449055 25 SR92: Wrak HY2043 3
15344 12159 - -
55198 447633 25 SR92: chain
-
15345 12160 - -
55521 447901 25 SR92: contact 3A
15346 12161 - -
55549 447884 25 SR92: contact 3A
15347 12162 - -
56403 447852 25 SR92: soil disturbance 3A
15348 12163 - -
15349 12164 - -
15350 12165 - -
15351 12166 - -
56149 447857 25 SR92: contact 3A
15352 12167 - -
15358 12199 - -
Witteveen + Bos 52
desk research
- -
25 04-03-2013: Possible cable/chain 2
15577 12757 - -
52590 449589 25 SR92: Possible cable/chain 3
15580 12760 - -
55549 448254 25 SR92: Linear Contact -
15581 12761 - -
55787 448261 25 SR92: Contact 3A
15582 12762 - -
52806 449719 25 SR92: elongated contact 3
15583 12763 - -
56816 448210 25 SR92: Contact 3A
15588 12768 - -
53343 449913 25 SR92: Contact 3
15594 12774 - -
15595 12775 - -
15596 12776 - -
56570 449317 25 SR92: Contact 3A
15598 12778 - -
52472 450748 25 SR92: Contact 3
15599 12779 - -
53589 450083 25 SR92: Contact 3
15601 12781 - -
56197 448808 25 SR92: Contact 3A
16583 - -
437137 53000 450000 500 Archis: various prehistoric finds during dredging 01-01-2010 3
Witteveen + Bos 53
desk research
Appendix 2. Protocol KNA 3.2 Aquatic sediments
DESK RESEARCH
Specified Expectation
INVENTORY
FIELD RESEARCH (IVO)
INVENTORY
Appreciate
Explore
and/
or
IVO UNDERWATER
IVO-OPWATER PHASE 1 EXPLORE
PHASE 2 VALUE
VALUATION
SELECTION
SELECTION DECISION
By competent authority
DIG UP
END ARCHAEOLOGICAL
PHYSICAL PROTECT
RESEARCH ARCHAEOLOGICAL
COACHING
MEASURES
Witteveen + Bos 54
IN
APPENDIX: EXPLORING SOIL RESEARCH
Witteveen+Bos | AH579-21/17-012.035 | Annex V | Final 02

Trace number 1 41
12001
12004
1013 1103 12002

1021
1201 1012
1014 12003
1016 1202
1015 1011
1020 1101
10102 1017
1010
10003
1018 1104 1009

1203 1008
10002
Boring 10202 1001
AsbestGat 1205
1004 1007
1002
Boring
1102 1006
1003
Boring ceased
1005 1204
Bore up to 0.5 meters
Deep drilling 1019
surface water
Other
monitoring well
Promise
Sondering
Route Maasvlakte
Transformer
0 40 80 m
Boring Service Layer Credits: Sources: Esri, HERE, DeLorme, Intermap, increment P Corp.,
GEBCO, USGS, FAO, NPS, NRCAN, GeoBase, IGN, Kadaster NL, Ordnance Survey, Esri
Japan, METI, Esri China (Hong Kong), swisstopo, MapmyIndia, © OpenStreetMap contributors,
Open excavation and the GIS User Community 1:3000
1238129_10041D.MXD
The 'Soil Management Quality Assurance' quality mark indicates that the activities in the context of soil management, including fieldwork for
environmentally hygienic soil and aquatic soil research, have been/are carried out properly and reliably in accordance with protocols and programs
drawn up by the government. Tauw bv is recognized for carrying out fieldwork for environmentally hygienic soil and sediment research in accordance
with the protocols 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2018. Tauw bv declares that the fieldwork is/will be carried out independently of the client in accordance with
the requirements of BRL SIKB 2000. internal segregation of duties is/is used under the conditions
set by the Soil Quality Decree.
The activities were carried out in accordance with BRL SIKB 2000: Assessment guideline for the
SIKB process certificate Fieldwork for environmentally hygienic soil and sediment research: • Protocol
2001: Placing hand boreholes and monitoring wells, making drilling descriptions, taking soil samples
and spirit levels
• Protocol 2002: Taking groundwater samples
Tauw hereby declares that it has (and can maintain) an independent position with regard to the
client. This means that there is no organizational relationship with the client (sister or parent
company) or its owner.
The NEN-EN-ISO/IEC 17025 accredited environmental laboratory of AL-West has performed the
analyzes according to the AS 3000 regulation.
The presence and location of cables and pipelines is determined by submitting a KLIC report.
The sampling points were measured in the field using GPS. This method has an average deviation
in the range of 2 to 5 meters.
Legend drill profiles
01-01-2013 01-01-2013 01-01-2013 date of placement bore

1 2 3 sample point number
0.10
0.00 t.o.v. MV
top of monitoring well in relation to mv
tacky clay
Indicative odor
weak fine sand
1
zone 1 = very monstercodering
light 2 = light 3
= moderate 4 G:
= strong 5 =
very strong
-1.00
leem loam
siltig moderately sandy
groundwater level
pick-me-up sample
fine sand fine sand 2
sandy strongly humic
-2.00 monitoring well
soil air sample

Special feature
moderately coarse 1 = very light 2 =

moderately coarse sand sand strongly light 3 = moderate
humous weakly clayey 4 = strong 5 =
very strong
3
-3.00
very coarse sand casing
grind
bentonite
grindig -4.00
grind
peat
humeus
filter
-5.00
Tauw bv Tauw bv Tauw bv expert
hatching in accordance with NEN 5104

11-08-2016 11-08-2016 11-08-2016

1001 1002 1003
0.00 t.o.v. MV
shells(2/fine) gray edelman shells(2/fine) gray edelman shells(2/fine) gray edelman
1 1 1
-1.00
-2.00
-3.00
-4.00
-5.00
Tauw bv Tauw bv Tauw bv
Profiles in accordance with NEN 5104 1240420 : Tennet field surveys of the Dutch coast;
11-08-2016 11-08-2016 11-08-2016

1004 1005 1006
0.00 t.o.v. MV
shells(4/fine) gray edelman shells(2/fine) gray edelman gray edelman
1 1 1
-1.00
-2.00
-3.00
-4.00
-5.00
11-08-2016 11-08-2016 11-08-2016

1007 1008 1009
0.00 t.o.v. MV
shells(2/fine) gray edelman shells(2/fine) gray edelman shells(2/fine) gray edelman
1 1 1
-1.00
-2.00
-3.00
-4.00
-5.00
11-08-2016 11-08-2016 11-08-2016

1010 1011 1012
0.00 t.o.v. MV
shells(2/fine) gray edelman gray edelman shells(2/fine) gray edelman
1 1 1
-1.00
-2.00
-3.00
-4.00
-5.00
11-08-2016 11-08-2016 11-08-2016

1013 1014 1015
0.00 t.o.v. MV
shells(2/fine) gray edelman gray edelman shells(2/fine) gray edelman
1 1 1
-1.00
-2.00
-3.00
-4.00
-5.00
11-08-2016 11-08-2016 11-08-2016

1016 1017 1018
0.00 t.o.v. MV
gray edelman shells(2/fine) gray edelman gray edelman
1 1 1
-1.00
-2.00
-3.00
-4.00
-5.00
11-08-2016 11-08-2016 11-08-2016

1019 1020 1021
0.00 t.o.v. MV
shells(2/fine) gray edelman shells(2/fine) gray edelman gray edelman
1 1 1
-1.00
-2.00
-3.00
-4.00
-5.00
11-08-2016 11-08-2016 11-08-2016

1101 1102 1103
0.00 t.o.v. MV
1 1 1
brown (light) gray
shells(3/m.coarse) gray gray
-1.00 2 2 2
edelman
3 3 3
shells(3/m.coarse) gray
-2.00 4
edelman
4
edelman
4
5 brown (light) gray 5 brown (light) gray
-3.00 6 6
7 7
-4.00 8 8
-5.00
11-08-2016 12-08-2016 12-08-2016

1104 1201 1202
0.00 t.o.v. MV 0.03 0.02
1
brown (light) 1
brown (light) 1
shells(1/fine)
gray gray (light)
brown (light)
shells(1/fine)
gray (light)
-1.00 2
edelman
2 2
brown (light)
shells(2/fine)
gray (light)
3 3 3
shells(3/m.coarse) gray
brown (light) brown (light)

shells(1/fine) shells(2/fine)
gray (light) gray (light)
-2.00 4 4 4 piston drill

riverside
brown (light) piston drill brown (light)

shells(2/fine) riverside shells(1/fine)
gray (light) gray (light)
5 5
shells(1/fine) clay brown (light)

chunks(2/coarse) gray (light)
-3.00 6 6
gray (light)
shells(1/fine) brown (light)
plants(1/fine) gray (light)
7 7
shells(1/fine) gray (light)

brown (light)
plants(1/fine)
gray
-4.00 8 9
shells(2/fine) brown (light)

plants(1/fine) gray (light)
-5.00
11-08-2016 11-08-2016 11-08-2016

1203 1204 1205
0.00 t.o.v. MV 0.30 0.30 0.30
1
shells(2/fine) clay 1
gray 1
shells(2/fine) gray shells(2/fine) gray

chunks(1/m.coarse) brown (light)
-1.00 2 2 2
gray
3 brown (light) 3 3
gray
-2.00 4 4 4 gray
brown (light)
edelman gray edelman edelman
5 5 5
gray
-3.00 6 6 6
7 7 7
shells(3/fine) gray shells(2/fine) gray gray
-4.00 8 8 8
shells(3/fine) gray shells(3/fine) gray shells(2/fine) gray
9 9 9
-5.00
B5.1 Assessment framework for circular soil remediation 2013
The analysis results have been tested against the following test values (standards included
in national policy): • The Target Values (for groundwater) and/or Intervention Values (for soil
and groundwater) from
the Circular Soil Remediation5
• The Background Values (for soil) from Appendix B of the Soil Quality Regulation6
In addition, the Intermediate Values were also tested for soil and groundwater . This value is not included in
the Soil Remediation Circular and/or Soil Quality Regulation, but it is in the Uniform Remediation Regulation
(RUS) and in NEN 5740. The Intermediate value is defined as T = ½(AW + I) for soil and T = ½( S + I) for
groundwater.
Table B5.1 shows how the test results are presented in test tables and indicated in text in the
report.
Table B5.1 Overview of assessment framework
Concentration level for a substance Display in tables Description in the text

- -
ÿ AW/S value (or < reporting limit)
> AW/S value ÿ T value +

Slightly raised / contaminated
> T-value ÿ I-value ++ Moderately elevated / contaminated
> I-value +++ Highly elevated / contaminated
5
(amended) Soil Remediation Circular that entered into force on 1 July 2013 (Government Gazette 16675, dated 27 June 2013
6
(amended) Soil Quality Regulation that came into effect on January 1, 2014 (latest amendments are included in Government Gazette
31950, dated November 15, 2013)
Soil type correction for soil

On the basis of the (amended) Annex G7 , part III of the Soil Quality Regulation, from 1
November 2013, when assessing the quality of the soil, the analysis result will be converted
to the content for standard soil and then tested against the test value for standard soil.
Location-specific values for organic matter and clay are used for the conversion to standard
soil.
Validated soil testing: BoToVa The

testing of analysis results takes place in an automated testing module. This assessment
module uses the national BoToVa8 service for the validation of the assessment results.
In this way, the quality of the assessment against the applicable standards is guaranteed.
7
This amended appendix of the regulation quality was first published in Government Gazette 22335, dated November 2, 2012)
8
BoToVa: Soil Testing and Validation Service. For more information see www.botova-service.nl
B5.2 Test Values
Ground
Dirt 25 %
Humus 10 %
gAW T I
METAL
- - -
barium (Ba)
cadmium (Cd) 0,6 6,8 13
cobalt (Co) 15 103 190
copper (Cu) 40 115 190
mercury (Hg) 0,15 18,1 36
lood (Pb) 50 290 530
molybdenum (Mo) 1,5 96 190
nikkel (Ni) 35 68 100
zink (Zn) 140 430 720
POLYCYCLIC AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS
PAK (10 from VROM) 1,5 20,8 40
CHLORATED HYDROCARBONS
PCB's (som 7) 0,02 0,51 1
OTHER SUBSTANCES
mineral oil (C10-C40) 190 2595 5000
gAW: Background values [mg/kg ds]
T: Intermediate values of soil [mg/kg ds]
I: Soil intervention values [mg/kg ds]
Groundwater target values and Soil Remediation Intervention Values from the Circular Soil Remediation as of 1 July 2013
(Government Gazette June 27, 2013, 16675)
Background values from Application of earth and dredging sludge in surface water in accordance with the Government Gazette 2007,
247
groundwater
So To Io
METAL
barium (Ba) 50 338 625
cadmium (Cd) 0,4 3,2 6
cobalt (Co) 20 60 100
copper (Cu) 15 45 75
mercury (Hg) 0,05 0,175 0,3
lood (Pb) 15 45 75
molybdenum (Mo) 5 153 300
nikkel (Ni) 15 45 75
zink (Zn) 65 433 800
AROMATIC COMPOUNDS
benzene 0,2 15,1 30
ethylbenzeen 4 77 150
toluene 7 504 1000
xylene (som) 0,2 35,1 70
styrene (vinylbenzene) 6 153 300
naphthalene 0,01 35 70
vinylchloride 0,01 2,51 5
dichloromethane 0,01 500 1000
1,1-dichloorethaan 7 454 900
1,2-dichloorethaan 7 204 400
1,1-dichloroethylene 0,01 5,01 10
1,2-dichl.etheen (c+t) 0,01 10 20
- - -
dichloorethenes (som)
dichloropropanes (sum) 0,8 40,4 80
trichloormethaan (chloroform) 6 203 400
1,1,1-trichloorethaan 0,01 150 300
1,1,2-trichloorethaan 0,01 65 130
trichlooretheen (tri) 24 262 500
tetrachloormethaan (tetra) 0,01 5,01 10
tetrachlooretheen (per) 0,01 20 40

So To Io
OTHER SUBSTANCES
mineral oil (C10-C40) 50 325 600
tribromomethane (bromoform)
-
315 630
Not in the STI list of the Wbb

- - -
1,2-dichloroethylene (cis)
mineral oil C10-C12 - - -
minerale olie C32-C36 - - -
- - -
ortho-xyleen
- - -
meta-en para-xyleen
- - -
1,2-dichlooretheen (trans)
- - -
1,2-dichloropropane
- - -
1,3-dichloropropane
- - -
1,1-dichloropropane
So: Groundwater target values [ug/l]
To: Groundwater intermediate values [ug / l]
Io: Intervention values groundwater [ug/l]
Groundwater target values and Soil Remediation Intervention Values from the Circular Soil Remediation as of 1 July 2013
(Government Gazette June 27, 2013, 16675)
Background values from Application of earth and dredging sludge in surface water in accordance with the Government Gazette 2007,
247
Sample description MM1.1 MM1.2 MM1.3 MM1.5 MM1.6
Depth (m -mv) 0-0,5 0-0,5 0-0,5 1,5-2,5 1,5-2,5
Dirt (%) 25 25 25 25 25
Organic matter (%) 10 10 10 10 10
Unit mg/kg Ds mg/kg Ds mg/kg Ds mg/kg Ds mg/kg Ds
METAL
barium (Ba) < 54,3 < 54,3 < 54,3 < 54,3 < 54,3
cadmium (Cd) < 0,241 - < 0,241 - < 0,241 - < 0,241 - < 0,241 -
cobalt (Co) < 7,38 - < 7,38 - < 7,38 - < 7,38 - < 7,38 -
koper (Cu) < 7,24 - < 7,24 - < 7,24 - < 7,24 - < 7,24 -
kwik (Hg) < 0,0503 - < 0,0503 - < 0,0503 - < 0,0503 - < 0,0503 -
lood (Pb) < 11,0 - < 11,0 - < 11,0 - < 11,0 - < 11,0 -
molybdenum (Mo) < 1,05 - < 1,05 - < 1,05 - < 1,05 - < 1,05 -
nikkel (Ni) 12,0 -

< 8,17 - 11,7 -
< 8,17 - 11,7 -
zink (Zn) < 33,2 - < 33,2 - 64,1 -

< 33,2 - < 33,2 -
PAK (10 from VROM) < 0,350 - < 0,350 - < 0,350 - < 0,350 - < 0,350 -
PCB's (som 7) < 0,0245 - < 0,0245 - < 0,0245 - < 0,0245 - < 0,0245 -
OTHER SUBSTANCES
mineral oil (C10-C40) < 123 - < 123 - < 123 - < 123 - < 123 -
naphthalene < 0,0350 < 0,0350 < 0,0350 < 0,0350 < 0,0350
phenanthrene < 0,0350 < 0,0350 < 0,0350 < 0,0350 < 0,0350
anthracene < 0,0350 < 0,0350 < 0,0350 < 0,0350 < 0,0350
fluorantheen < 0,0350 < 0,0350 < 0,0350 < 0,0350 < 0,0350
chryseen < 0,0350 < 0,0350 < 0,0350 < 0,0350 < 0,0350
benzo(a)antraceen < 0,0350 < 0,0350 < 0,0350 < 0,0350 < 0,0350
benzo(a)pyreen < 0,0350 < 0,0350 < 0,0350 < 0,0350 < 0,0350
benzo (k) fluorantheen < 0,0350 < 0,0350 < 0,0350 < 0,0350 < 0,0350
indeno (1,2,3cd) pyrene < 0,0350 < 0,0350 < 0,0350 < 0,0350 < 0,0350
benzo(ghi)peryleen < 0,0350 < 0,0350 < 0,0350 < 0,0350 < 0,0350
mineral oil C10-C12 10,5 10,5 10,5 10,5 10,5
mineral oil C12-C16 10,5 10,5 10,5 10,5 10,5
mineral oil C16-C20 14,0 14,0 14,0 14,0 14,0
mineral oil C20-C24 17,5 17,5 17,5 17,5 17,5
mineral oil C24-C28 17,5 17,5 17,5 17,5 17,5
mineral oil C28-C32 17,5 17,5 17,5 17,5 17,5
minerale olie C32-C36 17,5 17,5 17,5 17,5 17,5
mineral oil C36-C40 17,5 17,5 17,5 17,5 17,5

PCB-28 < < < < <
0,00350 0,00350 0,00350 0,00350 0,00350
PCB-52 < < < < <
0,00350 0,00350 0,00350 0,00350 0,00350
PCB-101 < < < < <
0,00350 0,00350 0,00350 0,00350 0,00350
PCB-118 < < < < <
0,00350 0,00350 0,00350 0,00350 0,00350
PCB-138 < < < < <
0,00350 0,00350 0,00350 0,00350 0,00350
PCB-153 < < < < <
0,00350 0,00350 0,00350 0,00350 0,00350
PCB-180 < < < < <
0,00350 0,00350 0,00350 0,00350 0,00350
dry matter (Ds) (%)
lutum (fraction<2um) (% of Ds) 25 25 25 25 25
organic matter (% of Ds) 10 10 10 10 10
- - - - -
Conclusion (BoToVa)
Sample description MM1.4 MM1.7
Depth (m -mv) 0-0,5 1-1,5
Dirt (%) 25 25
Organic matter (%) 10 10
Unit mg/kg Ds mg/kg Ds
METAL
barium (Ba) < 54,3 < 54,3
- -
cadmium (Cd) < 0,241 < 0,241
- -
cobalt (Co) < 7,38 < 7,38
- -
koper (Cu) < 7,24 < 7,24
- -
kwik (Hg) < 0,0503 < 0,0503
- -
lood (Pb) < 11,0 < 11,0
- -
molybdenum (Mo) < 1,05 < 1,05
- -
nikkel (Ni) < 8,17 12,5
- -
zink (Zn) < 33,2 < 33,2
- -
PAK (10 from VROM) < 0,350 < 0,350
- -
PCB's (som 7) < 0,0245 < 0,0245
OTHER SUBSTANCES
mineral oil (C10-C40) < 123 -

< 123 -
naphthalene < 0,0350 < 0,0350
phenanthrene < 0,0350 < 0,0350
anthracene < 0,0350 < 0,0350
fluorantheen < 0,0350 < 0,0350
chryseen < 0,0350 < 0,0350
benzo(a)antraceen < 0,0350 < 0,0350
benzo(a)pyreen < 0,0350 < 0,0350
benzo (k) fluorantheen < 0,0350 < 0,0350
indeno (1,2,3cd) pyrene < 0,0350 < 0,0350
benzo(ghi)peryleen < 0,0350 < 0,0350
mineral oil C10-C12 10,5 10,5
minerale olie C32-C36 17,5 17,5

PCB-28 < 0,00350 < 0,00350
PCB-52 < 0,00350 < 0,00350
PCB-101 < 0,00350 < 0,00350
PCB-118 < 0,00350 < 0,00350
PCB-138 < 0,00350 < 0,00350
PCB-153 < 0,00350 < 0,00350
PCB-180 < 0,00350 < 0,00350
dry matter (Ds) (%)
lutum (fraction<2um) (% of Ds) 25 25
organic matter (% of Ds) 10 10
- -
Conclusion (BoToVa)
Application Application on land soil
Monstertype MM
Normtype Generic Standards
Sample description MM1.1 MM1.2 MM1.3 MM1.5 MM1.6
Depth 0-0,5 0-0,5 0-0,5 1,5-2,5 1,5-2,5
Quality Quality Quality Quality Quality
Dirt (%) 1,0 1,0 1,0 1,0 1,0
Organic matter (%) 0,2 0,2 1,0 0,2 0,2
barium (Ba) < 20 < 20 < 20 < 20 < 20
cadmium (Cd) < 0,2 always < 0,2 always < 0,2 always < 0,2 always < 0,2 always
cobalt (Co) <3 always <3 always <3 always <3 always <3 always
koper (Cu) <5 always <5 always <5 always <5 always <5 always
kwik (Hg) < 0.05 always < 0.05 always < 0.05 always < 0.05 always < 0.05 always
lood (Pb) < 10 always < 10 always < 10 always < 10 always < 10 always
molybdenum (Mo) < 1,5 always < 1,5 always < 1,5 always < 1,5 always < 1,5 always
nikkel (Ni) 4,1 always <4 always 4 always <4 always 4 always
zink (Zn) < 20 always < 20 always 27 always < 20 always < 20 always
naphthalene < 0,05 < 0,05 < 0,05 < 0,05 < 0,05
phenanthrene < 0,05 < 0,05 < 0,05 < 0,05 < 0,05
anthracene < 0,05 < 0,05 < 0,05 < 0,05 < 0,05
fluorantheen < 0,05 < 0,05 < 0,05 < 0,05 < 0,05
chryseen < 0,05 < 0,05 < 0,05 < 0,05 < 0,05
benzo(a)antraceen < 0,05 < 0,05 < 0,05 < 0,05 < 0,05
benzo(a)pyreen < 0,05 < 0,05 < 0,05 < 0,05 < 0,05
benzo (k) fluorantheen < 0,05 < 0,05 < 0,05 < 0,05 < 0,05
indeno (1,2,3cd) pyrene < 0,05 < 0,05 < 0,05 < 0,05 < 0,05
benzo(ghi)peryleen < 0,05 < 0,05 < 0,05 < 0,05 < 0,05
PAK (10 from VROM) 0.35 always 0.35 always 0.35 always 0.35 always 0.35 always
PCB-28 < 0,001 < 0,001 < 0,001 < 0,001 < 0,001
PCB-52 < 0,001 < 0,001 < 0,001 < 0,001 < 0,001
PCB-101 < 0,001 < 0,001 < 0,001 < 0,001 < 0,001
PCB-118 < 0,001 < 0,001 < 0,001 < 0,001 < 0,001
PCB-138 < 0,001 < 0,001 < 0,001 < 0,001 < 0,001
PCB-153 < 0,001 < 0,001 < 0,001 < 0,001 < 0,001
PCB-180 < 0,001 < 0,001 < 0,001 < 0,001 < 0,001
PCB's (som 7) 0.0049 always 0.0049 always 0.0049 always 0.0049 always 0.0049 always
mineral oil (C10-C40) < 35 always < 35 always < 35 always < 35 always < 35 always
mineral oil C10-C12 <3 <3 <3 <3 <3
mineral oil C12-C16 <3 <3 <3 <3 <3
mineral oil C16-C20 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4
mineral oil C20-C24 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5
mineral oil C24-C28 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5
mineral oil C28-C32 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5

minerale olie C32-C36 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5
mineral oil C36-C40 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5
Conclusion (BoToVa) Always applicable Always applicable Always applicable Always applicable Always applicable
Application Application on land soil
Monstertype MM
Normtype Generic Standards
Sample description MM1.4 MM1.7
Depth 0-0,5 1-1,5
Quality Quality
Dirt (%) 1,0 1,0
Organic matter (%) 0,2 0,2
barium (Ba) < 20 < 20
cadmium (Cd) < 0,2 always < 0,2 always
cobalt (Co) <3 always <3 always
koper (Cu) <5 always <5 always
kwik (Hg) < 0,05 always < 0,05 always
lood (Pb) < 10 always < 10 always
molybdenum (Mo) < 1,5 always < 1,5 always
nikkel (Ni) <4 always 4,3 always
zink (Zn) < 20 always < 20 always
naphthalene < 0,05 < 0,05
phenanthrene < 0,05 < 0,05
anthracene < 0,05 < 0,05
fluorantheen < 0,05 < 0,05
chryseen < 0,05 < 0,05
benzo(a)antraceen < 0,05 < 0,05
benzo(a)pyreen < 0,05 < 0,05
benzo (k) fluorantheen < 0,05 < 0,05
indeno (1,2,3cd) pyrene < 0,05 < 0,05
benzo(ghi)peryleen < 0,05 < 0,05
PAK (10 from VROM) 0,35 always 0,35 always
PCB-28 < 0,001 < 0,001
PCB-52 < 0,001 < 0,001
PCB-101 < 0,001 < 0,001
PCB-118 < 0,001 < 0,001
PCB-138 < 0,001 < 0,001
PCB-153 < 0,001 < 0,001
PCB-180 < 0,001 < 0,001
PCB's (som 7) 0,0049 always 0,0049 always
mineral oil (C10-C40) < 35 always < 35 always
mineral oil C10-C12 <3 <3

minerale olie C32-C36 <5 <5
Conclusion (BoToVa) Always applicable Always applicable

monitoring well Pb 1201 F Pb 1202 F Pb 1203 F Pb 1204 F Pb 1205 F
Filterdiepte (m -mv) 3,5-4,5 3,0-4,0 3,5-4,5 3,5-4,5 3,5-4,5

Unit ug/l ug/l ug/l ug/l ug/l
METAL
< 3,50 - < 3,50 - < 3,50 - 26,0 + < 3,50 -

arsenic (As)
barium (Ba) 36,0 -

< 14,0 - < 14,0 - < 14,0 - < 14,0 -
cadmium (Cd) < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 -
cobalt (Co) < 1,40 - < 1,40 - < 1,40 - < 1,40 - < 1,40 -
koper (Cu) < 1,40 - < 1,40 - < 1,40 - < 1,40 - < 1,40 -
kwik (Hg) < 0,0350 - < 0,0350 - < 0,0350 - < 0,0350 - < 0,0350 -
lood (Pb) < 1,40 - < 1,40 - < 1,40 - < 1,40 - < 1,40 -
molybdenum (Mo) 4,40 -

2,70 -
< 1,40 - < 1,40 - 3,10 -
nikkel (Ni) < 2,10 - < 2,10 - < 2,10 - < 2,10 - < 2,10 -
zink (Zn) < 7,00 - < 7,00 - < 7,00 - < 7,00 - < 7,00 -
AROMATIC COMPOUNDS
benzene < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 -
ethylbenzeen < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 -
toluene < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 -
xylene (som) < 0,210 - < 0,210 - < 0,210 - < 0,210 - < 0,210 -
styrene (vinylbenzene) < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 -
16 aromatic solvents < 0,770 (14) < 0,770 (14) < 0,770 (14) < 0,770 (14) < 0,770 (14)
(som, Bbk 1-1-2008)
naphthalene < 0,0140 - 0,0260 + 0,0370 + 0,0340 + 0,0300 +
vinylchloride < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 -
dichloromethane < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 -
1,1-dichloorethaan < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 -
1,2-dichloorethaan < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 -
1,1-dichloroethylene < 0,0700 - < 0,0700 - < 0,0700 - < 0,0700 - < 0,0700 -
dichloorethenes (som) < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 -
dichloropropanes (sum) < 0,420 - < 0,420 - < 0,420 - < 0,420 - < 0,420 -
trichloormethaan (chloroform) < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 -
1,1,1-trichloorethaan < 0,0700 - < 0,0700 - < 0,0700 - < 0,0700 - < 0,0700 -
1,1,2-trichloorethaan < 0,0700 - < 0,0700 - < 0,0700 - < 0,0700 - < 0,0700 -
trichlooretheen (tri) < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 - < 0,140 -
tetrachloormethaan (tetra) < 0,0700 - < 0,0700 - < 0,0700 - < 0,0700 - < 0,0700 -
tetrachlooretheen (per) < 0,0700 - < 0,0700 - < 0,0700 - < 0,0700 - < 0,0700 -
OTHER SUBSTANCES
mineral oil (C10-C40) < 35,0 - < 35,0 - < 35,0 - < 35,0 - < 35,0 -
tribromomethane (bromoform) < 0.140 (14) < 0.140 (14) < 0.140 (14) < 0.140 (14) < 0.140 (14)
PAK (10 from VROM) (DIMSLS) < (11) 0,00037 (11) 0,00052 (11) 0,00048 (11) 0,00042 (11)
0,00020 1 9 6 9
1,2-dichloroethylene (cis) < 0,0700 < 0,0700 < 0,0700 < 0,0700 < 0,0700
mineral oil C10-C12 7,00 7,00 7,00 7,00 7,00
mineral oil C12-C16 7,00 7,00 7,00 7,00 7,00
mineral oil C16-C20 3,50 3,50 3,50 3,50 3,50
mineral oil C20-C24 3,50 3,50 3,50 3,50 3,50
mineral oil C24-C28 3,50 3,50 3,50 3,50 3,50
mineral oil C28-C32 3,50 3,50 3,50 3,50 3,50
minerale olie C32-C36 3,50 3,50 3,50 3,50 3,50
mineral oil C36-C40 3,50 3,50 3,50 3,50 3,50
ortho-xyleen < 0,0700 < 0,0700 < 0,0700 < 0,0700 < 0,0700
meta-en para-xyleen < 0,140 < 0,140 < 0,140 < 0,140 < 0,140
1,2-dichlooretheen (trans) < 0,0700 < 0,0700 < 0,0700 < 0,0700 < 0,0700
1,2-dichloropropane < 0,140 < 0,140 < 0,140 < 0,140 < 0,140
1,3-dichloropropane < 0,140 < 0,140 < 0,140 < 0,140 < 0,140
1,1-Dichloropropane < 0,140 < 0,140 < 0,140 < 0,140 < 0,140
pH (-) 7,61 7,91 7,97 7,95 8,01
EC (µS/cm) 820 780 570 630 620
- + + + +
Conclusion (BoToVa)
(2): Some parameters are missing in the sum
(11): Some parameters are missing in the calculation of the sum fraction
(14): Target value missing

AL-West BV
Dortmundstraat 16B, 7418 BH Deventer, the Netherlands
PO Box 693, 7400 AR Deventer
Tel. +31(0)570 788110, Fax +31(0)570 788108
e-Mail: info@al-west.nl, www.al-west.nl
Assignment 602571 Soil / Eluate
Monster no. sampling Sample description

674609 11.08.2016 MM1.1
674616 11.08.2016 MM1.2
674622 11.08.2016 MM1.3
674628 11.08.2016 MM1.5
674633 11.08.2016 MM1.6
Unit 674609 674616 674622 674628 674633

MM1.1 MM1.2 MM1.3 MM1.5 MM1.6
General sample pretreatment

S Pre-treatment in accordance with AS3000 ++
-- ++
-- ++
-- ++
-- ++
--
S Dry matter % 96,5

--
95,5 --
95,7 --
92,2 --
90,6 --
Iron (Fe2O3) % Ds <5,0

--
<5,0 --
<5,0 --
<5,0 --
<5,0 --
Classic Chemical Analysis

x) x) x) x) x)
S Organic matter % Ds <0,2 --
<0,2 --
1,0 --
<0,2 --
<0,2 --
Fractions (sedigraph)
S Fraction < 2 µm % Ds <1,0
--
<1,0 --
<1,0 --
<1,0 --
<1,0 --
Pre-treatment metal analysis

S Royal water access ++
-- ++
-- ++
-- ++
-- ++
--
Metals (AS3000)
S Barium (Ba) mg/kg Ds <20
-- <20 -- <20 -- <20 -- <20 --
S Cadmium (Cd) mg/kg Ds <0,20

--
<0,20 --
<0,20 --
<0,20 --
<0,20 --
S Cobalt (Co) mg/kg Ds <3,0

--
<3,0 --
<3,0 --
<3,0 --
<3,0 --
S Koper (Cu) mg/kg Ds <5,0

--
<5,0 --
<5,0 --
<5,0 --
<5,0 --
S Kwik (Hg) mg/kg Ds <0,05

--
<0,05 --
<0,05 --
<0,05 --
<0,05 --
S Lood (Pb) mg/kg Ds <10

-- <10 -- <10 -- <10 -- <10 --
S Molybdenum (Mo) mg/kg Ds <1,5

--
<1,5 --
<1,5 --
<1,5 --
<1,5 --
S Nikkel (Ni) mg/kg Ds 4,1

--
<4,0 --
4,0 --
<4,0 --
4,0 --
S Zink (Zn) mg/kg Ds <20

-- <20 -- 27
-- <20 -- <20 --
PAK (AS3000)
S Anthraceen mg/kg Ds <0,050 --
<0,050 --
<0,050 --
<0,050 --
<0,050 --
S Benzo(a)anthraceen mg/kg Ds <0,050 --

<0,050 --
<0,050 --
<0,050 --
<0,050 --
S Benzo(ghi)peryleen mg/kg Ds <0,050 --

<0,050 --
<0,050 --
<0,050 --
<0,050 --
S Benzo (k) fluorantheen mg/kg Ds <0,050 --

<0,050 --
<0,050 --
<0,050 --
<0,050 --
S Benzo-(a)-Pyreen mg/kg Ds <0,050 --

<0,050 --
<0,050 --
<0,050 --
<0,050 --
S Chryseen mg/kg Ds <0,050 --

<0,050 --
<0,050 --
<0,050 --
<0,050 --
S Fenanthreen mg/kg Ds <0,050 --

<0,050 --
<0,050 --
<0,050 --
<0,050 --
S Fluorantheen mg/kg Ds <0,050 --

<0,050 --
<0,050 --
<0,050 --
<0,050 --
S Indeno- (1,2,3-c, d) pyrene mg/kg Ds <0,050 --

<0,050 --
<0,050 --
<0,050 --
<0,050 --
S Naphthalene mg/kg Ds <0,050 --

<0,050 --
<0,050 --
<0,050 --
<0,050 --
#) #) #) #) #)
S Som PAK (VROM) (Factor 0.7) mg/kg Ds 0,35 --
0,35 --
0,35 --
0,35 --
0,35 --
Mineral oil (AS3000 / AS3200)

S Hydrocarbon fraction C10-C40 mg/kg Ds <35
-- <35 -- <35 -- <35 -- <35 --
Sheet 2 6from
Chamber of Commerce Director
Nr. 08110898 ppa. Elly van Bakergem
VAT/BTW-ID-Nr.: Dr. Paul Wimmer
NL 811132559 B01
AL-West BV
Tel. +31(0)570 788110, Fax +31(0)570 788108
Monster no. sampling Sample description

674639 11.08.2016 MM1.4
674645 12.08.2016 MM1.7
Unit 674639 674645

MM1.4 MM1.7
General sample pre-treatment

S Pre-treatment in accordance with AS3000 ++
--
++
--
-- --
S Dry matter % 96,4 94,4
-- --
Iron (Fe2O3) % Ds <5,0 <5,0
Classic Chemical Analysis

x) x)
-- --
S Organic matter % Ds <0,2 <0,2
Fractions (sedigraph)
-- --
S Fraction < 2 µm % Ds <1,0 <1,0
Pre-treatment metal analysis

S Royal water access ++
--
++
--
Metals (AS3000)
-- --
S Barium (Ba) mg/kg Ds <20 <20
-- --
S Cadmium (Cd) mg/kg Ds <0,20 <0,20
-- --
S Cobalt (Co) mg/kg Ds <3,0 <3,0
-- --
S Koper (Cu) mg/kg Ds <5,0 <5,0
-- --
S Kwik (Hg) mg/kg Ds <0,05 <0,05
-- --
S Lood (Pb) mg/kg Ds <10 <10
-- --
S Molybdenum (Mo) mg/kg Ds <1,5 <1,5
-- --
S Nikkel (Ni) mg/kg Ds <4,0 4,3
-- --
S Zink (Zn) mg/kg Ds <20 <20
PAK (AS3000)
-- --
S Anthraceen mg/kg Ds <0,050 <0,050
-- --
S Benzo(a)anthraceen mg/kg Ds <0,050 <0,050
-- --
S Benzo(ghi)peryleen mg/kg Ds <0,050 <0,050
-- --
S Benzo (k) fluorantheen mg/kg Ds <0,050 <0,050
-- --
S Benzo-(a)-Pyreen mg/kg Ds <0,050 <0,050
-- --
S Chryseen mg/kg Ds <0,050 <0,050
-- --
S Fenanthreen mg/kg Ds <0,050 <0,050
-- --
S Fluorantheen mg/kg Ds <0,050 <0,050
-- --
S Indeno- (1,2,3-c, d) pyrene mg/kg Ds <0,050 <0,050
-- --
S Naphthalene mg/kg Ds <0,050 <0,050
#) #)
-- --
S Som PAK (VROM) (Factor 0.7) mg/kg Ds 0,35 0,35

S Hydrocarbon fraction C10-C40 mg/kg Ds
--
<35 --
<35
Sheet 3 6from
NL 811132559 B01
AL-West BV
Tel. +31(0)570 788110, Fax +31(0)570 788108
Unit 674609 674616 674622 674628 674633

MM1.1 MM1.2 MM1.3 MM1.5 MM1.6

Hydrocarbon fraction C10-C12 mg/kg Ds <3
--
<3
--
<3
--
<3
--
<3
--

--
<3
--
<3
--
<3
--
<3
--

--
<4
--
<4
--
<4
--
<4
--

--
<5
--
<5
--
<5
--
<5
--

--
<5
--
<5
--
<5
--
<5
--

--
<5
--
<5
--
<5
--
<5
--

--
<5
--
<5
--
<5
--
<5
--

--
<5
--
<5
--
<5
--
<5
--
Polychloorbifenylen (AS3000)
S PCB 28 mg/kg Ds <0,0010
--
<0,0010
--
<0,0010
--
<0,0010
--
<0,0010
--
S PCB 52 mg/kg Ds <0,0010

--
<0,0010
--
<0,0010
--
<0,0010
--
<0,0010
--
S PCB 101 mg/kg Ds <0,0010

--
<0,0010
--
<0,0010
--
<0,0010
--
<0,0010
--
S PCB 118 mg/kg Ds <0,0010

--
<0,0010
--
<0,0010
--
<0,0010
--
<0,0010
--
S PCB 138 mg/kg Ds <0,0010

--
<0,0010
--
<0,0010
--
<0,0010
--
<0,0010
--
S PCB 153 mg/kg Ds <0,0010

--
<0,0010
--
<0,0010
--
<0,0010
--
<0,0010
--
S PCB 180 mg/kg Ds <0,0010

--
<0,0010
--
<0,0010
--
<0,0010
--
<0,0010
--
#) #) #) #) #)
-- -- -- -- --
S Som PCB (7 Ballsmith) mg/kg Ds 0,0049 0,0049 0,0049 0,0049 0,0049
(Factor 0,7)
Sheet 4 6from

NL 811132559 B01
AL-West BV
Tel. +31(0)570 788110, Fax +31(0)570 788108
Unit 674639 674645

MM1.4 MM1.7

-- <3
--

-- <3
--

-- <4
--

-- <5
--

-- <5
--

-- <5
--

-- <5
--

-- <5
--
Polychloorbifenylen (AS3000)
S PCB 28 mg/kg Ds <0,0010-- <0,0010--
S PCB 52 mg/kg Ds <0,0010 --
<0,0010--
S PCB 101 mg/kg Ds <0,0010-- <0,0010--
S PCB 118 mg/kg Ds <0,0010 --
<0,0010--
S PCB 138 mg/kg Ds <0,0010-- <0,0010--
S PCB 153 mg/kg Ds <0,0010 --
<0,0010--
S PCB 180 mg/kg Ds <0,0010-- <0,0010--
#) #)
S Som PCB (7 Ballsmith) mg/kg Ds 0,0049 --
0,0049 --
(Factor 0,7)
Explanation:"<" or after means that the content of the component is lower than the reporting limit.
x) Levels below the reporting limit are not included.

#) With this sum, results "<reporting limit" are multiplied by 0.7.
S) Recognized according to AS SIKB 3000
The organic matter content is corrected for the clay content, if no clay is determined, it is corrected as if the clay content were 5.4%
Start of the analyses: 13.08.2016

End of analyses: 18.08.2016
The research results only relate to the sample material supplied. Samples of unknown origin can only be checked for plausibility to a limited extent.
AL-West BV Mr. Peter Wijers, Tel. +31/570788111
Customer service
This electronically generated report has been verified and released. In accordance with the requirements of NEN EN ISO/IEC 17025:2005 for easy reporting, this digitally signed report is legally valid.
Sheet 5 6from

NL 811132559 B01
AL-West BV
Dortmundstraat 16B, 7418 BH Deventer, the Netherlands PO Box 693,
7400 AR Deventer Tel. +31(0)570 788110, Fax +31(0)570 788108 Email:
info@al-west.nl, www.al-west.nl
Applied methods
Solids own
method: n) Hydrocarbon fraction C10-C12 Hydrocarbon fraction C12-C16 Hydrocarbon fraction C16-C20
Hydrocarbon Fraction C20-C24 Hydrocarbon Fraction C24-C28 Hydrocarbon Fraction C28-C32
Hydrocarbon fraction C32-C36 Hydrocarbon fraction C36-C40
Equivalent to NEN 5739: n) Iron (Fe2O3)

NEN-EN12880; AS3000 and AS3200; Glw. NEN-ISO11465: Dry matter
Protocols AS 3000: Organic matter Pre-treatment in accordance with AS3000 Lead (Pb) Nickel (Ni) Barium (Ba) Mercury (Hg) Zinc (Zn)
Molybdenum (Mo) Cadmium (Cd) Copper (Cu) Cobalt (Co) Hydrocarbon fraction C10-C40
Som PAK (VROM) (Factor 0.7) Som PCB (7 Ballschmiter) (Factor 0.7)
Protocols AS 3000 / Protocols AS 3200: Royal water digestion Fraction < 2 µm
n) Not accredited
Page 6 6 of
No. 08110898 VAT/VAT- daddy. Elly van Bakergem
ID-Nr.: NL 811132559 Dr. Paul Wimmer
B01
AL-West BV
[@ANALYNR_START = 674609]
Chromatogram for Order No. 602571, Analysis No. 674609, created at 17.08.2016 07:06:34
Monsteromschrijving: MM1.1
Page 1 7 of

B01
AL-West BV
Page 2 7 of

B01
AL-West BV
Page 3 7 of
B01
AL-West BV
Page 4 7 of

B01
AL-West BV
Page 5 7 of

B01
AL-West BV
Page 6 7 of
B01
AL-West BV
Page 7 7 of
B01
AL-West BV
Tel. +31(0)570 788110, Fax +31(0)570 788108
Tauw Netherlands BV
Malou van Meer
PO BOX 133
7400 AC DEVENTER
Datum 25.08.2016
Relation no 35003840
order no. 603515
ANALYSIS REPORT
Assignment 603515 Water
Client 35003840 Tauw Netherlands BV

Your Reference 1240420 Tennet field surveys of the Dutch coast; 358851
Job Acceptance 23.08.16
Sampler Client
Dear Sir / Madam,
We hereby send you the results of the laboratory tests you have requested.
The analyzes are accredited in accordance with NEN-EN-ISO/IEC 17025, unless stated otherwise in the applied
methods and performed in accordance with the research methods mentioned in the most current version of our list
of activities of the Dutch Accreditation Council, accreditation number L005.
Unless stated otherwise, the analyzes have been carried out in accordance with our recognition for the
activity "Analysis for environmentally hygienic soil research" of the Soil Quality Decree.
If you want data about the measurement uncertainties of a method, we can provide this on request.
This report may only be reproduced in its entirety. Any appendices are part of the report.
If you have any questions or would like additional information, please contact Customer Service.
We trust to be of service to you with the information sent.
Sincerely,
AL-West BV Mr. Chris van Wijngaarden, Tel. 31/570788118

Customer service
Sheet 1 6from
NL 811132559 B01
AL-West BV
Tel. +31(0)570 788110, Fax +31(0)570 788108
Monsternr. Monsteromschrijving Pb 1201 sampling Monsternamepunt
679729 F(3,5-4,5) 19.08.2016

679730 Pb 1202 F(3,0-4,0) 19.08.2016
679731 Pb 1203 F(3,5-4,5) 19.08.2016
679732 Pb 1204 F(3,5-4,5) 19.08.2016
679733 Pb 1205 F(3,5-4,5) 19.08.2016
Unit 679729 679730 679731 679732 679733

Pb 1201 F(3,5-4,5) Pb 1202 F(3,0-4,0) Pb 1203 F(3,5-4,5) Pb 1204 F(3,5-4,5) Pb 1205 F(3,5-4,5)
Metals (AS3000)
S Arsenic (As) µg/l
--
<5,0 --
<5,0 --
<5,0 26
-- --
<5,0
S Barium (Ba) µg/l 36
--
<20
--
<20
--
<20
--
<20
--
S Cadmium (Cd) µg/l <0,20 --

<0,20 --
<0,20 --
<0,20 -- --
<0,20
S Cobalt (Co) µg/l
--
<2,0 --
<2,0 --
<2,0 --
<2,0 --
<2,0
S Koper (Cu) µg/l <2,0--
<2,0--
<2,0--
<2,0-- --
<2,0
S Kwik (Hg) µg/l
--
<0,05 --
<0,05 --
<0,05 --
<0,05 --
<0,05
S Lood (Pb) µg/l <2,0--
<2,0--
<2,0--
<2,0-- --
<2,0
S Molybdenum (Mo) µg/l
--
4,4 --
2,7 --
<2,0 --
<2,0 --
3,1
S Nikkel (Ni) µg/l <3,0--
<3,0--
<3,0--
<3,0-- --
<3,0
S Zink (Zn) µg/l <10
--
<10
--
<10
--
<10
--
<10
--
Aromatics (AS3000)
S benzene µg/l
--
<0,20 --
<0,20 --
<0,20 --
<0,20 --
<0,20
S Toluene µg/l <0,20 --
<0,20 --
<0,20 --
<0,20 -- --
<0,20
S Ethylbenzeen µg/l
--
<0,20 --
<0,20 --
<0,20 --
<0,20 --
<0,20
S m,p-Xyleen µg/l <0,20 --
<0,20 --
<0,20 --
<0,20 -- --
<0,20
S ortho-Xyleen µg/l
--
<0,10 --
<0,10 --
<0,10 --
<0,10 --
<0,10
#) #) #) #) #)
S Som Xylene (Factor 0.7) µg/l 0,21 --
0,21 --
0,21 --
0,21 --
0,21 --
S Naphthalene µg/l <0,020-- --

0,026 --
0,037 --
0,034 --
0,030
S Styrene µg/l <0,20 --
<0,20 --
<0,20 --
<0,20 -- --
<0,20
Chlorinated hydrocarbons (AS3000)

S dichloromethane µg/l
--
<0,20 --
<0,20 --
<0,20 --
<0,20 --
<0,20
S Trichloormethaan (Chloroform) µg/l
--
<0,20 --
<0,20 --
<0,20 --
<0,20 --
<0,20
S Tetrachloormethaan (Tetra) µg/l <0,10 --
<0,10 --
<0,10 --
<0,10 -- --
<0,10
S 1,1-Dichloorethaan µg/l
--
<0,20 --
<0,20 --
<0,20 --
<0,20 --
<0,20
S 1,2-Dichloorethaan µg/l <0,20 --
<0,20 --
<0,20 --
<0,20 -- --
<0,20
S 1,1,1-Trichloorethaan µg/l
--
<0,10 --
<0,10 --
<0,10 --
<0,10 --
<0,10
S 1,1,2-Trichloorethaan µg/l <0,10 --
<0,10 --
<0,10 --
<0,10 -- --
<0,10
S Vinylchloride µg/l
--
<0,20 --
<0,20 --
<0,20 --
<0,20 --
<0,20
S 1,1-Dichloroethylene µg/l <0,10 --
<0,10 --
<0,10 --
<0,10 -- --
<0,10
S Cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene µg/l
--
<0,10 --
<0,10 --
<0,10 --
<0,10 --
<0,10
S trans-1,2-Dichlooretheen µg/l <0,10 --
<0,10 --
<0,10 --
<0,10 -- --
<0,10
#) #) #) #) #)
S Som cis / trans-1,2- µg/l 0,14 -- 0,14 -- 0,14 --
0,14 -- 0,14 --
Dichlooretheen (Factor 0,7)
Sheet 2 6from

NL 811132559 B01
AL-West BV
Tel. +31(0)570 788110, Fax +31(0)570 788108
Monsternr. Monsteromschrijving Pb 10202 sampling Monsternamepunt

679734 F(3,5-4,5) 19.08.2016
679735 Pb 12202 F(4,0-5,0) 19.08.2016
Unit 679734 679735

Pb 10202 F(3,5-4,5) Pb 12202 F(4,0-5,0)
Metals (AS3000)
S Arsenic (As) µg/l
--
<5,0 --
6,6
S Barium (Ba) µg/l <20
--
<20
--
S Cadmium (Cd) µg/l <0,20 -- --

<0,20
S Cobalt (Co) µg/l
--
<2,0 --
<2,0
S Koper (Cu) µg/l <2,0 -- --
<2,0
S Kwik (Hg) µg/l
--
<0,05 --
<0,05
S Lood (Pb) µg/l <2,0 -- --
<2,0
S Molybdenum (Mo) µg/l
--
3,0 --
3,8
S Nikkel (Ni) µg/l <3,0 -- --
<3,0
S Zink (Zn) µg/l <10
--
<10
--
Aromatics (AS3000)
S benzene µg/l
--
<0,20 --
<0,20
S Toluene µg/l <0,20 -- --
<0,20
S Ethylbenzeen µg/l
--
<0,20 --
<0,20
S m,p-Xyleen µg/l <0,20 -- --
<0,20
S ortho-Xyleen µg/l
--
<0,10 --
<0,10
#) #)
S Som Xylene (Factor 0.7) µg/l 0,21 --
0,21 --
S Naphthalene µg/l <0,020-- <0,020--

S Styrene µg/l <0,20 -- --
<0,20
S dichloromethane µg/l
--
<0,20 --
<0,20
S Trichloormethaan (Chloroform) µg/l
--
<0,20 --
<0,20
S Tetrachloormethaan (Tetra) µg/l <0,10 -- --
<0,10
S 1,1-Dichloorethaan µg/l
--
<0,20 --
<0,20
S 1,2-Dichloorethaan µg/l <0,20 -- --
<0,20
S 1,1,1-Trichloorethaan µg/l
--
<0,10 --
<0,10
S 1,1,2-Trichloorethaan µg/l <0,10 -- --
<0,10
S Vinylchloride µg/l
--
<0,20 --
<0,20
S 1,1-Dichloroethylene µg/l <0,10 -- --
<0,10
S Cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene µg/l
--
<0,10 --
<0,10
S trans-1,2-Dichlooretheen µg/l <0,10 -- --
<0,10
#) #)
S Som cis / trans-1,2- µg/l 0,14 --
0,14 --
Dichlooretheen (Factor 0,7)
Sheet 3 6from

NL 811132559 B01
AL-West BV
Tel. +31(0)570 788110, Fax +31(0)570 788108
Unit 679729 679730 679731 679732 679733

Pb 1201 F(3,5-4,5) Pb 1202 F(3,0-4,0) Pb 1203 F(3,5-4,5) Pb 1204 F(3,5-4,5) Pb 1205 F(3,5-4,5)

#) #) #) #) #)
S Sum Dichloroethene µg/l 0,21
--
0,21
--
0,21
--
0,21
--
0,21
--
(Factor 0,7)
-- -- -- -- --
S Trichlooretheen (Tri) µg/l <0,20 <0,20 <0,20 <0,20 <0,20
-- -- -- -- --
S Tetrachlooretheen (Per) µg/l <0,10 <0,10 <0,10 <0,10 <0,10
-- -- -- -- --
S 1,1-Dichloropropane µg/l <0,20 <0,20 <0,20 <0,20 <0,20
-- -- -- -- --
-- -- -- -- --
#) #) #) #) #)
-- -- -- -- --
S Som Dichloropropanes µg/l 0,42 0,42 0,42 0,42 0,42
(Factor 0,7)
Brominated Hydrocarbons
-- -- -- -- --
S Tribromomethane (bromoform) µg/l <0,20 <0,20 <0,20 <0,20 <0,20
S Hydrocarbon fraction C10-C40 <50 --
<50 --
<50--
<50--
<50 --
µg/l
Hydrocarbon fraction C10-C12 <10 --
<10 --
<10--
<10--
<10 --
µg/l
Hydrocarbon fraction C12-C16 <10 --
<10 --
<10--
<10--
<10 --
µg/l
Hydrocarbon fraction C16-C20 <5,0
--
<5,0
--
<5,0
--
<5,0
--
<5,0
--
µg/l
--
<5,0
--
<5,0
--
<5,0
--
<5,0
--
µg/l
--
<5,0
--
<5,0
--
<5,0
--
<5,0
--
µg/l
--
<5,0
--
<5,0
--
<5,0
--
<5,0
--
µg/l
--
<5,0
--
<5,0
--
<5,0
--
<5,0
--
µg/l
--
<5,0
--
<5,0
--
<5,0
--
<5,0
--
µg/l
Sheet 4 6from

NL 811132559 B01
AL-West BV
Tel. +31(0)570 788110, Fax +31(0)570 788108
Unit 679734 679735

Pb 10202 F(3,5-4,5) Pb 12202 F(4,0-5,0)

#) #)
S Sum Dichloroethene µg/l 0,21 --
0,21 --
(Factor 0,7)
S Trichlooretheen (Tri) µg/l <0,20 --
<0,20 --
S Tetrachlooretheen (Per) µg/l <0,10 --

<0,10 --
S 1,1-Dichloropropane µg/l <0,20 --

<0,20 --

<0,20 --

<0,20 --
#) #)
S Som Dichloropropanes µg/l 0,42 --
0,42 --
(Factor 0,7)
Brominated Hydrocarbons
S Tribromomethane (bromoform) µg/l <0,20 --
<0,20 --

S Hydrocarbon fraction C10-C40 µg/l <50 --
<50 --
Hydrocarbon fraction C10-C12 µg/l <10 --

<10 --
Hydrocarbon fraction C12-C16 µg/l <10 --

<10 --
Hydrocarbon fraction C16-C20 µg/l <5,0 --

<5,0 --

<5,0 --

<5,0 --

<5,0 --

<5,0 --

<5,0 --
Explanation:"<" or after means that the content of the component is lower than the reporting limit.
#) With this sum, results "<reporting limit" are multiplied by 0.7.

S) Recognized according to AS SIKB 3000
Start of analyses: 19.08.2016

End of analyses: 25.08.2016
The research results only relate to the sample material supplied. Samples of unknown origin can only be checked for plausibility to a limited extent.
AL-West BV Mr. Chris van Wijngaarden, Tel. 31/570788118
Customer service
This electronically generated report has been verified and released. In accordance with the requirements of NEN EN ISO/IEC 17025:2005 for easy reporting, this digitally signed report is legally valid.
Sheet 5 6from

NL 811132559 B01
AL-West BV
Applied methods own method: n)

Hydrocarbon fraction C10-C12 Hydrocarbon fraction C12-C16 Hydrocarbon fraction C16-C20
Hydrocarbon Fraction C20-C24 Hydrocarbon Fraction C24-C28 Hydrocarbon Fraction C28-C32
Hydrocarbon fraction C32-C36 Hydrocarbon fraction C36-C40
Protocols AS 3100: Cadmium (Cd) Cobalt (Co) Copper (Cu) Arsenic (As) Lead (Pb) Zinc (Zn) Molybdenum (Mo) Nickel (Ni) Mercury (Hg)
Barium (Ba) Dichloromethane Tribromomethane (Bromoform) Trichloromethane (Chloroform) Benzene
Tetrachloromethane (Tetra) Toluene 1,1-Dichloroethane Ethylbenzene 1,2-Dichloroethane
Sum Xylenes (Factor 0.7) Naphthalene Styrene 1,1,1-Trichloroethane 1,1,2-Trichloroethane Vinyl Chloride
Sum Dichloroethene (Factor 0.7) Trichloroethene (Tri) Tetrachloroethene (Per) Sum Dichloropropanes (Factor 0.7)
Hydrocarbon fraction C10-C40
Protocols AS 3100: n) Sum cis/trans-1,2-Dichloroethene (Factor 0.7)
n) Not accredited
Page 6 6 of
B01
AL-West BV
Chromatogram for Order No. 603515, Analysis No. 679729, created at 23-aug-2016 6:19:30
Monsteromschrijving: Pb 1201 F(3,5-4,5)
Page 1 7 of

B01
AL-West BV
Page 2 7 of
B01
AL-West BV
Page 3 7 of

B01
AL-West BV
Page 4 7 of

B01
AL-West BV
Page 5 7 of
B01
AL-West BV
Page 6 7 of
B01
AL-West BV
Page 7 7 of
B01
Share map 210 Trace Maasvlakte Soil information 47
543
636
329
10.1
12.4
478
480
9.2
9.2
330
9.3
481
9.4
260
380
Points of attention
No points for attention 212

211 210 9.5 221
220
209 213214215216
Plot 208 217218219
207
Route Maasvlakte
206
205
Boring 204
203
0 50 100 m
Open excavation 202
201
Trafostations 1:3000
Service Layer Credits: Sources: Esri, HERE, DeLorme, Intermap, increment P Corp., 1238129_10047D.MXD
and the GIS User Community
Share map 211 Trace Maasvlakte Soil information 47
780
12.1 50
543
12.1
12.2
328
12.2
329
10.1
12.3
478
482
263
481 Points of attention
No points for attention 212

211 210 221
220
209
Plot 208
213214215216
217218219
207
Route Maasvlakte 261
206
205
Boring 204
0 50 100 m
203
Open excavation 202

201
382
Trafostations 1:3000
Service Layer Credits: Sources: Esri, HERE, DeLorme, Intermap, increment P Corp., 1238129_10047D.MXD
and the GIS User Community
Procedure Bottom location Soil Report Address Municipality Type of investigation Datum Conclusion report activity UBI Code NSX Score Additional Information Source Location code Information administrator Report available Comments Points of attention
12 12.1 12.1.1 Europaweg Rotterdam Rotterdam Exploratory soil investigation NEN 5740 6-10-2010 Unsuspicious activity N/A Bottom counter AA059911905 Rijnmond Environmental Service Nee Do not request file. Debris
Location similar to report

12.1.2 and location is north
of study area
12 12.1 12.1.2 Europaweg Rotterdam Rotterdam Zero or End Situation Research 31-7-2008 Potentially serious; Sensory shone soil not to slightly contaminated. Soil with admixtures slightly to Unsuspicious activity N/A The sensory clean soil is maximally slightly polluted. The locally stony, gravelly Bottom counter / DCMR AA059911905 Rijnmond Environmental Department Yes Debris
strongly increased concentrations of heavy metals. Further investigation should be carried out in the and moderately slag-containing topsoil is heavily contaminated with zinc, moderately
event of refurbishment and/or change of destination with copper and lead and slightly with chromium. No increased concentrations were
to become measured in the sensory clean middle layer and subsoil. A moderately elevated
concentration of zinc and a slightly elevated concentration of copper were measured
in the locally weak brick-containing layer in the subsoil. Maximum slightly increased
concentrations of arsenic and chromium have been measured in the groundwater. No
asbestos-suspicious materials were found. The DCMR has decided that further
investigation should be carried out in the event of redevelopment and/or zoning changes
12 12.2 12.2.1 Europaweg Rotterdam Rotterdam Zero Situation Soil Research 6-4-2006 Sufficiently researched; No increased concentrations have been measured in the soil. The Unsuspicious activity N/A No increased concentrations have been measured in the soil. The groundwater Bottom counter / DCMR AA059910689 Rijnmond Environmental Department Yes Location is more than 50
groundwater is slightly contaminated with arsenic is slightly contaminated with arsenic. No asbestos-suspicious materials or soil meters from present
layers were found. research location
12 12.2 12.2.2 Maasvlakteweg Rotterdam Zero Situation Soil Research 22-2-2013 Topsoil mixed with slag and repac is maximally moderately contaminated with PAH. Surface locally Unknown N/A The topsoil is locally moderately contaminated with PAH and slightly with barium. The Location is more than 50 Debris
Rotterdam slightly contaminated with PCB and mercury. origin can probably be linked to the admixture with snails and repac. The intermediate meters from present
layer is not contaminated. The underlayer is locally slightly contaminated with PCB research location
and mercury. No asbestos-suspicious materials were found.
12 12.3 12.3.1 Europaweg Rotterdam Rotterdam Environmental Soil Research/ 13-12-1999 Sufficiently researched; No elevated levels have been demonstrated N/A N/A There are no elevated levels in the soil. And there are no intended concentrations in Bottom counter / DCMR AA059902868 Rijnmond Environmental Department Yes Location is more than 50
remediation evaluation the groundwater. meters from the current
research location
12 12.4 12.4.1 Asia Road Rotterdam Rotterdam Orientation research 14-9-2009 Only a few letters of this are known from the DCMR to Gasunie in the context of a building permit. In the letter dated 25-11-2009 it is advised to grant the building permit because the Bottom counter / DCMR AA059912431 Nee
Maasvlakte is virtually unsuspected for contamination. Only minor oil contamination

was detected. In the letter of 4-9-2009 it is stated that parts of the cable route may be
suspect for soil contamination.
The route passes several source locations of pollution.
10 10.1 10.1.1 Europaweg Rotterdam Rotterdam Up-to-date soil research 14-4-2010 No increased levels of the measured parameters in the soil were found. Groundwater Unknown N/A No contaminants have been detected in the soil. The groundwater was TenneT Unknown Yes Arsenic in groundwater
maximum moderately polluted sampled earlier in 2008 and moderately elevated concentrations of arsenic were
measured here. In general, the groundwater is slightly contaminated with heavy metals.
9 (steered 9.2 9.2.2 Europaweg Rotterdam Rotterdam Zero Research 16-7-2002 Only the soil with cinder admixture is slightly contaminated with PAH. The groundwater is Unsuspicious activity N/A No increased concentrations have been measured in the soil. Only the topsoil with Bottom counter / DCMR AA059910136 Yes
drilling) maximally slightly contaminated with heavy metals and volatiles cinder admixture is slightly contaminated with PAH. Slightly elevated values of heavy
aromatics. metals and volatile aromatics have been measured in the groundwater.
WE
APPENDIX: ACOUSTIC RESEARCH
Witteveen+Bos | AH579-21/17-012.035 | Annex VI | Final 02

Just at sea Hollandse Kust (south)

Acoustic research transformer station
TenneT TSO BV
7 July 2017
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 INTRODUCTION 1
2 ASSUMPTIONS 2
2.1 Introduction 2
2.2 Situation 2
2.3 Bronkenmerken 2
2.4 Shielding 4
3 CALCULATED NOISE LOAD 5
3.1 Key points 5
3.2 Tonal character/noise load fire station 6
Last page 7
Attachments) Number of pages
I Source data 4
II Screen features 2
INTRODUCTION
TenneT TSO BV (hereinafter: TenneT) is the initiator of the grid connection of the Hollandse Kust (zuid) wind energy
area to the onshore high-voltage network. This connection is referred to as the 'Hollandse Kust (zuid) network at sea' (hereinafter:
HKZ). The HKZ transformer station is planned on the Maasvlakte Noord industrial estate.
A separate regime applies for the realization of the new transformer station to be built on the Maasvlakte, namely that of a noise-
zoned industrial site. For such an area, outside the zone, the noise load as a result of all facilities in the zoned industrial area
may not exceed 50 dB(A). It must be assessed whether the new transformer station to be built fits within the noise zone of the
Maasvlakte Noord industrial estate (noise space reserved for future developments). The entire industrial area, including any
transformer substation, may not produce more than a noise load of 50 dB(A) at the zone boundary.
In addition to an assessment of the test points, the noise load has also been calculated for information on the northern
fire station.
The assessment is carried out by DCMR Milieudienst Rijnmond. As input for the assessment and the application for the
environmental permit, an investigation has been carried out into the noise emission as a result of the transformer substation. In
this report, the principles used for determining noise emissions are discussed.
1|7 Witteveen+Bos | AH579-21/17-009.639 | Final 05

ASSUMPTIONS
2.1 Introduction
The transformer station to be built largely corresponds to the new transformer station of the offshore grid in
Borssele on the Vlissingen-Oost industrial estate. The starting points of the noise sources and the location of
the shielding facilities near the noise sources have therefore been adopted from the noise study that forms the
basis of the environmental permit for the transformer substation in Borssele1 . In response to additional
information from the supplier of the installations, an adjustment was made to the source data.
The excerpt of the noise zone management model of the Maasvlakte-Europoort industrial estate
was released by DCMR on 8 November 2016.
2.2 Situation
In the representative operating situation, the transformer station is in operation 24 hours a day. The noise
emission of the transformer station is determined by the transformers, the reactors and the harmonic filters. The
basic principle is that the maximum noise emission takes place during the period that the installation is 100% used
(full load). This situation has been used for the day, evening and night periods and can be regarded as a worst-
case approach.
At full load, the 33 kV reactors (source power 93.4 dB(A)) are switched off and the 280-220 kV transformers
run at full load. The transformers and coolers and 220 kV reactors are set up in separate cells with a closed
wall on three sides and one open side. The 33 kV reactors are also set up in separate cells.
Due to the small number of traffic movements within the establishment, the noise pollution from road
traffic is negligible.
The switching operations for the 220 kV and 380 kV fields cause peak noises at these open switching
fields. Because the peak noises only occur sporadically, only during the day and the nearest noise-
sensitive object is more than 4 kilometers away, the maximum noise levels are not calculated. The circuit
breakers are therefore not included in the model as peak source.
2.3 Bronkenmerken
The noise specifications of these noise sources come from the research for the Borssele transformer substation.
This data was supplied by TenneT, based on the Best Available Techniques (BAT) to limit noise emissions.
1
Acoustic research Transformer station transmission system at sea Borssele, reference: project number C05058.000050.

The source capacities of the transformer 380/220 kV are based on measurements of comparable noise sources, which
have been carried out on behalf of the supplier. The source capacities of the harmonic filters are based on previous research by
Arcadis (transformer substation Borssele). No measurement data is available for this. The harmonic filters are based on 99 dB(A).
Table 2.1 shows the source capacities under representative conditions and source heights of the relevant noise sources. An overview
of the location of the sources is shown in figure 2.1. The full source characteristics are included in Appendix I.
Table 2.1 Source powers representative business situation
Description Bronvermogen LWA [dB(A)] Effective operating time in hours
Day Evening Night
4x 220 kV reactor 96,7 12 4 8
4x 380/220 kV transformer 96,6 12 4 8
4x 220 kV series reactor total 98 (divided over 6 sources) 12 4 8
6x harmonic filters 99,0 12 4 8
Figure 2.1 Overview of sound sources

2.4 Shielding
The sound sources will be shielded with walls on three sides of the sound sources (the 220 kV series reactors are shielded
on two sides). The wall height around the various sources is: 9.5 m for 380/220 kV transformer and 220 kV reactor; - 8 m for
220 kV series reactor.
-
-
6.5 m for 33 kV reactor
The characteristics of the walls are listed in Annex II.

CALCULATED NOISE LOAD
3.1 Key points
To determine the reserved noise space, use was made of the acoustic model with the noise source,
which is equal to a site source of 65 dB(A)/m2 . The (GMF) model was obtained through DCMR on
January 26, 2017.
Based on the principles set out in Chapter 2, a calculation has been made of the noise
levels that occur at the test points. The noise loads are shown in table 3.1 below. A
comparison was also made with the test values (in accordance with the reserved sound space).
Table 3.1 Calculated noise load request and compare reserved noise space
Test point Noise load (daily Calculated Exceedance of

value) in accordance noise exposure reserved sound
with (daily value) in space (test value)
reserved noise accordance with modified in dB(A)
space (dB(A)) model (dB(A))
Hook of Holland WEST (ZIP 1) 20,4 25,6 5,2
Hook of Holland EAST (ZIP 2) 15,1 17,7 2,6
Maassluis WEST (ZIP 3) 5,1 8,3 3,2
Maassluis MIDDLE (ZIP 4) 3 5,5 2,5
Maassluis EAST (ZIP 5) 2,5 7,5 5
Rozenburg SOUTH WEST (ZIP 22) 2,2 6,1 3,9
Rozenburg NORTH WEST (ZIP 23) 2,4 6,3 3,9
Brielle meeroever (ZIP 24) 6,2 9,2 3
Crested Bunting (ZIP 25) 11,2 12,7 1,5
Oostvoorne EAST (ZIP 26) 12,5 13,4 0,9
Oostvoorne WEST (ZIP 27) 13,5 14,1 0,6
Voornes-Dune (ZIP 28) 12 11,2 0
Brielle woon (ZIP 30) 6 8,4 2,4
Rozenburg West residential (ZIP 31) 2,7 6,6 3,9

The exceedance of the test values (reserved noise allowance) amounts to a maximum of 5.2 dB(A) at the
location of test point ZIP 1. A closer analysis shows that all sources have a very small contribution.
The exceedance of the test value (reserved noise space) is mainly caused by the difference in the spectrum used. For
the transformer station, the normative octave band is around 125 and 250 Hz. In the reserved sound space it is around
1,000 Hz.
Based on additional research, several transfer measures (noise barriers) have been calculated.
Given, on the one hand, the relatively large distance between the sound sources and the screening of the sound
sources, which are practically difficult to place, and on the other hand, the large distance from the device to the
test points, these screening measures do not lead to an adequate sound reduction.
In order to nevertheless arrive at a situation in which the reserved noise space is met, far-reaching (excessive) noise-
reducing measures are necessary for all noise sources. This includes installing the transformers, filters and reactors
completely indoors. In view of the estimated costs of these measures, it is not considered realistic to have to take these
measures. The estimated costs for such a measure (internal installation) have been set at several tens of millions of
euros on the basis of expert judgement. The costs compared to the reduction of the cumulative noise levels (of all
companies on the zoned site) at the location of the test points is therefore excessively high.
3.2 Tonal character/noise load fire station

Low-frequency noise and a tonal character of the noise emission are features that are often seen in transformer
substations. For situations where there is audible tonal noise at the location of noise-sensitive destinations, a penalty
surcharge of 5 dB(A) should be applied. In this situation the nuisance of tonal noise is not present. Due to the great
distance (approximately 6 km) to noise-sensitive destinations and therefore the very low noise levels, the noise will not
be perceptible and the penalty surcharge of 5 dB(A) has not been included in the calculation results. However, the
penalty surcharge of 5 dB(A) has been included in the calculation results for the nearby non-noise-sensitive fire station.
The noise load has been calculated for the fire service for information purposes only (see figure 3.1). Based on the
principles as included in this report, a noise load including the penalty surcharge of 5 dB(A) is calculated from 59 + 5 =
64 dB(A) 24-hour value. This means that in the normative night period a noise level of : 64 dB(A) - 10 dB(A) = 54
dB(A)1 .
1
The 24-hour value is determined on the basis of the maximum noise level of:
- day period; - evening period + 5 dB(A); - night period + 10 dB(A).

Figure 3.1 Location and calculation result fire station

Attachments)
APPENDIX: SOURCE DATA
Witteveen+Bos | AH579-21/17-009.639 | Annex I | Final 05

Witteveen+Bos Sources
HKZ Transformatorstation
Model: LAAJ modification after design change June 2017. model at rap def04
Group: (main group)
List of Point Sources, for calculation method Industrial noise - IL
Name Description Height Ground level Hdef. Type Direct. Angle Cb(D) Cb(A) Cb(N) NoneRefl. No Damping No Process Lwr 31
HKZ20-1 harmonic filter 3,50 5.50 Own value Normal point source 0,00 360,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 Nee Nee Nee 65,00
HKZ48-1 harmonic filter 3,50 5.50 Own value Normal point source 360,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 Nee Nee Nee 65,00
HKZ49-1 harmonic filter 3,50 5.50 Own value Normal point source 0,00 0,00 0,00 Nee Nee Nee 65,00
HKZ05-1 220 kV SERIES reactor 2,50 5.50 Own value Normal point source 360,00 0,00 360,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 Nee Nee Nee 58,20
HKZ05-3 220 kV SERIES reactor 2,50 5.50 Own value Normal point source 360,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 Nee Nee Nee 58,20
HKZ05-4 220 kV SERIES reactor 2,50 5.50 Own value Normal point source 0,00 0,00 0,00 Nee Nee Nee 58,20
HKZ01-3 220 kV reactor 2,50 5.50 Own value Normal point source 0,00 360,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 Nee Nee Nee 64,55
HKZ30-1 220 kV reactor 2,50 5.50 Own value Normal point source 360,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 Nee Nee Nee 64,55
HKZ03-3 380/220 kV transformer 3,50 5.50 Own value Normal point source 0,00 0,00 0,00 Nee Nee Nee 64,80
Geomilieu V4.00 28-6-2017 10:43:06

Group: (main group)
Name Lwr 63 Lwr 125 Lwr 250 Lwr 500 Lwr 1k Lwr 2k Lwr 4k Lwr 8k Lwr Totaal
HKZ20-1 73,00 97,00 84,00 89,00 89,00 89,00 84,00 73,50 99,00
HKZ21-1 73,00 97,00 84,00 89,00 89,00 89,00 84,00 73,50 99,00
HKZ22-1 73,00 97,00 84,00 89,00 89,00 89,00 84,00 73,50 99,00
HKZ48-1 73,00 97,00 84,00 89,00 89,00 89,00 84,00 73,50 99,00
HKZ49-1 73,00 97,00 84,00 89,00 89,00 89,00 84,00 73,50 99,00
HKZ50-1 73,00 97,00 84,00 89,00 89,00 89,00 84,00 73,50 99,00
HKZ05-1 62,20 87,20 86,20 77,20 77,20 74,20 68,20 59,20 90,35
HKZ05-2 62,20 87,20 86,20 77,20 77,20 74,20 68,20 59,20 90,35
HKZ05-3 62,20 87,20 86,20 77,20 77,20 74,20 68,20 59,20 90,35
HKZ05-4 62,20 87,20 86,20 77,20 77,20 74,20 68,20 59,20 90,35
HKZ05-5 62,20 87,20 86,20 77,20 77,20 74,20 68,20 59,20 90,35
HKZ05-6 62,20 87,20 86,20 77,20 77,20 74,20 68,20 59,20 90,35
HKZ06-1 62,20 87,20 86,20 77,20 77,20 74,20 68,20 59,20 90,35
HKZ06-2 62,20 87,20 86,20 77,20 77,20 74,20 68,20 59,20 90,35
HKZ06-3 62,20 87,20 86,20 77,20 77,20 74,20 68,20 59,20 90,35
HKZ06-4 62,20 87,20 86,20 77,20 77,20 74,20 68,20 59,20 90,35
HKZ06-5 62,20 87,20 86,20 77,20 77,20 74,20 68,20 59,20 90,35
HKZ06-6 62,20 87,20 86,20 77,20 77,20 74,20 68,20 59,20 90,35
HKZ33-1 62,20 87,20 86,20 77,20 77,20 74,20 68,20 59,20 90,35
HKZ33-2 62,20 87,20 86,20 77,20 77,20 74,20 68,20 59,20 90,35
HKZ33-3 62,20 87,20 86,20 77,20 77,20 74,20 68,20 59,20 90,35
HKZ33-4 62,20 87,20 86,20 77,20 77,20 74,20 68,20 59,20 90,35
HKZ33-5 62,20 87,20 86,20 77,20 77,20 74,20 68,20 59,20 90,35
HKZ33-6 62,20 87,20 86,20 77,20 77,20 74,20 68,20 59,20 90,35
HKZ34-1 62,20 87,20 86,20 77,20 77,20 74,20 68,20 59,20 90,35
HKZ34-2 62,20 87,20 86,20 77,20 77,20 74,20 68,20 59,20 90,35
HKZ34-3 62,20 87,20 86,20 77,20 77,20 74,20 68,20 59,20 90,35
HKZ34-4 62,20 87,20 86,20 77,20 77,20 74,20 68,20 59,20 90,35
HKZ34-5 62,20 87,20 86,20 77,20 77,20 74,20 68,20 59,20 90,35
HKZ34-6 62,20 87,20 86,20 77,20 77,20 74,20 68,20 59,20 90,35
HKZ01-3 68,55 93,55 92,55 83,55 83,55 80,55 74,55 65,55 96,70
HKZ02-3 68,55 93,55 92,55 83,55 83,55 80,55 74,55 65,55 96,70
HKZ29-1 68,55 93,55 92,55 83,55 83,55 80,55 74,55 65,55 96,70
HKZ30-1 68,55 93,55 92,55 83,55 83,55 80,55 74,55 65,55 96,70
HKZ03-3 68,80 93,00 92,60 84,30 84,50 82,30 76,60 68,00 96,63
Geomilieu V4.00 28-6-2017 10:43:06

Group: (main group)
Name Description Height Ground level Hdef. Type Direct. Angle Cb(D) Cb(A) Cb(N) NoneRefl. No Damping No Process Lwr 31
HKZ04-4 380/220 kV transformer 3,50 5.50 Own value Normal point source 0,00 360,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 Nee Nee Nee 64,80
HKZ31-3 380/220 kV transformer 3,50 5.50 Own value Normal point source 360,00 0,00 360,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 Nee Nee Nee 64,80
HKZ32-3 380/220 kV transformer 3,50 5.50 Own value Normal point source 0,00 0,00 0,00 Nee Nee Nee 64,80
Geomilieu V4.00 28-6-2017 10:43:06

Group: (main group)
Name Lwr 63 Lwr 125 Lwr 250 Lwr 500 Lwr 1k Lwr 2k Lwr 4k Lwr 8k Lwr Totaal
HKZ04-4 68,80 93,00 92,60 84,30 84,50 82,30 76,60 68,00 96,63
HKZ31-3 68,80 93,00 92,60 84,30 84,50 82,30 76,60 68,00 96,63
HKZ32-3 68,80 93,00 92,60 84,30 84,50 82,30 76,60 68,00 96,63
Geomilieu V4.00 28-6-2017 10:43:06

II
APPENDIX: FEATURES SCREENS
Witteveen+Bos | AH579-21/17-009.639 | Annex II | Final 05

Witteveen+Bos screens
Group: (main group)
List of Screens, for calculation method Industrial noise - IL
Name Description ISO_H ISO M Hdef. Cp Refl.L 31 Refl.L 63 Refl.L 125 Refl.L 250 Refl.L 500 Refl.L 1k
screen 220 kV series reactor 8.00 5.50 Eigen value 0 dB 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
screen 220 kV series reactor screen 220 kV 8.00 5.50 Eigen value 0 dB 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
series reactor screen 220 kV series reactor 8.00 5.50 Eigen value 0 dB 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
screen 220 kV reactor / 380/220 kV transform. 8.00 5.50 Eigen value 0 dB 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
9.50 5.50 Eigen value 0 dB 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
screen 220 kV reactor / 380/220 kV transformer. screen 220 kV reactor / 9,50 5.50 Eigen value 0 dB 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
380/220 kV transformer. screen 220 kV reactor / 380/220 kV transformer. 9,50 5.50 Eigen value 0 dB 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
380/220 kV transformer. 9,50 5.50 Eigen value 0 dB 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
9,50 5.50 Eigen value 0 dB 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
380/220 kV transformer. screen 220 kV reactor / 380/220 kV transformer. 9,50 5.50 Eigen value 0 dB 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
380/220 kV transformer. 9,50 5.50 Eigen value 0 dB 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
9,50 5.50 Eigen value 0 dB 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
screen 220 kV reactor / 380/220 kV transformer. screen 33 kV reactor 9,50 5.50 Eigen value 0 dB 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
screen 33 kV reactor screen 33 kV reactor 6,50 5.50 Eigen value 0 dB 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
6,50 5.50 Eigen value 0 dB 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
6,50 5.50 Eigen value 0 dB 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
screen 33 kV reactor 6,50 5.50 Eigen value 0 dB 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
screen 33 kV reactor screen 33 6,50 5.50 Eigen value 0 dB 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
kV reactor 6,50 5.50 Eigen value 0 dB 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
Geomilieu V4.00 27-6-2017 16:05:09

Witteveen+Bos screens
Group: (main group)
List of Screens, for calculation method Industrial noise - IL
Naam Refl.L 2k Refl.L 4k Refl.L 8k Refl.R 31 Refl.R 63 Refl.R 125 Refl.R 250 Refl.R 500 Refl.R 1k Refl.R 2k Refl.R 4k Refl.R 8k
0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
Geomilieu V4.00 27-6-2017 16:05:09

www.witteveenbos.com
VII
APPENDIX: RESEARCH MAGNET FIELDS
Witteveen+Bos | AH579-21/17-012.035 | Annex VII | Final 02

JUST AT SEA DUTCH COAST (SOUTH)

EM FIELD CALCULATIONS
Magnetic field zone calculation

Just at Sea Hollandse Kust
(south)
TenneT TSO BV
Report no .: 16-1436
Datum: 2016-11-18
Content
1 INTRODUCTION................................................. .................................................. .................. 1
1.1 Why calculate 0.4 µT zones? 2
1.2 Why calculate 0.05 µT zones? 2
1.3 Disclaimer 2
2 BACKGROUND INFORMATION ................................................. ........................................... 3
3 SITUATION OUTLINE ................................................... .................................................. ........4

3.1 Situation sketch of the new 220/380kV transformer station 4
3.2 Situation sketch 380-220kV sea and land cables 5
4 STARTING POINTS OF THE CALCULATION MODEL ................................................. ..................................6
5 RESULT CALCULATIONS FOR MAGNETIC FIELD ZONES THE NEW 220/380KV

TRANSFORMATOR STATION ............................................................................................. 7
6 RESULT CALCULATIONS MAGNETIC FIELD ZONES LAND AND SEA CABLES .......................... 9
6.1 Magnetic field zone width 380 kV land cables (D) 11
6.2 Magnetic field zone width 220 kV land cables (B2) 11
6.3 Magnetic field zone width 220 kV marine cable (B1) 12
6.4 Magnetic field zone width 66 kV marine cable (A) 14
Appendix A Drawing and Document List

Appendix B Calculated situations of currents through the main rails
Appendix C Starting points document magnetic field zone calculation Grid on Sea Hollandse Kust
(south)
DNV GL - Energy - Report No. 16-1436. www.dnvgl.com/Energy Blz. i

1 INTRODUCTION
Magnetic field zone calculations must be carried out at the request of TenneT for the Net op Zee Hollandse
Kust (zuid) project. It concerns the calculation of the magnetic field zones for
A. A backup cable (offshore) between two platforms B. Four

220 kV AC cable systems at sea (offshore B1 and on-shore B2) between the platforms and the
transformer station on land. Two AC cable systems come from each platform;
C. A new onshore transformer substation with four transformers that transform the voltage from 220 kV to 380 kV;
D. Two 380 kV onshore AC cable systems between the new transformer substation and the existing 380 kV
high voltage substation;
Figure 1 Parts A, B, C and D of the scope
Starting points used for the calculations are referred to the document “Assumptions document magnetic field zone
calculation Net on Sea Hollandse Kust (zuid)” with reference 16-1390 of 11-11-2016, see Appendix C.
The 0.4 microTesla (µT) magnetic field zones have been calculated for the new 220/380kV station and land
cables.
In connection with the possible disorientation of harbor porpoises, the 0.05 microTesla (µT) magnetic sheet zone has
been calculated for the sea cables.
Chapter 2 includes background information on health aspects of magnetic fields from high-voltage lines. The
current policy of the Dutch government with regard to high-voltage lines is also briefly summarized.
Chapters 3 and 4 show the modeling and assumptions used for the calculation.
The results of the calculation are presented in Chapters 5 and 6. The applied information is included in the Appendices.
DNV GL - Energy - Report No. 16-1436 - www.dnvgl.com/Energy page 1

1.1 Why calculate 0.4 µT zones?

For new situations of sensitive destinations (homes, schools and childcare places) near overhead high-voltage
lines, the Ministry of Infrastructure and the Environment applies a precautionary policy based on the recommended
exposure limit of 0.4 µT. This policy includes an established calculation method '(RIVM Handreiking)' for the
calculation of the specific magnetic field zone. The specific magnetic field zone is the area around the high-voltage
line within which the calculated annual average magnetic field strength is higher than 0.4 µT.
Despite the fact that this policy does not apply to high-voltage substations and underground cables in general, the
magnetic field contours for the substations and underground cables have been calculated for the Randstad 380kV
section.
TenneT wants to gain insight into the 0.4 µT contours of the new 220/380 kV station. The calculation of these 0.4 µT
contours is based on the calculation method that applies to Randstad 380kV. Agreements were made for these
calculations at the time, which were laid down by RIVM in the memorandum 'Agreements on the calculation method
for the 'magnetic field zone' for underground cables and high-voltage stations belonging to the Randstad 380 kV
connection', dated 3 November 2011, see Appendix A for this note.
1.2 Why calculate 0.05 µT zones?

TenneT has indicated that the 0.05µT magnetic field zones around the sea cables should be calculated for the
benefit of the harbor porpoises. It is assumed that this value has to do with the orientation of the harbor porpoises
and that it is therefore not a long-term exposure to the magnetic fields, but a short-term exposure. Because the
sea cable involves a magnetic field in relation to the influence on animals, the annual average field strength cannot
be applied and the maximum possible field strength must be calculated. Therefore, for the calculation current for these
sea cables, this has been used in accordance with the document “Assumptions document magnetic field zone
calculation Net op Zee Hollandse Kust (zuid)” with reference 16-1390 of 11-11-2016, see Appendix C. This means that
the maximum magnetic field zone is calculated. This is the worst case situation.
Calculations have also been performed for other animal species. The starting point here is both long-term exposure
and short-term exposure (peak load).
1.3 Disclaimer
The government's high-voltage lines policy with regard to magnetic fields (and the accompanying guidelines
from RIVM for calculating the width of the specific magnetic field zone) only applies to overhead high-voltage
lines. In this report, the magnetic field contours (in this report: 0.4 µT zones) have also been calculated for other
parts of the high-voltage grid. The memorandum “Agreements on the calculation of the magnetic field zone” for
underground cables and high-voltage substations belonging to the Randstad 380 kV connection, RIVM, 3 November
2011 (to be requested from RIVM via high voltage lines@rivm. NL).
The fact that 0.4 µT zones and contours have been calculated in this report does not mean that an increased health
risk can be expected within these zones. The 0.4 µT zones indicate the distance within which the high-voltage
connection is recommended to avoid new sensitive uses, provided that the high-voltage connection would come from
an overhead line.
exist.

2 BACKGROUND INFORMATION
With regard to the unit used for the strength of the magnetic field, the magnetic field strength is
expressed in Ampere per meter (A/m); the unit microTesla (ÿT) is the unit of magnetic flux density. In practice,
however, the microTesla is regarded as a measure of the strength of the magnetic field. To avoid confusion,
this report refers to magnetic field strength (expressed in ÿT), where flux density is meant.

3 SITUATION OUTLINE
3.1 Situation sketch of the new 220/380kV transformer station

The land cables will be laid from the landing point to the 220/380 kV transformer station (location Maasvlakte
Noord). The new transformer station concerns:
• 2x 380kV veld;
• 4x 380 / 220kV transformer;
• 4x 220kV reactors;
• 2x 380kV filters;
• 4x 220kV cable terminations;
• 2x 380kV kabeleindsluitingen.
The situation sketch of the new 220/380kV transformer station is shown in Figure 2.
Figure 2 Situation sketch 220/380kV transformer station

3.2 Situation sketch 380-220kV sea and land cables

The cable route is located in the North Sea, coming from two platforms at the future wind farms to the coast, after which
the cable comes ashore and is laid underground and connected to the new 220/380 kV transformer station (location
Maasvlakte Noord). Two 380kV cable connections will then depart via land and will be connected to the existing 380kV
Maasvlakte substation.
For the route of the sea cable cable, see Figure 3.
Figure 3 Situation sketch of sea cables route

The route of the land cable between the 220/380kV station and the existing 380kV station Maasvlakte
follows the route as shown in Figure 4.
Figure 4 Situation sketch of the route of land cables
4 PRINCIPLES OF THE CALCULATION MODEL

All assumptions used for the calculations are shown in the document “Assumptions document magnetic field zone
calculation Net op Zee Hollandse Kust (zuid)” with reference 16-1390 of 11-11-2016, see Appendix C.

5 RESULT CALCULATIONS MAGNETIC FIELD ZONES IT

NEW 220/380KV TRANSFORMER STATION
The figure below shows the 'enveloping 0.4 µT contour' for the new 220/380 kV transformer station.
Figure 5 The 'enveloping 0.4 µT contour' of the new 220/380 kV transformer station
(zoomed in)

Figure 6 The 'enveloping 0.4 µT contour' of the new 220/380 kV transformer station (zoomed out)
For the calculated situations of the currents through the main rails (situations 1 and 2), reference is made to
Appendix B.
For the individual magnetic field zone for situation 1, situation 2 and the envelope, reference is made to Appendix A.

6 RESULT CALCULATIONS MAGNETIC FIELD ZONES LAND AND

SEA CABLES
The magnetic field zones have been calculated for the land part and at sea. The cable connection can be split
into four pieces:
A The 66 kV backup cable between offshore platform Alpha and offshore platform Bèta (1 circuit);
Seabed
1,0 meter
B1 The 220 kV cable connection at sea (4 circuits);
Seabed
1,0 t/m
3,5 meter
29 meter
B2 The 220 kV cable connection on land (4 circuits);
ground level
1,2 meter
1,4 meter

D The 380 kV cable connection on land (2 circuits).
ground level
1,2 meter
1,4 meter
Table 6-1 shows the starting points for the calculation.
Table 6-1 Overview of calculation parameters

No. Cable route Depth [m] Location Circuit Cable type Cable Calculation Current
(ground cover) circuit distance Diameter [m] [A]
centre-to-centre [m]
A Zeekabel 1.0 Single N/A 3x630 mm2 Al 0,173 630A

B1 sea cable 1.0 to 3.5 1.2 Single 29 3x1600mm2 Al 0,277 1010 A
B2 Landkabel Triangle 1,4 1x1200 mm2 Cu 0,111 606 A
D land cable 1,2 Triangle 1,4 1x1200 mm2 Cu 0,125 726 A
The dimensions of the cable specified by TenneT were used to determine the mutual position of the conductors. These positions,
at a ground cover of 1 meter, are shown in Table 6-2.
Table 6-2 Position of the conductors in the cable at 1 meter of ground coverage
X position Y position
66 kV zeekabel (A) Conductor 1 0.000 -1,047
Conductor 2 -0.034 -1,106
Conductor 3 0.034 -1,106
220 kV marine cable (B1) Conductor 1 0.000 -1,073
Conductor 2 0.057 -1,106
Conductor 3 -0.057 -1,106
220 kV land cable Conductor 1 0.000 -1,256
(B2) Conductor 2 0.056 -1,352
Conductor 3 -0.056 -1,352
380 kV land cable (D) conductors 1 0.000 -1,263
Conductor 2 0.063 -1,371
Conductor 3 -0.063 -1,371
For the calculation of the magnetic fields, only conductor current and no sheath / armor current is assumed. This is the worst
case situation.
The magnetic field is calculated at a height of 1 meter relative to the seabed or ground level.

Only normal operating situations are considered for the calculation.
6.1 Magnetic field zone width 380 kV land cables (D)

On land, the ground cover of the cable is 1.2 meters. The magnetic field is calculated at 1 meter above ground level.
The center-to-center distance between the cables is 1.4 meters.
For the land cables, the 0.4 µT magnetic field zone width has been calculated at a load of 726 A (60 %
of the design current of 1210 A) at the request of TenneT. The magnetic field zone is then, rounded off to 5
metres, 2x10 metres. The results of this calculation are shown in Figure 6-1
where the green dotted line indicates the rounded, 0.4 ÿT boundary.
380 kV submarine cable with 1.2 meters of ground cover

7
-15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15
Horizontal distance [m]

Figure 6-1 Magnetic field 4 cable circuits on land
For the drawings of the magnetic field zones, reference is made to Appendix A.
6.2 Magnetic field zone width 220 kV land cables (B2)

On land, the ground cover of the cable is 1.2 meters. The magnetic field is calculated at 1 meter above ground level.
The center-to-center distance between the cables is 1.4 meters.
For the land cables, the 0.4 µT magnetic field zone width has been calculated at a load of 606 A (60 %
of the design current of 1010 A) at the request of TenneT. The magnetic field zone is then, rounded to 5 metres,
2x15 metres. The results of this calculation are shown in Figure 6-1
where the green dotted line indicates the rounded 0.4 T boundary.

220 kV land cable with 1.2 meters of ground cover

6
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20

Figure 6-2 Magnetic field 4 cable circuits on land
6.3 Magnetic field zone width 220 kV marine cable (B1)

The 220 kV sea cables are first laid 29 m (7.9 km <) apart with a varied depth (1.0 to 3.5 m below the seabed) and
further into the sea 100 to 200 m (>7.9 km) apart with a depth of 1.0 m below the seabed.
6.3.1 220 kV marine cable circuits (B1) 29 meters apart

The magnetic fields have been calculated for location depths from 1.0 to 3.5 meters below the seabed in steps of 0.5
metres. The calculated magnetic field is 1 meter above the seabed, see figure 6-3, where the green dotted line
indicates the rounded 0.05 ÿT boundary at a ground cover of 1 meter.
The magnetic field zone (0.05 µT) is then, rounded to 5 metres, 2x65 metres. At a depth of 30 meters below ground
level (HDD bore), the peak value is approximately 0.026 µT.

220 kV submarine cable 1.0 m depth

5
1.5m depth
4,5 2.0m depth
4
2.5 m depth
3,5
3.0m depth
3
3.5 m depth
2,5
1,5
0,5
-70 -50 -30 -10 10 30 50 70
Figure 6-3 Magnetic field 4 cable circuit 220 kV sea cable (29 m apart) for 1.0 to 3.5 meters below the
seabed
Table 6-3 lists the magnetic field widths for 150 µT, 100 µT, 10 µT, 1 µT, 0.1 µT for different depths. These values
have been calculated with a resolution of 0.25 m.
Table 6-3 The magnetic field zones for different depths at a load of 1010 A
1.0 m 1.5m 2.0m 2.5 m 3.0m 3.5 m
depth depth depth depth depth depth
150 µT X 100 X X X X X
µT X 10 µT 1 X X X X X
µT 47,75 0,1 X X X X X X
µT 59,25 0,05µT 47,5 47,0 46,5 45,5 X
67,0 59,25 59,0 59,0 58,75 58,5

67,0 67,0 66,75 66,75 66,75
For the marine cables, the 0.05 µT magnetic field zone width has been calculated at a load of 1010 A (100 % of the
design current of 1010 A).
6.3.2 220 kV marine cable circuits (B1) 100 and 200 meters apart
At 100 meters and 200 meters apart, the influence on each other's magnetic field is negligible and each connection
is calculated as a single circuit (cable).
The magnetic field contour for this circuit has been calculated for a location depth of 1.0 meter below the seabed. The
results are shown in Figure 6-4, where the green dashed line indicates the rounded 0.05 T boundary. The magnetic
field zone (0.05 µT) is then, rounded to 5 meters, 2x20
meter.

220 kV submarine cable with 1 meter ground cover
5
One circuit
4,5
4
3,5
3
2,5
1,5
0,5
0
-25,0 -20,0 -15,0 -10,0 -5,0 0,0 5,0 10,0 15,0 20,0 25,0

Figure 6-4 Magnetic field 1 cable circuit 220 kV marine cable for 1.0 meter below the seabed
Table 6-5 lists the magnetic field widths for 150 µT, 100 µT, 10 µT, 1 µT, 0.1 µT for a circuit distance of 100 m.
These values have been calculated with a resolution of 1.0 m.
Table 6-4 The magnetic field zones at a load of 1010 A

1.0 m depth and 1 circuit
150 µT X
100 µT X
10 µT X
1 µT 5
0,1 µT 15
0,05 µT 21
6.4 Magnetic field zone width 66 kV marine cable (A)

The 66 kV marine cable consists of 1 cable circuit with a depth of 1.0 meter below the seabed.
The calculated magnetic field is 1 meter above the seabed, see figure 6-5, where the green dotted line
indicates the rounded 0.05 ÿT boundary for a location depth of 1 meter. The magnetic field zone (0.05 µT)
is then, rounded to 5 metres, 2x15 metres.

66 kV marine cable with 1 meter ground cover

3
2,5
1,5
0,5
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20
Figure 6-5 Magnetic field 1 cable circuit 66 kV marine cable for 1.0 meter below the seabed
The magnetic field widths for 150 µT, 100 µT, 10 µT, 1 µT, 0.1 µT for 1 meter below the seabed have been calculated
and shown in Table 6-5. These values have been calculated with a resolution of 0.1 m.
Table 6-5 The magnetic field zones for 66 kV marine cable at a load of 630 A
1.0 m
depth
150 µT X
100 µT X
10 µT X
1 µT 2,5
0.1 T 10.1
0.05µT 14.4
All calculations were performed using the program EFC-400-Electric and Magnetic Field Calculation version 5.04
and a calculation program developed by DNV GL for the calculation of magnetic fields.

APPENDIX A
Drawings and Documents List
- 10030198-31-001 Magnetic field zones land and sea cables HKZ_Rev1.dwg
AutoCad file on which the magnetic field zones (0.4 µT and 0.05 µT) of the land and sea cables are drawn on
both sides of the cables with corresponding RD coordinates
- 10030198-31-001 Magnetic field zones land and sea cables HKZ_Rev1.shp

Shape files on which the magnetic field zones (0.4 µT and 0.05 µT) of the land and sea cables are
drawn on both sides of the cables with associated RD coordinates
- 10030198-31-002 Magnetic field zones transformer station HKZ_Rev1.dwg

AutoCad file of the envelope, situation 1 and 2 magnetic field zones with associated RD
coordinates
- 10030198-31-002 Magnetic field zones transformer station HKZ_Rev1.shp

Shapefiles of the envelope, situation 1 and 2 magnetic field zones with associated RD coordinates
- Agreements on the calculation method for the “magnetic field zone” for underground cables and
high-voltage substations belonging to the Randstad 380 kV connection', dated 3 November 2011
DNV GL - Energy - Report No. 16-1436 - www.dnvgl.com/Energy A-1

APPENDIX B
Calculated situations of currents through the main rails
Situation 1: flow direction from Rail A towards Rail B

Situation 2: flow direction from Rail B towards Rail A
APPENDIX C
Basic principles document magnetic field zone calculation Net on
Sea Dutch coast (south)
JUST AT SEA DUTCH COAST (SOUTH)

EM FIELD CALCULATIONS
Basic principles document

magnetic field zone calculation
Just at Sea Hollandse Kust
(south)
TenneT TSO BV
Report No .: 16-1390
Datum: 2016-11-11
Content
1 INTRODUCTION................................................. .................................................. .................. 1
2 STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS ................................................... ..................................1
3 TRANSFORMATOR STATION 220/380KV ............................................................................2
4 CABLE CONNECTIONS ................................................ .................................................. ..4
5 REFERENCES................................................... .................................................. ................5
DNV GL - Energy - Report No. 16-1390. www.dnvgl.com/Energy Blz. i

1 INTRODUCTION
Magnetic field zone calculations must be carried out at the request of TenneT for the Net op Zee Hollandse
Kust (zuid) project. It concerns the calculation of the
magnetic field zones for
A. A backup cable (offshore) between two platforms B. Four

220 kV AC cable systems at sea (offshore and on-shore) between the platforms and the
transformer station on land. Two AC cable systems come from each platform;
C. A new onshore transformer substation with four transformers that transform the voltage from 220 kV to 380 kV;
D. Two 380 kV onshore AC cable systems between the new transformer substation and the existing 380 kV
high voltage substation;
Figure 1 Parts A, B, C and D of the scope
This document states the principles for the calculation of magnetic fields that will be applied to the transformer station
220/380kV and the sea and land cable connections.
The magnetic field zone calculations will be performed in accordance with the current version of the RIVM guideline [5].
2 STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS

When performing the magnetic field zone calculations, the following standards and regulations will apply:
• Agreements on the calculation method for the “magnetic field zone” for underground cables and
high-voltage substations belonging to the Randstad 380 kV connection', RIVM, November 3, 2011. Based on
these agreements, the 0.4 ÿT magnetic field zones will be calculated for the new 220/380 kV transformer
substation and around the land cables.
• ENG.00.001 Technical Drawing Guidelines - Autocad v1.4
• Magnetic field calculations will be performed with the software program EFC-400 or Excel
• Magnetic field calculations are performed in normal operation, short-circuit situations are not
considered.
The magnetic field zone calculations described are only intended for this specific project and do not apply as
general policy.

3 TRANSFORMATOR STATION 220/380KV

This section lists the principles for the calculation of magnetic fields that will be applied to the Transformer station 220/380kV, see Table
2. The 0.4 µT magnetic field zone is calculated for this station.
The number of situations to be calculated for this station has been determined in accordance with the RIVM calculation method
and is shown in Table 1.
The magnetic fields around the station are calculated according to the method as indicated in the RIVM document of 3 November
2011.
Table 1 Overview of magnetic field zones to be calculated Transformer station 220/380kV
Nr. Spanning [kV] Station name Number Abbreviation Number

of main rails to
calculate
situations
Transformator
1 220/380 station Two -
2
220/380kV
Table 2 Voltage, design load and calculation currents Transformer station 220/380kV
voltage level conductor Design flow Calculation Current Height
[kV] [A] [A] [m]
380 Main rail EH3A 2500 720 7.0 - 13.5
380 field EH1A 1000 360 7.0 – 13.5
380/220 kV
transformer
380 field EH2A 1000 360 7.0 – 13.5
380/220 kV
transformer
380 field EH4A 1000 200 7.0 – 15.0
filter (RLC)
220 field H1A 1250 350 10.0
reactors
220 field H2A 1250 600 7.0 – 10.0
cable introduction NoZ HKZ
220 field H3A 1250 600 7.0 – 10.0

voltage level conductor Design flow Calculation Current Height
[kV] [A] [A] [m]
220 field H4A 1250 350 10.0
reactors
380 Main rail EH3B 2500 720 7.0 - 13.5
380 field EH1B 1000 360 7.0 – 13.5
380/220 kV
transformer
380 field EH2B 1000 360 7.0 – 13.5
380/220 kV
transformer
380 field EH4B 1000 200 7.0 – 15.0
filter (RLC)
220 field H1B 1250 350 10.0
reactors
220 field H2B 1250 600 7.0 – 10.0
220 field H3B 1250 600 7.0 – 10.0
220 field H4B 1250 350 10.0
reactors
The calculation current of each field is determined based on 120% of the corresponding average current values as
indicated in [3.6]. Fields with reactors or filters are excluded; there the calculation current was determined on the basis of 100%
of the associated average current values, as indicated in [3.6].
DNV GL has made an overview drawing of the transformer station showing the coding of the rails, the heights and the clock
numbers used. For this overview drawing, reference is made to
Annex 1.

4 CABLE CONNECTIONS
This section lists the principles for the calculation of magnetic fields that will be applied to the sea and land cable connections.
The magnetic field contours are calculated for four configurations. It concerns the following configurations:
A The 66 kV backup cable between offshore platform Alpha and offshore platform Bèta
B1 The 220 kV cable connection at sea
B2 The 220 kV cable connection on land
D The 380 kV cable connection on land
The details of the configuration are shown in Table 3.
The magnetic field contours and the 0.4 µT magnetic field zones are calculated for the cable connections on land. For the cable
connections at sea, the magnetic field contours and the 150 ÿT, 100 ÿT, 10 ÿT, 1 ÿT, 0.4 ÿT, 0.1 ÿT magnetic field zones are
calculated.
The design flow for the cable connections is specified by TenneT in the document “Input information for EM fields
study HKZ – 20161012” dated 12 October 2016 [4]. The currents used to calculate the magnetic field (calculated current)
are shown in table 3.
The calculation current is 100% of the design current for the marine cable (connection A).
The calculation current is 100% of the design current for the marine cable (Connection B1)
The calculation current is 60% of the design current for the land cable (Connection B2)
The calculation current is 60% of the design current for the land cable (Connection D)
The mutual distances and depths of the configurations to be calculated are derived from TenneT's PowerPoint presentation
“Appendix 6 - Cable distances and installation depths” [3.10].
For the calculation of the magnetic fields, only conductor current and no sheath/armouring current have been assumed. This is
the worst case situation.
The magnetic field is calculated at a height of 1 meter relative to the seabed or ground level.
Only normal operating situations are considered for the calculation.
Table 3 Overview of calculation parameters
No. Cable route Depth [m] Circuit Circuit Cable type Cable Calculation Current
(ground cover) location distance Diameter [mm] [A]
centre-to-centre [m]
A Zeekabel 1,0 N/A 3x630 mm2 Al 173 630 A

Single
B1 sea cable 1.0 to 3.5 25 3x1600mm2 Al 277 1010 A
Single
B2 Landkabel 1.2 1.2 Triangle 1,4 1x1200 mm2 Cu 111 606 A
D land cable Triangle 1,4 1x1200 mm2 Cu 125 726 A
The ground cover of the sea cable towards land (B) varies. The magnetic field is calculated for a depth of 1.0 m to 3.5 m in steps
of 0.5 m.

5 REFERENCES
The table below lists the starting documents and drawings.
Table 4 Reference Table
Nr. Document / drawing Topic
1 Agreements on the calculation method for the “magnetic Agreements calculation method
field zone” for underground cables and high-voltage stations magnetic fields
belonging to the Randstad 380 kV connection', RIVM, 3 November
2011.
2 ENG.00.001 Technical Drawing Guidelines - Autocad guideline
Autocad v1.4.
3 Email from Mrs. C. Smits from 12-10-2016 A total of 11 attachments
3.1 161010_overview_route_offshore_MVL_A3l.pdf Appendix 1a
3.2 RPL_A02.zip Appendix 1b
3.3 161010_overzicht_route_maasvlakte_noord_A3l.pdf Appendix 2a
3.4 TRACE_MAASVLAKTE_160927.ZIP Appendix 2b
3.5 03214002TEK301 Location Maasvlakte Noord.dwg attachment 3
3.6 Currents & Clock numbers Transformerstation.pdf Appendix 4
3.7 Export Cable Datasheet 220 kV 3x1x1600AL.docx Bijlage 5a
3.8 Export Cable Datasheet 220 kV 3x1x1600Cu.docx Appendix 5b
3.9 Link kabel Datasheet 66 kV 3x1x630AL.docx Appendix 5c
3.10 Cable distances and installation Appendix 6

dieptes.pptx
3.11 Seabed mobility study for route comparison Appendix 7

Wind farm Hollandsche Kust Zuid - final.pdf
4 Input information for EM fields study HKZ - Input for the EM field study
20161012.docx Dutch Coast (south)
5 RIVM Guide version 4.1 dated. 2015-10-26 Agreements calculation method

magnetic fields

ANNEX 1 OVERVIEW TRANSFORMER STATION
OVERVIEW TRANSFORMER STATION 220/380KV WITH THE CODING OF THE RAILS, THE
ALTITUDE AND THE CLOCK NUMBERS USED

ABOUT DNV GL
Driven by our purpose of safeguarding life, property and the environment, DNV GL enables organizations to advance
the safety and sustainability of their business. We provide classification and technical assurance along with software
and independent expert advisory services to the maritime, oil and gas, and energy industries. We also provide
certification services to customers across a wide range of industries. Operating in more than 100 countries, our 16,000
professionals are dedicated to helping our
customers make the world safer, smarter and greener.
VIII
APPENDIX: DATA SHEETS
Witteveen+Bos | AH579-21/17-012.035 | Annex VIII | Final 02

ACO Passavant
separators
sludge traps
Concrete separators and sludge traps

For separating light liquids,
heavy metals and sludge
www.aco.nl
ACO Passavant
The ACO group stands worldwide for quality,

experience and innovation in the field of drainage
technology for applications in Civil Engineering,
Construction Engineering and Installation
Engineering. In the Netherlands, ACO is active with a
team of more than 30 employees.
ACO preferably approaches drainage issues from

an integrated chain approach, in which the
environment, climate and sustainability are central.
For this, ACO offers crucial elements for optimal
drainage with its Collect - Clean - Hold - Release

system chain. With a strong service, ACO supports
all customer groups, from architect to end user The future in drainage technology
according to the Train - Design - Support - Care
principle.
ank& ash 54
Introduction
To remove harmful substances from rainwater

or wastewater before discharging it into
the sewage system, surface water or to infiltrate
into the soil, separator installations are used.
Depending on the (liquid) substances to be
separated, different types of installations are used.
Under the brand name ACO Passavant, ACO
supplies an extensive range of separator installations.
In this brochure you will find information about
our separator installations. We are happy to

help you with all your questions, specification
service or capacity calculations to make the right
choice for your specific application. Contact ACO for
appropriate advice.
ACO Passavant
Index
General
We take care of the drainage 2
Introduction 2
Index 3
oil separators 4
Lamellae and heavy metal separator 5
Product overview
Product and choice matrix 6
Oleopator® 8
Oleopass® 9
Oleosmart 10
Heavy metal separator (HMS) 11
Lamella separator 12
Slibvangput 14
Regulator on Protector 15
System accessories and options 16
Related ACO products 17
Size information 18
3
ACO Passavant
oil separators
Oil separator installations consist of a sludge flow Sludge trap, Sludge trap capacity
trap and an oil separator section. When choosing separators, it is also important The required sludge capture capacity depends
In addition to oils, oil separators also remove to take into account the flow rate of the incoming on the application and is determined by the
other floating substances of mineral or synthetic waste water / rainwater. designer in accordance with the applicable
origin which are not or only poorly soluble in The dimensioning of the separator flow standards. ACO supplies calculation software in
water and whose density is less than sw* 0.95 g/ rate and sludge capture volume is accordance with NEN-EN 858 as support for this.
cm3. determined in accordance with NEN-EN ACO offers separators in combination with
Sludge settles, even when bound 858. The connected surface, whether or not different sludge capture capacities. If this
and/or contaminated with lighter substances. partially covered, and the rain intensity and integrated sludge trap is not sufficient or if an
pollution sources (light liquids, amount of sludge, alternative has to be sought for some other
Oil separators are fitted with a self-adjusting etc.) play a determining role. In some cases, reason, a separate sludge trap can also be
float installation that shuts off the outlet as soon such as during an extreme rain shower, it is not used as an extra buffer.
as the maximum oil storage capacity is reached. necessary to treat the entire flow rate via a placed in front of the separator.
separator, but the treated water is sufficient.
Standards and Certificates
Class l / Class ll of the so-called first flush. This first influx often The ACO Passavant separators meet the
Class II separators, just like class I separators, contains the most pollution. The water that highest quality requirements. ACO provides the
have a bulk waste screen. The effluent test flows in later is relatively clean. This flow can designer with supporting information and
value of class ll separators is therefore be done without capacity calculations in accordance with NEN-
< 100 mg/l allowing discharge to the sewer. impairing the cleaning result can be guided EN 858 and/or BRL 5251.
around the separator via a bypass. ACO
bypass separators offer a cost-effective solution, The monitoring of this quality and sustainable
Class I separators make traditional especially for large uncovered surfaces with production is guaranteed
use of coalescing filters. This allows them relatively low pollution levels. by applicable guidelines. ACO is ISO 9001
to achieve a high efficiency where the effluent certified and produces CO2
test value is < 5 mg/l. Discharge into surface consciously. ACO products comply with CE, are
water is then permitted. tested by LGA, PIA and/or have a KOMO
The latest ACO class I oil separator certificate.
“Oleosmart” no longer requires a maintenance-
sensitive (coalescence) filter.
4
ACO Passavant
Lamella and heavy metal separator
Oil separators separate substances that float

(sufficiently). There are also polluted substances
that do not float up or settle quickly enough with
the sludge. ACO offers with the slat
separator and the heavy metal separator
der (called HMS) a suitable and effective solution.
Lamella separator
The flow-free space in the lamella separator makes
it possible to separate less rapidly floating
substances, whether or not bound to fine sludge.
The ACO lamella separator is always filterless and

is standard equipped with an integrated flow
regulator. The sludge trap volume varies with the
separator type.
Heavy metal separator

With the HMS separator, ACO now also offers the
possibility to separate heavy metals and PAHs.
These metals, such as copper, zinc and lead, are
absorbed by a special filter and separated with it.
The HMS separator can be used in combination
with an oil separator or a lamella separator.
disconnect
Uncoupling is a very efficient way to prevent metals to be expected in the rainwater
overloading of the sewer system by rainwater and to be. Both separators have a high flow rate
to use rainwater more efficiently. This is being and are therefore particularly suitable for
used in more and more places. disconnection applications. Infiltration fields are
often installed to disconnect rainwater. For this,
Large public areas and industrial areas are ACO has introduced the Stormbrixx system,
particularly suitable for this. The possibility that the which distinguishes itself by:
rainwater is polluted with light
substances, fine sludge or heavy metals is Q High stability (Brickbonding);
certainly present here. Depending on the Q minimum transport
expected contamination, the slat separator is very volume (stackable elements);
efficient. The combination with a Q full inspectability (no
HMS is a logical choice when heavy partitions).
ACO Passavant
Product and choice matrix
The table opposite shows the most common Separator Product/Application Matrix
areas where separators are used. For each area
or application it is indicated to what extent light expected substances
liquids, heavy metals or coarse/fine sludge can be
Areas of application Light
expected. Based on this expectation, the same table heavy Rough
Earth mounting Nice
indicates for each application which type of separator flow
metal sludge/dirt promise
would suit it best. toffen
Gas station / Tank island
This is only a decision aid, so always check Body repair companies
whether the table is representative for your Scrap yards

situation in order to make a correct assessment Car wash / Hose down area
and choice.
Loading and unloading pits
ACO is happy to help you with this choice, National and provincial roads
also when it comes to calculating the flow rate Airports

or determining the most optimal NG
Storage and transhipment areas
(Nominal Size).
Parking lots
shipyards
Copper-zinc surfaces/roofs
metal recycling
recycling centers
Industrial liquid-tight floors
Disconnection from rainwater
Product description on page
possible, present, mainly
Oleopator Oleopass Oleosmart

Q Compact construction due to the combination Q Cost efficient solution and very Q Filterless Class I and II system;
of separator and sludge trap in one basin; suitable for large areas due to integrated Q advanced amalgamation of the latest
Q large oil storage volume; BYPASS; Q first flush treatment; Q highly technologies;
Q hydraulically tested sludge trap; efficient separation technique; Q high operational reliability;
Q wide choice in up to NG50-5000 Q maintenance-free;
integrated in one basin. Q space-saving, easy installation. Q very low maintenance costs.
ACO Passavant
oil separators
Heavy metals slats Slibvang
separator separator put
Oleopator Oleopass Oleosmart
CE & KOMO THIS CE & KOMO THIS THIS CE & KOMO
OOO O OOO O O
OOO O OO O O O
OO OOO OO OO OO O
OO OO OOO O O O
O OO OO O O O
O OOO OO O OOO O
O OO OOO OO O
OO OO OOO O OO O
O OOO OO O OOO O
OO OOO OO O OO O
OOO O O
O OO O OOO OO O
YES YES YES
YES YES YES
OO OOO O
pag. 8 pg. 9 pg. 10 O applicable pag. 11 pag. 12 pag. 14
OO common OOO specifically suitable
Heavy metal separator Lamella separator Slibvangput

Q Direct discharge of rainwater onto surfaces Q Direct discharge into surface water or Q Choice of different sludge capture volumes; Q
plain water or via infiltration system; via infiltration system; Q wide choice in NG;
Q possibility for bypass; integrated flow controller; Q KOMO certified.
Q separation of coarse/fine sludge and Q integrated bypass;
heavy metals; Q separation of fine sludge up to 50 microns
Q easy to maintain and clean. and oil separation < 5mg/ltr (Class I).
ACO Passavant
Oleopator®
The universal separator according to NEN-EN 858
Separator class l/ll
max
min/
T-
±0,00 -0,02
Inlet Exhaust pipe
DN DN
C
hydraulically optimized
sludge trap
Slibvangput
For dimensions and NG type see

size data pages 18-23
ØD
Product Description Benefits Oleopator Mandatory accessories acc. NEN-EN 858

The Oleopator is a KOMO certified concrete oil Q Sludge trap and oil separator are Q Oil layer thickness alarm.
separator for underground installation with traffic combines in one basin, resulting in lower
load D400 which complies with NEN 7089, NEN- installation costs; Options
EN 858 and BRL5251. The prefab reinforced Q no vulnerable connections Q Monsternameput;
concrete basin is C 35/45 monolithic cast, between sludge trap and oil separator; Q regulator as flow limiter at
completely manufactured in accordance with NEN- Q small footprint due to compact construction; (too) large surfaces, terrain may be
EN 206- temporarily flooded (see page 15);
1. The inside is provided with an oil-resistant ACO Q large collecting capacity of oil; Q Upstream sludge trap for extra sludge
Passavant coating on a blasted surface. Optionally, Q low connection depth; trap volume;
the separators are also available with HDPE lining. Q coalescing screen and coarse dirt filter are easy Q High Water Alarm;
to remove for maintenance and emptying; Q Protector D, for optimum safety
The cover plate and any shaft construction are in a high-risk area.
provided with an oil-resistant seal. The cast iron Q high separation efficiency;
cover, traffic class D400, covers the oil separator. Q Simple conversion from Class II to Class I
The internal built-in parts are made of high-quality coalescing separator possible;
8 PE. The automatic shut-off of the outlet by means Q load class cover standard D400 according to
of a float / construction plate is standard tared for NEN-EN 124;
liquids with a maximum density of 0.90 g/ Q complies with NEN-EN 858 and BRL5251;
Q KOMO certified;
Q Installation depth is possible up to 8 meters
cm3. Different densities are possible on request. The below ground level.
Oleopator, in class 1 version, is also equipped with a

removable and easy-to-clean coalescing filter unit. All
Oleopator separators have been tested as class II
separators with and without added coalescing screen.
This means that during inspections or cleaning

of the separator, the separator will always
function as a class II separator.
So the water supply does not have to be interrupted
to become.
ACO Passavant
Oleopass®
The separator for drainage of large areas
separator
class 1/2
max
min/
T- Bypass channel
±0,00 -0,05
Inlet Exhaust pipe
C DN DN
Supply
separator
Slibvangput
Slibvangput
For dimensions and NG type
see size data pages 18-23
Product description Mandatory accessories acc. NEN-EN 858

The Oleopass® is a separator that treats the The Oleopass, in class l version, is also equipped Q Oil layer thickness alarm.
entire stream of waste water in the separator with a removable and easy-to-clean coalescence
up to a certain flow rate. the separator filter unit. All Oleopass separators have been Options
is designed in such a way that smaller nominal tested as class II separators with and without Q Monsternameput;
polluted water quantities are always led through added coalescing screen. This means that during Q upstream sludge trap for extra sludge trap volume;
the separator and cleaned. In subsequent and inspections or cleaning of the separator, the
larger quantities, part of the stream, where the separator always continues to function as a class Q High Water Alarm;
contamination is much less concentrated, is II separator. The water supply therefore does not Q Protector D, for optimal safety
bypassed around the separator and directly to have to be interrupted. in a high-risk area.
the drain. This is a very efficient and economical
separation method, suitable for larger areas.
Advantages Oleopass®
The Oleopass is a concrete oil separator for Q Large areas can be cleaned with
underground installation with traffic load D400. proven separator technology
The prefab reinforced concrete basin is poured get watered; 9
monolithically, completely manufactured in Q sludge trap and oil separator are
accordance with NEN-EN C 35/45. The inside combines in one basin, resulting in lower
has an oil-resistant ACO Passavant coating on installation costs;
a blasted surface. The cover plate and any shaft Q bypass integrated in pelvis;
construction are provided with an oil-resistant Q no vulnerable connections between
seal. sludge trap or bypass and oil separator;
The cast iron cover, traffic class D400, Q small footprint due to compact
covers the oil separator. The internal built-in construction;
parts are made of high-quality PE. The automatic Q large collecting capacity of oil;
shut-off of the outlet by means of a float/ Q low connection depth;
construction plate is standard tared for liquids Q coalescing screen and coarse dirt filter
with a maximum density of 0.90 g/ are easy to remove at
hold and emptying;
cm3. Different densities are possible on request. Q high separation efficiency;
Q simple conversion from Class II to Class I coalescing
separator;
Q load class cover standard D400 according to NEN-

EN 124.
ACO Passavant
Oleosmart
Most maintenance-friendly filterless oil separator

Parts considered in more detail
1 Inlet; 2
7 max
min/
T-
inspection opening;
±0,00 -0,02
3 coalescing channel;
4 4 flow influencer;
2 6
5 protection tube with dirt trap & float;
5 C
3 6 exhaust with sampling facility;
1 7 concrete basins;
8 integrated sludge capture.
8
øD

size data pages 18-23
Product Description diameter) is accessible. The cover plate and any Mandatory accessories acc. NEN-EN 858
The Oleosmart is a filterless oil separator according shaft construction are provided with an oil-resistant Q Oil layer thickness alarm.
to class I of NEN-EN 858, suitable for ground seal.
installation. The polluted water The lids can be perfectly adjusted to the desired Options
is carried in a special interior through a coalescence height by means of shaft rings and leveling rings. The Q Sampling well;
channel, where even the smallest oil particles are entire construction is suitable for heavy traffic and can Q upstream sludge trap for extra
separated from the water and floated up. With the therefore be placed in traffic areas. sludge volume;
innovative flow technology developed and patented Q High Water Alarm;
by ACO, the Oleosmart has excellent separator The cast iron covers have a traffic class D400 Q Protector D, for optimum safety
performance without using conventional coalescing as standard. in a high-risk area.
filters, PU foam or any other maintenance-sensitive The basin is provided with an oil-resistant ACO
medium. Passavant coating as standard, HDPE lining is also

available on request.
The internal built-in parts are made of high-quality
PE. The automatic closing of the outlet by means of
Calamities as a result of filter clogging, cleaning a float closing plate is standard tared for liquids with
10 and/or replacement of filter units are now a thing of a maximum density of 0.90 g/cm3. Different densities
the past! are possible on request.
The coalescing channel is self-cleaning, does not

need to be replaced and is therefore virtually
maintenance-free. The Oleo
smart complies with BRL5251 and is KOMO certified.
Benefits Oleosmart
Q Filterless coalescence technique;
Class I & II advantage Q class I and II separator in

01
A special variant of the Oleosmart is the Oleosmart one pelvis possible;
Duo, in which a class I and II separator is integrated Q minimal maintenance costs; Q 02
in one basin. optimum operational reliability; Q
As a result, a smaller flow rate may be calculated integrated sludge trap;

Dirty water Clean water
according to the standard (fd factor = 1). Q optimized dimensions;
The Oleosmart is constructed from a monolithic Q Installation depth is possible up to 8 meters 03

below ground level.
poured concrete basin, provided with a cover plate or
cone which is connected through one or more
manholes (depending on the basin).
Coalescence channel technology

ACO Passavant
Heavy metal separator (HMS)
The solution for disconnecting rainwater
schachtafdekking
Schachtafdekking
T
T
inlet exhaust pipe
Inlet Exhaust pipe
DN
DN// OD
OD DN / OD
DN / OD
H1
H1
D2
D2

Product description Filter pack

With its heavy metal separator, called HMS package to add environment-specific filter
(Heavy Metal Separator), ACO has a solution for packages. This may apply in case of a changing
separating heavy metals and organic substances presence of heavy metals or a combination with
such as PAHs (Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons)
from rainwater. If they are disconnected, these other pollutants.
substances can enter surface waters directly with
the rainwater and eventually end up in our food Maintenance
chain. The maintenance of these heavy metal
separators is easy due to the spacious access
Heavy metals can be very harmful to public shaft and the handy filter packages. The
health at high concentrations. Zinc, copper, lead, maintenance cost depends on environmental
Layers of zeolite for optimal absorption of heavy
nickel, chromium, but also PAHs can easily end factors and the type of separator, whereby the
metals.
up in the sky water via the public road, a site or dimension of the sludge trap space is partly
via roofs. Examples include tire wear, brake pad decisive, but mainly the filter package. We
wear, crash barriers, traffic signs or corrosion of recommend that the filter package be rinsed if
car parts. Sinking, lead or copper roof parts can there is insufficient permeability and that it should 11
also contribute to heavy metals in the rainwater. be checked at least once a year to see whether
it needs to be cleaned.
to replace.
The heavy metal separator is constructed from a

ACO supplies heavy metal separators for various monolithically poured concrete basin, provided
applications, smaller types for roofs and larger with a cover plate or cone, which is accessible HMS benefits
ones for areas up to 10,000 m2. Have all through one or more manholes (depending on Q High sedimentation and filter/absorption capacity;
separators the basin type).
am an excellent sedimentation of al dan The lids can be perfectly adjusted to the desired Q filter plate suitable for specific filter materials;
uncontaminated sludge, the sludge volume height by means of shaft rings and, if necessary,
varies per type of separator / application. leveling ring rings. The entire construction is Q maintenance-friendly and easily accessible;
After the sedimentation, filtration and absorption suitable for heavy traffic and can therefore be Q bypass option; Q great operational
of the undissolved and dissolved heavy metals placed in traffic areas. The cast iron covers reliability.
PAHs etc. takes place. The filter of the have a traffic class D400 as standard. In
heavy metal separator is composed of three addition, the pelvis is standard
different layers of filter material.
The filter platform is spacious and therefore provided with an ACO Passavant coating.
easily accessible for maintenance work on the The internal built-in parts are made of high-
filter package. The plateau offers possibilities quality PE and stainless steel.
to use in addition to the standard filter
ACO Passavant
Lamella separator
The solution for disconnecting rainwater
A inlet
B exhaust pipe
1 coarse sludge separation
A B 2 lamella package
4 5
3 fine sludge + bound substances
4 oil layer (light liquids)
5 purified water
2
1
3 size data pages 18-23
Product Description
The ACO Lamella separator ensures the separation ACO's lamella package consists of profiled plates Lamella separators are available for a wide range
of coarse, fine sludge, light liquids, but also heavy with the advantage that sludge/oil collects in the of discharge flow rates. Because the lamella separators
metals that are bound to sludge, for example. sheltered places and binds to fine sludge. The fine are included in the sewer system, there is a wide
Separating these substances is important as soon as sludge gradually sinks to the quiet fine sludge room. variety of connection depths and diameters and the
the rainwater is contaminated and must be The lighter oils adhere, bind and move upwards along dimensions are therefore determined per project.
disconnected. By disconnection, the rainwater is the profile, where they are also collected outside the
discharged directly into the surface water or via an flow in a quiet light fabric room up to class I separator If you have any questions about this, please contact
infiltration system. The ACO lamella separator has a level. ACO.
unique and highly effective Cross
Benefits Lamella separator
Q High efficiency effluent;

Flow slat package. Q very compact design;
Q complies with NEN-EN 858/-1;
12 With ACO's Cross flow principle, contaminated or Q flow-free buffer spaces, So=1 m/h;
uncontaminated sludge and light liquids are discharged Q overload-free slat package / operation;
perpendicular to the flow direction to the flow-free
buffer zones. Q integrated debit scheme with
light liquids promise
The Cross Flow lamella separator has bypass;

profiled sheets
as a result, the disadvantages of the counter-current Q low maintenance, easy to clean;
or co-current principle, as is often used, and whereby The slat package is low-maintenance and
the separated substances can mix again through durable. The coarse and fine sludge chambers Q heavy metals bound to sludge are
swirling. The Cross Flow system has thus become are easily accessible for cleaning. captured.
insensitive to system overload. The slat pack can be removed for inspection and
cleaning if required.
light liquids
The pelvis is equipped with a
D400 loadable cover. The internal built-in parts are

exclusively made of high-quality materials. The slat
separator comes standard with a de
beet control and bypass device which automatically

activates above 14 l/s/ha (5mm/ha).
promise
crossflow principe
ACO Passavant
Application examples Lamella separator or HMS
Lamella separator for discharge

to surface water.
HMS / lamella separator
ACO Drain® Linear drainage channels drain the water high

to the surface, so no pump installation is required.
Lamella separator for discharge to

surface water at overflow of Wadi.
ACO Drain® grid gutter to ACO Drain® Linear drainage channels drain the
bring water “over” the water high to the surface, eliminating the need for a
sidewalk to the road. pump installation and allowing maximum infiltration height.
13
Lamella separator in combination with infiltration. The

lamella separator prevents the
infiltration facility.
Infiltration Package
ACO Drain® Linear drainage channels drain the water high to

the surface, eliminating the need for a pump installation and
allowing maximum infiltration height.
ACO Passavant
Slibvangput CS
The loose sludge trap for placement for the oil separator
min
T-
± 0,00
- 0,02
G
ØD

Product Description
Separator installations exist across the
generally from a sludge trap, oil separator and
sampling well. The sludge trap and the oil
separator are often integrated in one basin.
Depending on the local situation, it may be

desirable to work with a separator with
upstream, separate sludge trap. ACO supplies
a complete range of sludge traps with a volume
of 700 liters to 18,000 liters each*.
These are coated and KOMO certified for

combination with oil separators. The sludge
traps are optionally available with HDPE lining.
The sludge traps are accessible by means of
BEGU covers in different numbers and diameters.
14
Sludge traps can of course also be used

as a “loose” sludge trap in, for example,
infiltration facilities, or can also be used as a
buffer pit.
*larger content on request!

ACO Passavant
Regulator
Upstream buffer basin with flow regulator for

drainage of large areas without bypass
cover according to cover according to
NEN-EN 124 option: valve NEN-EN 124
inlet
hinge piece
REGULATOR
Regulator exhaust pipe
exhaust
separator
buffer basin with built-in regulator separator
Product description The Benefits Regulator

ACO Passavant Regulator System is a pre- as is the case with regular flow control systems Q Complete wastewater stream is
connected buffer basin with flow regulator in a based on vortex techniques. This vortex treated;
separator installation. Because the rainwater is enhances the mixing and refining of Q smaller separator possible;
buffered, a separator with a smaller nominal size contaminated oils that were previously bound Q lower operating costs due to smaller amount
is possible. The buffer basin is fitted with a flow with sludge, the oil separator will be able to of oil / water / sludge;
regulator. The flow rate of the outlet opening can separate these oils less efficiently. Because the Q no unnecessary mixing and refining
be adjusted from 1 to 80 l/s. ACO regulator system does not allow oils to be of oils, the separator efficiency is therefore not
mixed and/or refined further, this has less adversely affected;
The outlet opening is positioned at the end of adverse effects on the separating capacity of Q the outlet flow is independent of the water
the inlet arm which floats on the surface with the separator. level;
floats. This ensures an even flow of water to Q large sludge trapping capacity;
the separator regardless of the water level in Q load class cover D400 in accordance
the basin . Areas of application with NEN-EN 858;
Q Parking lots; Q KOMO product certificate.
This method of flow control prevents further Q industrial estates;
mixing of oils with water Q tank farms. 15
Protector D
Product description The

protector is an “emergency facility” to be
applied to unsafe or less controllable situations.
It protects the environment by protecting the
(Oil) separator against overload in case of
unforeseen situations. the protector
basins have a large overflow volume for

maximum safety. The automatic valve closes
within 10 seconds and can be linked to alarm Contaminants exhaust to
Inlet separator
systems of other safety facilities. The shutter can
also be operated manually.
ACO Passavant
System accessories and options
Securat® alarm systems Performance

The alarm system is always recommended the float closes the outlet or when the separator The oil layer thickness and liquid level sensor
because it indicates when the separator must is filled above the upper waterline due to are both connected to a control unit. This
be emptied and when unexpected or dangerous backwater in the discharge channel. This liquid contains Dip switches to configure the unit, by
situations occur. level sensor also works in case the coalescing default these are set to two sensors. Optionally,
An alarm system is required as soon as the element is heavily soiled. In these situations, the control unit can be implemented from a GSM
requirement in EN858-2 related to the risk of control, cleaning or other remedial measures module. Emergency situations are then
escaping light liquids is not met. must be taken to ensure the function of the automatically called through to a maximum of 3
separator. mobile numbers. An extra security which can also
effectively reduce the number of regular checks.
The alarm system uses the oil sensor to A cable coupling is included to extend the sensor
measure the thickness of the oil layer and thus cable if necessary, with the cable bracket the
indicates whether the separator needs to be sensor can be hung at the desired position and
cleaned. The adjustment (height in the basin) of height.
the sensor depends on the permitted oil layer
thickness, which has been determined for each
type of basin. The sensor gives a signal to the
control module as soon as the maximum
thickness is almost reached. The emptying of the
separator can then be scheduled before the float
completely closes the outlet.
A second sensor signals the liquid level in the

separator to prevent undesired overflow from the
separator. This is especially important when
Options
QCoalescence filter for a high
efficiency -effluent test value < 5mg/l, class I
16
QCover
QShaft rings and leveling rings
(70-90-110-200-400 mm)
QCone construction for shaft construction
QUniversele GSM-module coalescence filter Cone construction Cover
Sampling wells BKLO class D400 PKL Class D400
Concrete PVC control box

ACO Passavant
Related ACO products
Linear drainage systems are aesthetically pleasing.

The drainage of water is faster than with point drainage.
Here you will find all technical information regarding line drainage.
Request the ACO DRAIN line drainage documentation for product information
In the brochure you will find an overview of ACO Passavant pumping

stations for underground installation. For this, ACO offers solutions in both
concrete and plastic with different pump types for different areas of
application. In addition to an extensive product description with technical
specifications, you will find various accessories and options for installation
and control. We are happy to assist you with advice and capacity
calculations to determine the correct pump sump and pump capacity.
Vr
Request the ACO Passavant Pumping sump documentation for product information
Plastic crate systems are nowadays a widely accepted method for rainwater
storage or infiltration. ACO has made an inventory of the most commonly 17
used crates from well-known suppliers and looked at where benefits can be
achieved for the environment, among other things. We have looked very
critically at how these can be technically improved, but also made more CO2
neutral. ACO Stormbrixx is therefore not a shameless copy of other systems,
but a new design in which the wishes of the clients have been carefully
listened to!
Vr
Request the ACO Stormbrixx documentation for product information
ACO Passavant
Size information
OLEOPATOR®
OF type 1,5 1,5 1,5 3 3 3 3 4
Slibvang volume 0 150 300 0 300 600 900 0
Cover 1 x Ø 625
Tax class D T-min m 0.73 0,73 0,72 0,73 0,72 0,75 0,75 0,73
Art. no. kl. 1 OLC .. / kl. 2 OLE .. 1.5.0000D 1.5.0150D 1.5.0300D 03.0000D 03.0300D 03.0600D 03.0900D 04.0000D
T-max m 5,36 5,36 5,35 5,36 5,35 5,38 5,38 5,36
Oil storage volume liter 163 163 163 163 163 163 464 160
Total volume liter 500 500 750 750 750 930 1.490 500
Ø Connection key mm 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 160
Ø Bekken D m 1,27 1,27 1,27 1,27 1,27 1,27 1,48 1,27
Height C m 0,79 0,79 1,12 0,79 1,12 1,36 1,48 0,79
Total weight* kg 2.200 2.200 2.400 2.200 2.400 2.800 3.880 2.200
Weight of heaviest part kg 1.600 1.600 1.800 1.600 1.800 2.200 2.850 1.600
The technical data of the NG 40, 50, 65, 80, and 100 are available on request.
OF type 8 10 10 10 10 10 15 15
Slibvang volume 5000 0 1000 2000 3000 5000 0 1500
Cover 1 x Ø 625
Tax class D T-min m 0.77 0,73 0,97 0,69 0,73 0,77 0,81 0,74
Art. no. kl. 1 OLC .. / kl. 2 OLE .. 08.5000D 10.0000D 10.1000D 10.2000D 10.3000D 10.5000D 15.0000D 15.1500D
T-max m 5,38 5,36 5,34 5,33 5,36 5,38 5,45 5,47
Total volume liter 6.480 500 1.520 2.700 3.730 6.480 1.600 2.440
Ø Bekken D m 2,44 1,27 1,48 1,82 1,74 2,44 1,82 1,82
18
Height C m 1,93 0,79 1,52 1,67 2,34 1,93 1,11 1,62
Total weight* kg 9.450 2.200 3.770 5.570 5.820 9.450 5.120 5.620
* 100 kg heavier for class D
OF type 40 40 40 50 50 65 80 100
Slibvang volume 0 4.000 5.000 0 5.000 0 0 0
Cover 1 x 800 1 x 800 1 x 800 1 x 800 1 x 800 2 x 800 2 x 800 2 x 800
Tax class D T-min m 0.91 0,91 0,91 0,91 0,86 0,96 0,99 0,92
Art. no. kl. 1 OLC .. / kl. 2 OLE .. 40.0000D 40.4000D 40.5000D 50.000D 50.5000D 65.0000D 80.0000D 100.0000D
T-max m 5,57 5,52 5,52 5,57 5,52 3,6 3,63 3,57
Ø Bekken D m 2,44 2,44 2,44 2,44 2,44 2,44 2,44 2,44
Height C m 1,21 2,13 2,30 1,21 2,30 1,43 1,81 2,16
Total weight* kg 7.050 9.600 9.900 7.050 9.900 9.000 8.950 11.500
ACO Passavant
4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8
400 800 1200 0 600 1200 1800 5000 0 800 1600 2400
Cover 1 x Ø 625
0,74 0,71 0,71 0,73 0,78 0,71 0,72 0,77 0,73 0,77 0,72 0,74
04.0400D 04.0800D 04.1200D 06.0000D 06.0600D 06.1200D 06.1800D 06.5000D 08.0000D 08.0800D 08.1600D 08.2400D
5,37 5,34 5,34 5,36 4,41 5,34 5,35 5,35 5,36 5,40 5,35 5,37
160 512 236 160 160 236 576 1.272 273 576 576 576
740 1.530 1.530 500 910 1.530 2.650 6.480 500 1.520 2.300 3.240
160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160
1,27 1,48 1,48 1,27 1,27 1,48 1,82 2,44 1,27 1,82 1,82 1,74
1,10 1,52 1,52 0,79 1,33 1,52 1,64 1,93 0,79 1,15 1,44 2,00
2.400 3.880 3.880 2.200 2.800 3.880 5.570 9.450 2.200 5.120 5.170 5.370
1.800 2.850 2.850 1.600 2.200 2.850 4.400 6.700 1.600 3.850 4.000 4.200
15 15 20 20 20 20 20 30 30 30 30
3000 5000 0 2000 4000 5000 6000 0 3000 5000 6000
Cover 1 x 625
0,80 0,77 0,82 0,76 0,73 0,77 0,83 0,84 0,80 0,86 0,78
15.3000D 15.5000D 20.0000D 20.2000D 20.4000D 20.5000D 20.6000D 30.0000D 30.3000D 30.5000D 30.6000D
5,43 5,38 5,45 5,37 5,37 5,38 5,44 5,47 5,50 5,44 5,39
600 870 594 594 930 1.163 1.163 654 1.513 1.513 1.513
4.620 6.970 1.600 3.200 5.630 6.970 7.730 1.600 5.530 7.630 8.440
200 200 200 200 200 200 200 250 250 250 250
1,74 2,44 1,82 1,74 2,44 2,44 2,44 1,82 2,44 2,44 2,44
19
2,27 2,06 1,10 1,98 1,70 2,06 2,26 1,08 1,76 2,23 2,44
5.820 9.750 5.170 5.270 8.950 9.650 10.250 5.600 9.000 10.100 10.400
4.650 7.000 4.000 4.100 6.200 7.000 7.500 4.000 6.400 7.500 7.800
Shaft construction
standard manhole cover manhole construction

Ø 625 cover plate Ø 800/600 with shaft ring Ø 625
T min/max
± 0.0 W W - 0.02
manhole cover plate Ø 625 construction with shaft ring Ø leveling ring ØD
eccentric 800/600 90-110 mm C
Oleopator
ACO Passavant
Size information
Heavy metal separator
OF type Roofs Infiltration
Slibvang volume
Cover Class D400 mm 1 x Ø 800 1 x Ø 800 Ø 800 & 600 Ø 800 & 600
Maximum flow L/s 7,5 7,5 / 75 75 15/100
Article number 712735 712559 712555 712556
T min / max m 0,925 / 5,34 1,645 / 5,75 1,13 / 5,79 1,13 / 5,79
Suitable for surface m2 500 2500 4000 10.000
Ø Connection key mm 160 300 300 300
Ø Bekken D m 1,475 2,44 2,44 2,44
Height C m 1,52 1,43 1,38 1,38
Total weight kg 4.200 9.600 9.500 9.500
Weight of heaviest part kg 3.000 6.800 7.000 7.000
T min/max T min/max
± 0.00 watts W ± 0.00 ± 0.00 watts W - 0.02
ØD ØD
C C
Heavy metal separator Slibvangput CS / Oleopass®
Slibvangput CS
20
OF type 0,7 1,0 1,5 2 2,5 3
Slibvang volume liter 700 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Cover 1 x Ø 625
Tax class D T-min m 0.72 0,75 0,75 0,75 0,72 0,74
Art. nr. CS.. 07.D110 10.D110 15.D110 20.D200 25.D160 30.D160
T-max m 5,35 5,31 5,38 5,38 5,36 5,37
Total volume liter 735 990 1.476 2.253 2.642 3.234
Ø Connection key mm 110 110 110 200 160 160
Ø Bekken D m 1,27 1,27 1,48 1,82 1,82 1,74
Height C m 1,12 1,36 1,48 1,42 1,64 2,00
Total weight* kg 2.400 2.850 3.970 4.770 5.570 5.570
Weight of heaviest part kg 1.800 2.250 3.050 3.600 4.400 4.400
*100 kg heavier for class D400

ACO Passavant
OLEOPASS®
OF type 6 8 10 10 15 15 20
Slibvang volume 1600 1600 2500 2500 3400 5000 5000
Cover Class D400 2 x Ø 625
Maximum flow liter/s 60 80 80 100 75 150 160
T min 1) m 1,27 1,27 0,92 1,03 1,08 1,06 1,06
T max m 5,55 5,55 5,55 5,70 5,70 5,70 5,70
Oil storage volume liter 129 129 280 280 526 526 759
Ø Connection key mm 315 315 315 400 315 400 400
Ø Bekken D m 1,84 1,84 2,30 2,44 2,30 2,44 2,44
Height C m 1,24 1,24 1,14 1,08 1,57 1,87 1,87
Total weight kg 6.000 6.000 8.800 8.450 9.800 10.000 10.200
Weight of heaviest part kg 4.700 4.700 6.300 5.900 7.200 7.450 7.650
1) T min and the clear width of the cover depend on the installation situation
System accessories, see page 16
Regulator
Type Connection flow Type

diameter in l/s buffer-
Q the stream
100 160 1 t/m 8 9 CS 10

200 200 t/m 40 41 PR 18
300 300 t/m 80 PR 18
21
5 6 6,5 8 10 13 PR 13 PR 18
5000 6000 6500 8000 10000 13000 13000 18000
0,89 0,78 0,96 0,91 1,24 0,76 1,40 0,95
50.D160 60.D200 65.D300/400 80.D300 100.D300 130.D300 PR13.D300 PR18.D400
5,47 5,52 5,54 5,49 5,49 5,07 3,60 3,60
5.108 5.854 6.766 7.926 10.000 13.000 13.000 18.500
160 200 315/400 315 315 315 250 400
2,42 2,44 2,44 2,44 3,00 3,00 2,50 x 5,10 2,50 x 5,10
1,70 1,79 2,00 2,31 2,07 2,55 1,61 2,05
10.100 9.050 9.550 10.150 16.160 16.160 26.960 26.960
7.350 6.300 6.800 7.400 15.400 15.400 19.000 19.000

ACO Passavant
Size information
OLEOSMART
OF type 3-4 3-4 3-10 3-10 15 10-15 6-15
Slibvang volume 400 800 1000 2000 1500 3000 5000
Cover Class D400 1 x Ø 800 / 600
T min m 0,775 0,7 0,78 0,76 0,98 1,115 0,98
T max m 5,47 5,395 5,475 5,455 5,495 5,63 5,495
Oil storage volume liter 142 205 396 396 744 744 744
Ø Connection key mm 160 160 160 160 160 160 160
Ø Bekken D m 1,27 1,475 1,82 1,74 2,44 2,44 2,44
Height C m 1,275 1,465 1,32 1,915 1,285 1,68 2,205
Total weight kg 3060 3750 5200 5950 8140 9240 10040
Weight of heaviest part kg 2250 2800 3880 4600 5600 6700 7500
T min/max
± 0.00 watts W - 0.02
ØD
± 0.00 watts W - 0.05

H
Oleosmart ØD
22
Lamella separator Lamella separator
OF type 1.5 2.5 5 7 12 15
Terrain m2 1070 1785 3571 5000 8571 10714
Cover
Pelvis L x W cm 104 x 104 124 x 124 155 x 155 155 x 155 180 x 180 240 x 240
Installation depth H cm 210 310 300 320 310 317
Connection key Ø mm* 160 200 250 250 315 315
Connection depth T cm 68 100 95 123 116 120
Oil storage volume liter 32 54 70 72 118 147
Coarse sludge storage volume liter 300 900 1000 1200 1500 4000
Fine sludge storage volume liter 100 250 240 300 350 780
Total weight kg 2400 4350 6450 6750 8820 15770
Weight of heaviest part kg 2000 3900 5600 5900 7300 12830
Note: Types NG 30 - 60 have a bottom plate that can protrude up to 25 cm beyond the pelvis size. The transport width is maximum 350 cm.
The maximum area to be connected is based on a precipitation amount of 14 l/sec/ha.
Separators are suitable for heavy traffic kl. D400.
* PVC sleeve, different connection on request
ACO Passavant
OLEOSMART duo
OF type 3-10 3-10 3-10 3-10 to 75
Slibvang volume 1000 2000 3000 5000
Cover Class D400 1 x Ø 600 & 800
T min 1) m 1,07 1,07 1,08 0,96
Oil storage volume liter 800 800 800 800
Ø Connection key mm 160 160 160 160
Ø Bekken D m 2,44 2,44 2,44 2,44
Height C m 1,17 1,44 1,67 2,21
Total weight kg 8.400 8.800 9.400 8.800
Weight of heaviest part kg 5.800 6.300 6.900 6.300
Other technical data on request.
23
20 25 30 40 50 60
14285 17857 21428 28571 35714 42857
240 x 240 240 x 240 200 x 390 250 x 390 300 x 390 350 x 400
317 317 353 353 353 353
400 400 500 500 600 600
120 120 150 150 150 150
196 245 288 384 480 576
3200 2500 3600 4800 6000 7200
1000 1200 1800 2400 3000 3600
15820 15870 32050 36530 41020 47990
12880 12930 25350 28440 31530 37090

Product groups:
Q ACO Drain®
Q ACO Passavant
Q ACO Stainless
To Q ACO Profile
Q ACO Pipe®
Q ACO GM-X
Q ACO EasyGarden®
The future in drainage technology Q ACO Markant
Q ACO Sport
Q ACO Pro
Q ACO ShowerDrain
Q ACO Stormbrixx®
Q ACO TopTek
¹ 2015 ACO
The information in this brochure has been provided by ACO
prepared with the greatest possible care.

In connection with the continuous improvement of
existing products and the development of
new products, ACO reserves the right
to change specifications. It is the
responsibility of the processor resp. to determine
to the consumer that the ACO product is suitable
for the planned application and that it is processed
ACO BV
in accordance with the applicable installation
PO Box 217 regulations. To the recommendations and
7000 AE Doetinchem
suggestions cannot become guarantees
Tel. (0314) 36 82 80
because the processing and use conditions are
Fax (0314) 36 82 90
Email: info@aco.nl beyond the control of ACO
www.aco.nl lying down.
ACO Passavant
Pumps
Pumps and lifting stations

For rainwater and wastewater
www.aco.nl
ACO Passavant
The ACO group stands worldwide for quality,

experience and innovation in the field of drainage
technology for applications in Civil Engineering,
Construction Engineering and Installation
Engineering. In the Netherlands, ACO is active with a
team of more than 30 employees.
ACO preferably approaches drainage issues

from an integrated chain approach, in which
the environment, climate and sustainability are
central. For this, ACO offers crucial elements for
optimal drainage with its Collect - Clean - Hold -
Release system chain. With a strong service,
ACO supports all customer groups, from architect We take care of the drainage
to end user according to the Train - Design -
Support - Care principle.
ank& ash 54
Introduction
As a specialist in the field of drainage, ACO criteria that must be considered before an
offers a unique range of pump installations for optimal choice for the pump installation can be
many applications. made.
In this, ACO is a system supplier, which
means that we focus on supplying complete Due to the multitude of options and the many
installations. preconditions, it is possible that doubts
The purpose of this brochure is to inform the remain about the optimal pump choice after
designer, installer/contractor and user about the studying the documentation. In this case,
standard options with the ACO pump range. please contact ACO without any obligation.
We are happy to assist you with this.
This brochure also provides guidance
related to different design
2
ACO Passavant
Index
General
We take care of the drainage 2
Index 3
Service and maintenance 3
What you need to know before making a choice 4
Determining the volume of the pump reservoir 5
Installation choice 6
Pump impeller type 7
Pump control 8
Pump location 10
Choice matrix pump installations free installation 12
Choice matrix for pump sumps in ground/floor installation 13
Plastic lifting stations (free installation) 14
Sinkamat-Compact 15
MULI-MINI mono / duo 16

ACO has a specialized service partner for the
MULI-STAR mono 18
connection and commissioning of pumps and control
MULI-PE (1 /2 /3) duo 20
cabinets, as well as for faults and maintenance.
MULI-PE-S-100 (200) mono / duo 22
MULI-Pro-PE K- (15, 22, 30) duo 24
MULI-Pro-PE V- (15, 22, 30) duo 26
Plastic pump sumps (for underground installation) 28
Flex pump sump PPL-KP 30
Sinkamat-K 31
MuliMax-F SAT 32
MuliMax-F SITA 33
Distrimex Pumps and Service,
Powerlift-K (50UA) 34
Edisonstraat 12, Doetinchem
Powerlift-K (POM and POMA) 35
tel. 0314 368 444.
Outside office hours, tel. 088 2981722.

Concrete pump wells (for underground installation) 36
You can contact us here 7 days a week, 24 hours a day
POMA and KV series 38
for service and malfunction reports.
BV204 and BV208 39
BE serie 40
CE series 42
To belong
Switch and Control Boxes 44
Parts / options 46
Teeuwissen sewer cleaning

Related ACO products 47 Bestevaer 50
1271 ZA Houses
tel. 035 5252319

Service and maintenance This number is forwarded to the breakdown
service outside office hours.
3
ACO Passavant
What you need to know before making a choice
According to NEN3215, rainwater and

domestic wastewater must be disposed
of separately.
Legal framework Applications according to NEN3215

In a country like the Netherlands, with NEN3215 distinguishes between the importance
small differences in height and large parts of the operation of the pumps. This leads to a
that are even below sea level, there is a lot division into:
of pumping in practice. Q Locations of great
importance: Buildings, such as industry,
If no provision has been made to prevent the utility and residential buildings and complete homes.
wastewater from entering the building via the
Q Locations with limited applications
sewage pump in the event of a blockage in
less important;
the house connection pipe, then in consultation
Individual spaces in homes, shops,
with the municipality, it must be discharged
etc.
directly into the public sewer via a separate
Q Special applications eg elevator shafts
house connection pipe
(specially referred to in the NTR 3216).
(see figure).
Additional requirements
The NEN-EN 1825 and NEN-EN 752 offers

permit granting authorities the option
to impose additional requirements with
regard to the risk of basement flooding. ACO
If there are discharge devices or discharge
recommends always using a double-pump
points in a building or on a site that are
lifting station behind a freely installed grease
located at such a low level that they cannot
separator, if pumping is necessary. This is
discharge via a free fall, these devices must
to prevent the risk of flooding the space.
be connected to a pumping installation.
See article 4.1.4. of the NEN 3215
flood prone
connection point crown of the street
sidewalk
Bron NTR by 3.4.2 fig. 3.3
sewage pump ground pipeline main sewer

separate
house connection line
4
ACO Passavant
Determining the volume of the pump reservoir
The selected volume of a pump installation

must be geared to the expected water supply in
relation to the pumping capacity and the options
in the event of calamities and associated risks/

damage, versus the technical options and costs.
When determining the intended volume of a

pump reservoir, the required storage and buffering the storage room
are therefore taken into account. With the exception The storage in a pit is the difference between the
of malfunctions (pump failure), this volume will switch-off and the switch-on moment of the pump.
therefore be used to temporarily absorb the water With 1 fixed float (the simplest installations) this is
supply that is greater than the pump(s) capacity. fixed.
This happens during an extremely heavy shower The storage can be set variably by using 2 floats.
or a high simultaneous use of sanitary facilities (eg The required storage volume is determined in
breaks in a theater). proportion to the required pump capacity and the
number of switch-on moments of the
Double-pump installations naturally offer pomp.

more security in the event of malfunctions.
Buffering
The buffering in a well is the extra space above
the pump start time and the alarm level (or the
bottom of the inlet). The dimensioning of the buffer
space or pump capacity in relation to the storage
area can be deliberately (or unconsciously) chosen
too small. Depending on the application, this may
be based on risk/
damage in relation to economic consequences

are acceptable.
Acceptable
If water temporarily remains on a site during an
Qp extremely heavy shower, this is generally acceptable.
buffering
What
Not acceptable
Temporary water drainage problems can arise in
salvage
a building, for example toilets can no longer be
h off
h in used. Due to the inconvenience that arises and the
possible damage that this can cause, this will in
most cases not be acceptable.
5
ACO Passavant
Installation choice
The ACO range of pumps covers different Pressure pipe of Some installations are standard
ACO pump installations equipped with a manual valve in the
applications in terms of:
According to the standard, the pressure pipe is discharge pipe. If this is not fitted as standard in
Q Type of waste water always equipped with a non-return valve. the pressure pipe, it is always available as an
Qdebiet The strength of the pressure pipe must be able option, for maintenance and if several pump
to withstand 1.5 x the maximum working installations discharge into a pressure pipe.
Heading height
pressure of the pump. The diameter of the
Qthe distance to be covered
discharge pipe always corresponds to the
Qdiameter of the discharge pipe
diameter of the free passage of the pump.
Q there is also the choice for different
For double pump installations,
installation options, such as free standard use is made of a connector
installation, earth where the two pressure pipes of the pump
built-in or as a prefab pit integrated in come together and continue in one pressure
a concrete floor. pipe.
When choosing the pump type, the flow
The most important properties are velocities in the discharge pipes must also be
summarized on pages 12-13 and the right type taken into account.
of pump installation can be selected by means
of a selection matrix. Further on in this brochure, Q The minimum flow rate in a
all specific properties of the pumps per type are pressure pipe is 0.7 m/s, this is to ensure
that the speed is sufficiently high to also be
further specified
come
able to cope with coarser dirt particles
to take.
Types of wastewater
Below you will find an explanation of the Q The maximum flow speed is 2.3 m/s to
icons used later in this documentation. prevent excessive wear and noise.
Waste water containing faeces (cat. 1)

As stated in NEN-EN 12050-1.
Q Private Applications
Conductivity chart Conduction diameter Ø
Q commercial (not private)

applications.
Waste water without faeces (cat. 2)

As stated in NEN-EN 12050-3
V max = 2,3 m/s
Q Rainwater (clean water);
Q domestic waste water (private).
V min = 0.7 m / s
volume flow m3/hour
6
ACO Passavant
Pump impeller type
The operation of a pump is based on A few types of impellers, as used in

the principle that the medium is set in ACO pumps, are described generically
motion by a rotating part (impeller). below (detailed deviations reserved).
Vortex fan Characteristics Apply to
QHigh speed; QLower flow rate;

Qfan hangs above the liquid; Qook coarser parts;
Qrelatively low initial loss; Qlittle Qlarger diameters of pressure pipe;
contact impeller and medium; Qno Qlow head;
diminutive properties; Qrelatively Qgeringe perslengte.
large free area; Qlittle wear; Qless
high efficiency.
Channel fan
QRelatively large initial loss; QLarge flow rate;

Qdoor speed reducing effect; Qlarge Few coarse parts;
free area; Qhigh efficiency. Qno hard parts;
Qlarge head;
Qlarge press length.
Channel impeller with cutting device
QHigh speed; QLiquid with coarse particles;

Qinsert under channel Qfluid with long fiber parts;
impeller; Qfluid always goes Smaller diameter pressure pipe;
through blades; Q-reducing effect; Qlarge press length; Qlarge
Qlarge free area; Sensitive to wear. head.
Cutting impeller
QHigh speed; Q QLower flow rate;

shrinks Q liquid with long fiber coarse parts;
everything; Qsmall Small diameter pressure pipe;
free area; Qwear Qlarge head;
sensitive; Qless high efficiency. Qlarge press length.
7
ACO Passavant
Pump control
NTR 3216 sets about control cabinets Extra security High water alarm
that these: When using a bell or pressure pipe control, In an installation where the float is fixed to the
Q must comply with NEN 1010 there is a risk of the deposition of grease and pump, a high water alarm float and switch box
en de NEN 3140; impurities or condensation in the pressure pipe can optionally be used separately.
Qbe safe (minimum protection class that affect the control.
IP 44); This can be prevented by using a mini This switch box is standard equipped with
Q are provided with CE marking compressor (air bubbles that prevent a back-up battery so that an alarm is also given in
where applicable; Q are contaminants from depositing in the clock). the event of a power failure.
easily accessible; Q be easy to Especially behind a
operate; Qpreferably be placed
in the immediate vicinity of the pumping grease separator is recommended.
installation.
In addition to the simplest 230 V pumps,

most ACO pump installations must be fitted
with a
Alarm reporting
separate pump control by means of a
switch box. More information about this can be All ACO switch boxes are standard
equipped with a potential-free contact for reporting
found on the respective product page.
faults.
Some control cabinets are standard
Distance control box pump installation minicompressor
equipped with a back-up battery that gives
A control box must be installed in the direct
an alarm message if the power of the
environment of the pump to be set up for
installation is lost.
operation. A distinction can be made here
A separate battery is available for other
between a cabinet inside and outside in a:
cabinets, which also gives a signal in the event
of a power failure.
O inaccessible space
Optional GSM modules are available.
O accessible space
The maximum distance from the pump box is

10-45 m (float length 50 m). The standard float
length is 5 m (distance cabinet-pump is then 103
m). With a pressure pipe control, the standard
hose length is 10 m and must always be installed
rising between the pump and the box. This can
be extended to a maximum of 20 m.
8
ACO Passavant
Pump control
Single pump without control box Single pump with switch box . Control Double pump with switch box . Control
The simplest version is a 230 V pump with takes place mechanically by means of float takes place mechanically by means of
a permanently attached float. No switch box (1, 2 or 3) pneumatically by clock (2) or pressure float(1) or pneumatically by clock(2) or
is required for this. tube (3). pressure tube(3).
Control (1) Control (1)

alarm Q1 float for pump on/off 1 Q1 float for pumps off
or 1 float pump from separate Q 1 float for pump 1 on
Q1 float for alarm Q1 float for pump 2 on
Q1 float for alarm
alarm
alarm
in2
at
in1
Control from
Q 1 float off/on from
Q alarm float
If an alarm is required, an alarm box with control

is required for this. Control (2) Control (2)
Q with clock Q with clock
ACO also has a pump in its range

230V and 400V with 2 floats fixed to the alarm alarm
in2
pomp.
in1 in1
from from
Steering (3) Steering (3)

Q with pressure tube Q with pressure tube
1
alarm alarm
Control
in2
Q 2 floats in1 in1
1 = off from from
2 = on
9
ACO Passavant
Pump location
The ACO range of pump installations offers

various options for the location where a pump
freestanding
installation is installed. installation
In many cases, a choice can be made from

recessed
several types of housing material, each with its into the floor ground installation
own specific advantages.

Below you will find an overview of the
possibilities.
Freely installed installation Plastic pump sump Sinkamat-K Concrete pump sump
Installation in the floor when built into the floor
HDPE (lifting stations):
Q Plug-in installation; Q Plug-in installation; Q Q Ready-made pit with built-in
Q placement inside or in a pump cellar specially developed for inclusion in popm parts and pump(s);
(frost-free); basement floors and terraces; Q for Q pit fitted with studs for inclusion in the concrete
Q single/twin pump installation; frost-free installation; Q to be fitted with a floor (pit must be supported); Q fitted with
Q Domestic waste water collapsing flange against pressing standard BEGU cover class B/D (Octoput can
groundwater; be placed directly on the pit); Q lost formwork
faecal-free/faecal-containing;
Q easy inspection and maintenance; Q different covers available, elements available in plastic, facilitates
Q compact installation; both plastic and tileable, with and without a processing;
Q light in weight; floor drain;
Q resistant to contaminants Q load class cover (k3) can be walked on.
in the waste water; Q various concrete pumping stations
Q easy to connect by means of (130L, 650L and 1200L) with a
preformed connections; wide range of pumps;

Q both available as Mono and Duo
Q low connection height
installation.
(standard WC connection).
Freely installed installation

stainless steel (optional)
Q Higher temperature resistance

Q fire safety;
Q more resistant to extreme
contaminants.
10
ACO Passavant
HDPE pump sump Powerlift K HDPE pump sump Muli-Max-F for Concrete pump sump for
for ground installation underground installation underground installation
Q Plug-in pump installation; Q Complete pumpinstallatie; Q Complete pumpinstallatie;
Q can be easily adjusted with a flat foot; Q also available with large basins
Q easy to install due to small dimensions;
Q robust pit for professional use;
with large buffer capacities;
Q resistant to groundwater up to ground Q very robust;

Q can only be supplied as Mono (one pump
level; Q also direct heavy traffic (class D)
installation);
Q to provide a wide range of to load pit edge;
Q very strong pit due to octagonal shape;
pumps; Q many installation heights possible by
Q resistant to groundwater up to
Q for faecal-free and faecal-containing using rings;
ground level;
wastewater; Q large range of pumps available;
Q pit with flat bottom Q both Mono and Duo versions; Q for
Q also for industrial applications;
(easy to set up); faecal-free and faecal-containing
Q both Mono and Duo versions;
Q to make connections in the work place; Q wastewater;
Q with fixed installation height or with infinitely variable
available with 4 different pumps; adjustable attachment. Q also for industrial applications; Q wells
Q for faecal-free and faecal-containing available from stock;
wastewater; Q buoyancy-resistant due to high weight.
Q put is available from stock.
11
ACO Passavant
Choice matrix pump installations free installation
Q Installation in a frost-free room;

Q motor outside the medium;
Q relatively small tank;
Q easy to maintain and install;
Q easily accessible.
Plastic 1)
Page 15 16 18 20 22 24 26
Installation Synkamate MULI-MINI MULI-STAR MULI-STAR MULI-PE S MULI-Pro MULI-Pro
Compact mono duo PE K 3) PE V 3)

NEW!
Mono Q Q Q Q
Duo Q Q Q Q Q
Connection voltage 230V 230/400V 230/400V 400V 400V 400V 400V

Clean water
Rainwater 2)
Domestic waste water (private 4))

Faeces-free
containing faeces
Industrial waste water (not private 5))

containing faeces
boosth. max. (m) 7,5 8 - 14 7,2 - 7,6 6 - 23 21-- 27 10 - 15 7 - 11,5

Max. cap. (m3/h) 9 21 - 33 35 - 36 35 - 58 13 - 21 85 - 130 37 - 57
Fan Vortex Vortex Vortex Vortex cutting Channel Vortex
see p. 7
1) Stainless steel on request.

2) ATTENTION, the freely installed installations have only a very small buffering.
3) Parallel installation on request.
4) Private is also understood to mean a business office environment with a fixed user group.
5) Greater chance of flushing of undesirable matters such as in: public buildings, catering, industry, care institutions and penitentiary institutions.
12
ACO Passavant
Choice matrix for pump sumps in ground/floor installation
Qrelatively large storage room;

Q wet installation
(frost-free installation depth pressure pipe required);
Qmotor and pump in the medium;
Q provision for removing the pump from the well.
Plastic Concrete
Page 30 31 32 33 34 35 & 38 39 40 40 42
Pomp KP UST SAT SITA 50UA POMA BV 204 8BE 15BE 8CE
KV 54 BV 208 22BE 15CE
37BE 22CE
37CE
Mono Q Q Q Q Q QQ Q Q Q Q
Duo Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
Connection voltage 230V 230V 400V 400V 230/400V 230V 230V 400V 400V 400V
Clean water
Rainwater
Domestic waste water (private4))

Faeces-free
containing faeces
Industrial wastewater (not private5))

containing faeces
boosth. max. (m) 7,5 7,5 6 - 17 22 - 28 11 5,8 - 10,5 8 - 12 12 16 12 - 16
Max. cap. (m3/h) 10 9 21 - 43 18 - 28 17 10 - 35 12 - 18 30 45 - 108 18 - 100

Fan Vortex Vortex Vortex cutting Vortex Vortex Vortex Channel Channel Channel with
see page 7 Channel cutting device
4) Private is also understood to mean a business office environment with a fixed user group.
5) Greater chance of flushing of undesirable matters such as in: public buildings, catering, industry, care institutions and penitentiary institutions.
13
ACO Passavant
Plastic lifting stations

For free arrangement
Advantages of lifting stations

Q Compact construction; Q motor
outside the medium; Q easily
accessible; Q easy to maintain
and install; Q plastic or stainless
steel tank; Q light in weight.
14
ACO Passavant
Sinkamat-Compact
Product Description Control

Compact lifting station for household faeces- The pump is controlled by means of the
free waste water (indoor use). Particularly attached float. The pump is equipped with 10
suitable for use in places with limited space. meters of cable.
The installation has a lid placed on the side so Impeller type

that the pump is still easily accessible after Vortex fan
installation. The installation is standard see page 7.
equipped with an activated carbon filter so that
a connection to a vent is not necessary.
Field of application Q Advantages

Tank
Fecal-free waste water in private homes Q Compact;
The Sinkamat-Compact has a PE tank and and offices; Q low noise;
two preformed connections DN50 on the top
Q sinks; Q no venting necessary;
as standard. One of these connections is for
Q sauna, fitness and hobby rooms; Q easily accessible.
the activated carbon filter. More connections arrangement
free
Q washing machines;
can be drilled on the side if necessary. The Q showers.
pressure pipe is DN50 with integrated non-
return valve.
mono
Article number 620386

ø50 ø50 DN40/DN50
Pomp UST 50 / IZ
Spanning 230 V
Power delivered (P2) 200 W. 332
Power consumption (P1) 350 watts
Nominal current 1,8 A
Control Fixed float
Impeller type Vortex
Free entrance 10 mm
Installation weight 6,9 kg 416 329
Mwk
minimum
flow
DN
32 minimum
flow
DN
40 minimum
flow
DN
50
0
The pump is still easily accessible after
installation due to the lid placed on the side. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 m3/h
15
ACO Passavant
MULI-MINI mono / duo
NEW!
Lifting station for domestic faeces free waste Switch and alarm cabinet protection class IP
water, for example behind a grease separator. 54 for indoor installation with 1.5 m cable and
CEE plug.
The control box is:
Tank Q operation message per pump;
Plastic (PE) collecting tank with a total volume Q collective fault message potential-free
of 195 liters and preformed horizontal and Q collective fault message with potential
vertical connections Q high water alarm message potential free
Ø 110. The usable volume is 140 l. For double-pump installations, it applies
depending on the connections used. that they are switched in alternating operation.
A Ø 75 vent connection is also fitted. Control line and motor cable between lifting
station and control cabinet are four meters long.
Pneumatic level control optional mini
The plastic pressure pipe connection DN50 compressor “bubble tube”, so little susceptible
can be variably connected using a rubber to malfunction. The control box is also equipped
sleeve. with a back-up battery as standard.
Impeller type
Vortex impeller
Duo
see p. 7.
Field of application Advantages
Q Grease separators; Q ready to plug in;

Q cellars. Q ergonomic handles;
Q washrooms; Q different inflow levels can be set;
Q series of showers; Q high effective volume - up to 140 l;
Q high chemical resistance of
all components;
Q suitable for use behind the
Mono
grease separator;
Q no tools required to disassemble
the pump;
Q adapted to minimum door dimensions:
700 mm;
Q light weight.
16
ACO Passavant
MULI-MINI mono / duo

Mono Duo
Article number 1206.00.05 1206.00.06 1206.00.01 1206.00.02 1206.00.03 1206.00.04
Pomp Muli-Mini MDP 1.1 Muli-Mini MDP 1.2 Muli-Mini DDP 1.1 Muli-Mini DDP 1.2 Muli-Mini DWP 1.1 Muli-Mini DWP 1.2
Spanning 400 V 400 V 400 V 400 V 230 V 230 V
Power delivered (P2) 750 W. 1200 watts 750 W. 1200 watts 750 W. 1200 watts
Power consumption (P1) 1040 W 1860 W. 1040 Watts 1860 W. 1040 Watts 1930 W
Nominal current 4A 2A 4A 2A 5,5 A 89 A
Control Pneumatic Pneumatic Pneumatic Pneumatic Pneumatic Pneumatic
Impeller type Vortex Vortex Vortex Vortex Vortex Vortex
Free entrance 38 mm 38 mm 38 mm 38 mm 38 mm 38 mm
Installation weight 50 kg 54 kg 66 kg 74 kg 66 kg 74 kg
IDR 2"
850
arrangement
free
700 710
(Z2)
400
60
(Z1)
250
280 260 600
380 210
125
215
switch box ready to plug in
600
Mwk
16
14
12
315 200 205
10
815
8 MDP1.2
MDP 1.1
4
minimum
flow
DN
50 minimum
65/70
flow
rate
DN
036 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 m3/h
17
ACO Passavant
MULI-STAR mono
Observe the operating instructions!
Read operating manual!
manual
menu
mono reset auto
enter
mono
Serviceline 036965-819-444
Artikel-Nr./article-no.: 0150.51.98

Lifting station for the disposal of domestic Switch and alarm cabinet protection class IP
waste water containing waste water. 54 for indoor installation, with 1.5 m cable and
CEE plug, the connection cable between pump 190 x 110
Tank and cabinet has a length of 5 meters. Switching
Plastic PE tank with a total volume of 55 takes place by means of pressure control. The
litres. The useful volume of the tank depends switchgear is equipped with an operation
on the supply height between 10 and 35 litres. message and a potential-free collective fault
message. Supplied as standard with battery for
reporting in the event of a power failure.
Connections
The MULI-STAR has three preformed
connection stubs Ø 110 and a vent Impeller type
connection Ø 50. The pressure pipe is Vortex impeller
provided with a non-return valve and see p. 7.
flanged weld collar with DN80 wedge for
flexible connection hose.

Q For household faeces Q Compact installation;
wastewater from 1- and 2-family homes; Q several preformed connection stubs;
Q supplied ready to plug in;
Q easy to install;
Q easily accessible,
Q easy to maintain;
Q easy-to-operate control box with visual
and acoustic alarm
and potential-free contact;
Q equipped with emergency power supply
for alarm notification;
Q low speed (1400 rpm);
Q large free area.
18
ACO Passavant
MULI-STAR mono
mono mono
Article number 0154.66.00-C 0154.65.99-C
Pomp Re-Star MDP1 Re-Star MWP1
Spanning 400V 3 phases 230 V
Power delivered (P2) 750 W. 750 W.
Power consumption (P1) 1040 W 1100 W.
Nominal current 2A 5A
Control Float Float
Impeller type Vortex Vortex
Free entrance 57 mm 57 mm
Installation weight 29 kg 29 kg
190 x 110
190 x 110
320
320
control box
inlet arrangement
free
DN80 Ø 110 DN80
vent Ø 50
inlet Ø 50
700
inlet Ø 110
inlet
110
Ø
inlet
400 110
Ø
250
180
45
Mwk 510
8
520
MDS
5
400 IN
3-phase
4
MWS 230V
2
minimum
flow
rate
DN
80
minimum
100
flow
rate
DN
1
575
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 m3/h
19
ACO Passavant
MULI-STAR duo

Lifting station for the discharge of domestic Switch and alarm box protection class IP 54 for
wastewater containing faeces, fitted with indoor installation, with 1.5 m cable and CEE
double pumps for a high degree of operational plug, with potential-free collective fault message
reliability. and operation message, with electrical
connection for the micro compressor (optional).
Tank Level control by means of pressure pipe, incl.
Plastic PE tank with a total volume of 145 a 4 m long pneumatic control line and motor
litres. The useful volume of the tank depends on cable between lifting station and control cabinet.
the supply height between 80 and 100 litres.
Dual installation takes place in alternating
operation.
Connections
The MULI-PE duo has 2 horizontal and 1 Impeller type
vertical preformed connections Ø 110/160 Vortex fan
and a vent connection. see page 7.
The pressure pipe is fitted with a non-return
valve, ending on a special connection piece
DN 80/100 for flexible
connection of the pressure pipe.
Field of application Product benefits

Q In combination with bubbler tube Q light weight;
- behind grease separators up to NS 15; Q different inlet heights;

Q single-family homes; Q high chemical resistance of all
Q office buildings, hotels components;
hospitals. Q suitable for use behind the grease
separator;
Q quick assembly;
Q ready to plug in;
Q high effective volume - up to 185 l;
Q adapted to the door
dimensions: 780 mm.
MULI-STAR duo installed toilet building
20
ACO Passavant
MULI-STAR duo
Duo 150 l tank Duo 300 l. tank
Article number 1202.00.01 1202.00.02 1202.00.03* 1202.00.04 1202.00.05 1202.00.06
Pomp Muli-STAR DDP 1.1 Muli-STAR DDP 1.2 Muli-STAR DDP 1.3 Muli-STAR DDP 2.2 Muli-STAR DDP 2.2 Muli-STAR DDP 2.3
Spanning 400 V 400 V 400 V 400 V 400 V 400 V
Power delivered (P2) 1500 watts 3000 Watts 5500 Watts 1500 watts 3000 Watts 5500 Watts
Power consumption (P1) 1830 W 3450 Watts 6160 W. 1830 W 3450 Watts 6160 W.
Nominal current 5A 10 A 15 A 5A 10 A 15 A
Control Pneumatic Pneumatic Pneumatic Pneumatic Pneumatic Pneumatic
Impeller type Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel
Free entrance 55 mm 55 mm 55 mm 55 mm 55 mm 55 mm
Installation weight 75 kg 102 kg 114 kg 85 kg 112 kg 124 kg

connection element for pressure pipe DN 100
Order another ring for pressure pipe DN 80
Ø108-114.3 connection for

(optional Ø88-90) pressure control
400V - 3fasen motor
inlet inlet
DN 150 DN 100 control box
625
690
400
Ø160 arrangement
free
250
1.5 cable with
EEC plug (32 A)

Tank
1320 (920 for 150 l)
inlet Ø110 or Ø 200

vent Ø110
750
Hand valve in the

pressure pipe is optional
inlet Ø160
vent Ø75
1550 (1150 for 150l.)
microprocessor
H
Mwk
20
18
16
DDP-3
14
12 DDP-2
10 * Optionally also available
DDP-1 with soft start due to possible

8
water hammer
6
NL
4 minimum
flow
rate
DN
80 minimum
100
flow
rate
DN
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 m3/h
21
ACO Passavant
MULI-PE-S-100 (200) mono / duo
Product Description
Lifting installation for the removal of domestic Control
and commercial waste water containing waste Switch and alarm box for indoor installation,
water. Double-pump installations are equipped protection class IP 54, with 1.5 m cable and
with two pumps for a higher degree of CEE plug, with potential-free collective fault
operational reliability. message with optical and acoustic alarm, and in
operation message, with electrical connection
Tank for the mini compressor (optional). Level control
Plastic PE tank with a total volume of 80/105 by means of pressure pipe including 4 m control
liters (mono 80). The useful volume of the line and motor cable between pump installation
tank is, depending on the supply height, and switch box. Dual installation takes place in
between 10 and 60 litres. alternating operation.
The MULI-PE-S has 1 vertical and 3 (duo 2)
horizontal connections 110/160 and a deaeration
connection Ø 110. The pressure pipe is Impeller type
equipped with a non-return valve and a manual cutting impeller see Duo
valve ending on a 2” connection with an internal p. 7.

thread.
Sewage containing waste water from public Q Compact installation;

buildings; Q duo installation has high operational reliability;
Q horeca Q easy to install;
Q industry; Supplied ready to plug in;
Q healthcare institutions; Q suitable for small pressure pipes;
Q correctional facilities. Q easy-to-operate control box with visual
and acoustic alarm
and potential-free contact;
Q emergency power supply optionally
available;
Q grinding impeller for pumping long fiber
coarse particles.
Mono
22
ACO Passavant
MULI-PE-S-100 (200) mono / duo

Mono Duo
Article number 0159.03.91 0175.19.00. 0159.04.24 0175.02.67
Pomp Again-PE-S-100 Mono Muli-PE-S-200 Mono Muli-PE-S-100 Duo Muli-PE-S-200 Duo
Spanning 400 V 3 beans 400 V 3 beans 400 V 3 beans 400 V 3 beans
Power delivered (P2) 900 watts 1700 Watts 900 watts 1700 Watts
Power consumption (P1) 1200 W 2500 watts 1200 watts 2500 watts
Nominal current 2,3 A 4,1 A 2,3 A 4,1 A
Control Pneumatic Pneumatic Pneumatic Pneumatic
Impeller type cutting cutting cutting cutting
Free entrance N/A N/A N/A N/A
Installation weight 80 kg 85 kg 180 kg 185 kg
000
control box pressure pipe
2“
inlet
Ø 110/160
vent
Ø 110 arrangement
free
760/910
650
inlet
110/160
Ø
duo
400
+ 485
duo
180
+
600 750
H
Mwk
28
26
24
22
20
765
1005
18
16
14
12
10
Mono Duo
6
minimum
flow
DN
50
0 1.8 3,6 5,4 7,2 9 10,8 12.6 14.4 16.2 18 19.8 21.6 m3/h
23
ACO Passavant
MULI-Pro-PE K- (15,22,30) duo

Lifting station for the disposal of domestic Switch and alarm box for indoor installation,
waste water containing waste water. This is protection class IP 54 with digital display.
equipped with double pumps for a high degree Control for alternating operation of the pumps,
of operational reliability. with 1.5 m cable and CEE plug 16 A (from 4
kW, 32 A).
Tank With potential-free collective fault message and
Plastic PE tank with a total volume of 520 operation message, incl. a 4 m long pneumatic
litres. The useful volume of the tank depends on control line and motor cable between lifting
the supply height between 260 and 355 litres. station and control cabinet.
The MULI-Pro-PE K has 4 preformed connections Pneumatic level control for ON OFF ALARM
Ø 160 and a vent connection Ø 110. 1 and separate pressure pipe ALARM 2, incl.
mini compressor “bubble tube” (for protection
The pressure pipe is fitted with two non- against floating layer-forming substances, eg
return valves and a special connection piece greasy waste water).
DN100 for variable connection of the pressure
pipe. (108-112mm) Impeller type
Channel fan
see p. 7.
Q For household faeces Q High operational reliability;

wastewater from apartment complexes; Q large collection volume of the tank
Q office buildings; large flow rate;
Q behind a grease trap; Q several tanks can be interconnected
Q in places where a lot of waste water is released. (parallel switching) to increase the volume;
Q control cabinet fitted with

optical and acoustic alarm and
potential-free contact;
Q micro compressor (prevent floating layer);
Q equipped with channel impeller for high
flow rate and high efficiency;
Q emergency power alarm optional
available.
24
ACO Passavant
MULI-Pro-PE K- (15,22,30) duo

Duo Duo Duo
Article number 0175.13.17 0175.13.18 0175.13.19
Pomp Again-Pro-PE K15 Again-Pro-PE K22 Muli-Pro-PE K30
Spanning 400 V 3 beans 400 V 3 beans 400 V 3 beans
Power delivered (P2) 1500 watts 2200 Watts 3000 Watts
Power consumption (P1) 2010 W 2950 Watts 3870 W.
Nominal current 3,6 A 5,2 A 6,6 A
Control Pneumatic Pneumatic Pneumatic
Impeller type Channel Channel Channel
Free entrance 70 mm 70 mm 70 mm
Installation weight 275 kg 285 kg 380 kg
Heavier pumps on request
Grinding pumps on request
minicompressor control box
000
pressure pipe
DN100
inlet optional
Ø 160
arrangement
free
inlet
1410
that.
ø 160 inlet 160
Ø
inlet 160
Ø
inlet 160
Ø
800
600
780
Mwk
16
110
Ø
vent
14
12
1500
10
K-30
8
K-22
6
K-15
2 minimum
flow
rate
DN
80 minimum
100
flow
rate
DN
0 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 m3/h
25
ACO Passavant
MULI-Pro-PE V- (15,22,30) duo

Lifting station for the removal of domestic Switch and alarm box for indoor installation,
and commercial waste water containing protection class IP 54 with digital display.
waste water. The MULI-Pro-PE V is equipped Control for alternating operation of the pumps,
with double pumps for high operational with 1.5 m cable and CEE plug 16 A (from 4
reliability. kW, 32 A).
With potential-free collective fault message and
Tank in operation message, incl. a 4 m long pneumatic
Plastic PE tank with a total volume of 520 control line and motor cable between lifting
litres. The useful volume of the tank depends on station and control cabinet.
the supply height between 260 and 355 litres. Pneumatic level control for ON OFF ALARM
The MULI-Pro-PE V has 4 preformed connections 1 and separate pressure pipe ALARM 2, incl.
Ø 160 and a vent connection Ø 110. mini compressor “bubble tube” (for protection
against floating layers, eg greasy waste water).
The pressure pipe is fitted with a special
connection piece DN100 for variable connection
of the pressure pipe. (108 - 112mm) Impeller type
Vortex impeller
see p. 7.
Sewage containing waste water from public Q Large collection volume of the tank;
buildings; Q several tanks can be interconnected
Q apartment complexes; (parallel switching) to increase the volume;
Q hotels, catering;
Q industry; Q clogging-free retracted impeller;
Q healthcare institutions; Q control cabinet fitted with
Q correctional facilities. optical and acoustic alarm and
potential-free contact;
Q equipped with mini compressor as standard
(avoid floating layer).
26
ACO Passavant
MULI- Pro-PE V- (15,22,30) duo

Duo Duo Duo
Article number 0175.12.89 0175.12.90 0175.12.91
Pomp Again-Pro-PE V-15 Again-Pro-PE V-22 Again-Pro-PE V-30
Spanning 400 V 3 beans 400 V 3 beans 400 V 3 beans
Power delivered (P2) 1500 watts 2200 Watts 3000 Watts
Power consumption (P1) 2010 W 2950 Watts 3870 W.
Control Pneumatic Pneumatic Pneumatic
Impeller type Vortex Vortex Vortex
Free entrance 80 mm 80 mm 80 mm
Installation weight 210 kg 215 kg 225 kg
Heavier pumps on request
Grinding pumps on request
pressure pipe
DN100
minicompressor
control box
000
optional
inlet
Ø 160
arrangement
free
inlet
inlet
160
Ø
inlet
Ø 160
160
Ø
1480
that.
800
600
780
Mwk
12 110
Ø
vent
11
10
V-30
9
1500
6
V-22
4 V-15
3
2
minimum
flow
rate
DN
80 minimum
100
flow
rate
DN
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 m3/h
27
ACO Passavant
Plastic pump sumps For

underground installation.
Advantages of plastic pump sumps

Q Light in weight;
Q flat bottom, easy to adjust;
Q buoyancy-resistant at groundwater up to
ground level;
Q chemically very resistant to
contaminants occurring in waste water;
Q easy to provide with connections
and additional
connections; Q different pumps for a
wide range of applications.
28
ACO Passavant
Plastic pump pits
PPL-KP
class B Weight (excl. pomp) 35 kg
Tmax
755
1100
ø 315
Sinkamat-K
Class K-3 Weight (excl. pomp) 11 kg
max
572
T
Hmax.
675
collapsible flange
110
ø
109158
670
MuliMax F
Class B (D optional) Weight (excl. pomp) 181/199 kg
elevation
with 3000
235
Tmax
2305
1950
ø 160
695
mono duo
Ø 1200
installation
plastic
earth
Powerlift-K
class B Weight (excl. pomp) 110/120 kg
600
Tmax
1380 Tmin
700
2”
1665
Ø 110
Ø 125
Ø 160
Ø 200
800 x 800
29
ACO Passavant
PPL-KP pompinstallatie
Product Description Impeller type

To prevent flooding in basement Vortex fan
garages, a drainage gutter with a sand trap see page 7.
is placed at the bottom of the slope. Collected
water must be pumped up. The compact Flex
pump sump KP is a high-quality and very
flexible solution for this.
360º
Areas of application
freely rotatable
The PVC well housing is equipped
with a removable 230 V stainless steel pump Q Ramps (trough with sand trap);
Q basement garages;
with non-return valve with fixed float and with
Q low-lying terraces.
a cast iron cover (Class D).
If you want to load this as class D, then
Advantages
use concrete slab. Because all connections
Q Connections 360o freely rotatable;
are rotatable, the pit is very easy to install Q compact;
and unnecessary bends in the piping can Q ready to plug in;
be avoided. The pump can be removed by Q class B125 cover.
closing the ball valve and loosening the 3-
part coupling of the pressure pipe.
Mono
Ø 400
Article number PPL-KP250AV-010
Ø 340
Pump 50/1-S
Voltage 230 V Ø 270 plug with high water alarm
Power supply (P2) 430 W optical and acoustic
P1 included power 210 W

Control Vertical float
(no switch box)

Impeller type Vortex
Free entrance 10 mm
Pump weight 7,2 kg
H
PVC glue
Mwk
link
7
3
PVC 315
01 2 34 5 6 78 9 10 11 12 13 m3/h
Ø 215
Ø 315
30
ACO Passavant
Sinkamat-K pompinstallatie
Product Description
Compact pump installation that integrates The Sinkamat has a rotatable, height-adjustable and
a basement drain and a submersible pump. tiltable attachment with stench-tight lid that can be
The system with a total capacity of 70 l and a tiled (load class K3, walkable). A version is also
useful volume of 14 l is particularly suitable for available, with a tileable grid lid as standard
setting up a cellar as a laundry or sanitary room.
This drain is suitable for collecting faecal-free waste including stench lock.
water from washbasins, showers and washing By removing the Sinkamat-K from a rubber flange
machines and has three preformed connections Ø can be provided, it can be pressure-tight in a
110 mm for this purpose. Preforms for Ø 75 cable concrete floor to be included.
entry and vent 50 are also provided. The pump can
be easily removed by the quick coupling, which is also Impeller type
provided with the non-return valve. Vortex fan
see page 7.
Sinkamat-K Area of application Q

Article number 620491 620492 Basement areas;
Pomp UST-50/2-K UST-50/2-K Q low terraces/courtyard.
Power delivered (P2) 350 watts 350 watts

Advantages
Power consumption (P1) 650 Watts 650 Watts
Q Complete installation to be pressure-tight
Nominal current 3,7 A 3,7 A
take in a concrete floor
pressure pipe DN40/DN50 DN40/DN50
Connection cable 10 m 10 m (by means of rubber flange);

Q good due to relatively large opening
Lid Closed Betegelbaar
with grid accessible for maintenance and inspection;

patient center *
Q pump easily removable by means of
quick-lock system;
Q pressure pipe fitted with non-return valve; installation
plastic
earth
Installation weight 14 kg 14 kg
Q unique combination of drain and pump
* closed lid can be used on both sides: one side flat and closed, the other side can be tiled. sump in one.
H
Mwk
11
10 Hmax.
675
9
collapsible flange
8 Ø676 Ø110
158
Ø75
7
6
Ø110
5
4
Ø50
3
2 Ø 520
1
pressure pipe DN40/DN50
0
01 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 m3/h
31
ACO Passavant
MuliMax-F SAT pompinstallatie
Product Description
The MuliMax-F SAT is a lightweight HDPE equipped with a plasson coupling DN50 as Impeller type
pump sump with cast iron pump from the SAT standard. Due to the smooth inner side of the Vortex fan
plastic basin and the hollow bottom, deposits and Channel Fan
program. The installation is delivered completely
assembled and can be installed by hand if are kept to a minimum. The cover is standard see page 7.
necessary. Pumps of the SAT series have a class B125 (passenger cars), other classes
vortex or channel impeller (see table) and are (A15 to D400) are optional.
intended for situations where the wastewater
Q loading quilts;
does not have to be pumped over too great
Q terrain drainage;
distances or heights. The pump is easy to lift by Control
Q behind sludge traps or (oil) separators;
hand. A non-return valve and shut-off valve in The level measurement is done with a cast
Q behind grease separators (when using a
the discharge line is standard. iron clock that is under water. This is connected
bubbler tube!)
via an air hose to a pressure sensor in the
control cabinet. The switch box is equipped with Advantages
The stream relay contacts for faults and gives an alarm Q light weight;
The plastic basin is provided with a foot plate signal in case of high water. The control cabinet, Q buoyancy-resistant;
and ribs. This makes it buoyant safe and protection class IP 54, must be placed in a dry, Q drivable cover (max. class D400);
resistant to ground pressure. frost-free room. Q installation up to 3 meters deep possible.
The inlet Ø 160 and cable entry Ø 110 are
preformed. The stainless steel pressure pipe is
Mono Duo Mono Duo Mono Duo Mono Duo Mono Duo
Article number 0178.08.54 2x mono 0178.08.55 2x mono 0178.08.56 2x mono 0178.08.57 2x mono 0178.08.58 2x mono
Pomp SAT -V75/2/50/D SAT -V150/2/50/D SAT 100 / D SAT 150 / D SAT 200 / D
Spanning 50 Hz 400 V 3 beans 400 V 3 beans 400 V 3 beans 400 V 3 beans 400 V 3 beans
Power delivered (P2) 550 W 1100 W. 890 Watts 1140 W. 1500 watts
Power consumption (P1) 700 W 1500 watts 1150 Watts 1540 W. 2030 W
Nominal current 3,8 A 8,2 A 1,96 A 2,7 A 3,6 A
Control Pneumatic Pneumatic Pneumatic Pneumatic Pneumatic
Fan Vortex Vortex Channel Channel Channel
Free entrance 35 mm 38 mm 16 mm 16 mm 16 mm
pressure pipe 63 mm 63 mm 63 mm 63 mm 63 mm
Pump weight 22 kg 30 kg 30 kg 32 kg 32 kg
put weight 181 kg 199 kg 181 kg 199 kg 181 kg 199 kg 181 kg 199 kg 181 kg 199 kg
Mono Duo
MuliMax-F pump sump 0178.08.72 0178.08.73
MuliMax-F control box* 0178.05.54 0178.05.55
*see p. 45.
H
Mwk
16
Mono Duo
14
control box
12 SAT
SAT 200/D
10
150/D
SAT 100 / D
8 SAT-V 150/2/50/D
SAT-V Mono
6
75/2/50/D
4
*see page 38
0
Ø1200 Duo
0 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 38 40
m3/h
32
ACO Passavant
MuliMax-F SITA pompinstallatie
Product Description
The MuliMax-F SITA is a lightweight HDPE pump preformed. The stainless steel pressure pipe
sump with cast iron pump from the Sita range. is fitted with a plasson coupling DN50 as
The installation is delivered completely assembled standard. The smooth inside of the plastic basin
and can be installed by hand if necessary. Pumps and the hollow bottom keep deposits to a
of the SITA series have a cutting mechanism minimum.
and are intended for situations where (faeces- The cover is standard class B125 (passenger
containing) waste water has to be pumped over cars), other classes (A15/
greater distances or heights with thinner pressure D400) are optional.
pipes. The pump is easy to lift by hand. A non-
return valve and shut-off valve in the discharge Control
line is standard. The level measurement is done with a cast Impeller type
iron bell that is under water. This is connected Cutting impeller, see p.
via an air hose to a pressure sensor in the 7.
control cabinet. The control box IP 68 is equipped
The stream with relay contacts for faults and gives an alarm
The plastic basin is provided with a foot plate signal in case of high water. The control cabinet
and ribs. This makes it buoyant-resistant and must be placed in a dry, frost-free room.
resistant to ground pressure.
The inlet Ø160 and cable entry Ø110
NEW!
Mono Duo Mono O Duo Mono Duo Areas of application
Article number 0178.09.08 2x mono 0178.08.53 2x mono 0178.08.59 2x mono Q Industrial waste water;
Pomp SITA 200-N-ex SITA 260-N-ex SITA 300-N-ex Q utility construction;
Spanning 50 Hz 400 V 3 beans 400 V 3 beans 400 V 3 beans Q housing complexes with
Power delivered (P2) 1500 W 2400 Watts 2200 Watts waste water containing faeces;
Power consumption (P1) 2500 W 3000 Watts 2900 Watts Q sanitary buildings.
Control Pressure clock & switch box Pressure clock & switch box Pressure clock & switch box
Impeller type cutting cutting cutting Advantages
Free entrance N/A N/A N/A Q light weight;

pressure pipe 63 mm 63 mm 63 mm Q buoyancy-resistant;
Pump weight 38 kg 60 kg 45 kg Q drivable cover up to class D;

put weight 181 kg 199 kg 181 kg 199 kg 181 kg 199 kg Q installation up to 3m deep possible.
Mono Duo
MuliMax-F pump sump 0178.08.72 0178.08.73
MuliMax-F control box* 0178.05.54 0178.05.55
*see p. 45.
H
Mwk 32
30
28
Mono Duo
26
SITA 300-N-ex
24
control box
22
20
SITA 200-N-ex
18
16
14
12 Mono
10
8
2 *see page 38
0
Ø1200 Duo
0 4.5 9 13.5 18 22.5 27 30 m3/
h
33
ACO Passavant
NEW!
Powerlift-K pump installation
Product Description sump

The Powerlift K is a compact, strong and The plastic pump sump is provided with a
light synthetic pump sump. The 8-sided flat and enlarged bottom plate to facilitate
shape combines the advantages of a round adjustment of the sump and to prevent uplift.
and a square pit. As a result, the well is buoyant, even with
The pump installation is supplied completely groundwater up to ground level. The pit has a 50UA
assembled and ready to plug in and can be standard installation depth of 1665 mm. The
installed by hand if necessary. useful capacity of the pit (at a switching level
Impeller type
The well in combination with the 50UA of 500 mm) is approximately 135 litres. The
Vortex impeller,
pump is very suitable for pumping synthetic wells are fitted with a BEGU class
see p. 7.
wastewater containing waste water. B125 cover (passenger cars) as standard. This
The pump works on 230 or 400 V, using a cover is located directly on the top plate of the
retracted impeller, so that the risk of well. Areas of application
malfunctions or blockages is minimal. The Q Rainwater, domestic waste water;
free passage is relatively large (35 mm). The Q wastewater containing/faeces-free for
pump can be easily removed from the pit by Connections: private individuals.
unlocking the quick-closing system in the The inlet is freely selectable and consists
pressure pipe. of a sleeve Ø110, Ø125, Ø160 and Ø200 mm Advantages
for plastic pipe. The pressure pipe has a 2"
Q Installation supplied ready to plug in;
male thread connection. In addition to these
Q light in weight, easy to install; Q compact
Control connections, a cable gland Ø 40 mm has also
and strong construction;
The pump is equipped with 2 floats directly been fitted.
Q easy to operate and maintain;
on the pump. So there is no switch for this
Q robust fail-safe pumps;
cabinet necessary. Q
no switch box necessary.
Mono Mono Ø600 - BEGU class B 125
Article number PP1-06UA400-K600B PP1-06UA230-K600B
Pomp 50UA 50UA Ø 40 cable
Spanning 50 Hz 230V 400V transit
Power delivered (P2) 400W 400W
Power consumption (P1) 600W 530W

2” male thread
Nominal current 1.4A 5.4A Ø 110
Ø 125
2 floats 2 floats Ø 160
Control
Ø 200
Free entrance 35 35
60 mm 63 mm
Ø600 BEGU class B125
pressure pipe
cast iron cover
Pump weight 20 kg 24 kg 600
put weight 120 kg 120 kg
H
Mwk check valve
-Tmax
1050
Tmin
700
==
2”
10
1665
8
shortcut
Ø 110
6
Ø 125
Ø 160
Ø 200
0
800 x 800
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 m3 /h
34
ACO Passavant
Powerlift-K pump installation
Product Description sump

Simple submersible pumps with specially The plastic pump sump is provided with a
retracted impeller (vortex). These are flat and enlarged bottom plate to facilitate
very suitable for domestic waste water adjustment of the sump and to prevent POMA
without faeces. The POMA and KV pumps uplift. As a result, the well is buoyant, even
have a relatively large free passage and with groundwater up to ground level. The KV54
are therefore insensitive to interference. pit has a standard installation depth of
Both pumps are fitted with permanently 1665 mm. The useful capacity of the pit (at
Impeller type
attached floats, which means that no a switching level of 500 mm) is approximately
Vortex impeller,
switch box is required for the single-pump 135 litres. The synthetic wells are fitted with
see p. 7.
version. A non-return valve is included as a BEGU class B125 cover (passenger cars)
standard in the pressure pipe. as standard. This cover is located directly
on the top plate of the well. Areas of application
Control Q Rainwater, domestic waste water;
The pumps are controlled by means Q faecal-free waste water
of the fixed float (single pump version) Connections: for private individuals;
The inlet is freely selectable and Q widely applicable.
or external floats with a separate switch
box. The version of the switch box to be consists of a sleeve Ø110, Ø125, Ø160 Advantages
ordered separately is determined by the and Ø200 mm for plastic pipe. The pressure
Q Installation supplied ready to plug in;
location of the box (see page 45) pipe has a 2" male thread connection. In
Q light in weight, easy to install; Q compact
addition to these connections, a cable
and strong construction;
gland Ø 40 mm has also been fitted.
Q easy to operate and maintain;
Q robust fail-safe pumps;
Q
no switch box necessary.
Mono Mono Ø600 - BEGU class B 125
Article number PP1-03POMA-K600B PP1-05KV-K600B
Pomp POMA KV54 Ø 40 cable
Spanning 50 Hz 230V 230V transit
Power delivered (P2) 150W 1000W
Power consumption (P1) 350W 1500W

2” male thread
Nominal current 1,6 A 6,7A Ø 110
Ø 125
float float Ø 160
Control
Ø 200
Free entrance 35 40
63 mm 60 mm
Ø600 BEGU class B125 installation
plastic
earth
pressure pipe
Pump weight 6,6 kg 15 kg

cast iron cover
600
put weight 110 kg 115 kg
H
Mwk check valve
-Tmax
1050
Tmin
700
==
2”
10
1665
8
shortcut
Ø 110
6 KV 54
Ø 125
Ø 160
Ø 200
0
800 x 800
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 m3 /h
35
ACO Passavant
Concrete pumping wells (basins)

For ground installation
Advantages of concrete pumping wells

(basins)
Q Many dimensions (cross-sections) and
installation depths available;
Q relatively easy to adjust by using rings/
intermediates or heightening
elements;
Q due to its high weight;
Q standard with Class D (400) heavy
traffic cover; Example concrete pump sump
Q large range of pumps to be built in; manual valves optional
Q suitable for both Mono and Duo versions;

Q Long service life due to high concrete quality.
36
ACO Passavant
concrete putti
Octoput
Class D Weight (excl. pomp) 1140 kg Weight of heaviest part 920 kg
0,79
0,23**
0,46*
Ø 600 mm Ø 600 mm
1,06
0,6
0,9 mono duo
650/1200 L put
Class D Weight (excl. pump) 2180/2680 kg Weight of heaviest part 1600/2100 kg
T-size up to 5 m in concrete possible
Frost
free
Ø 600 mm Ø 800 mm
0,71*
1,48 1,98
mono duo
Ø 1,40
2500 L put
Class D Weight (excl. pomp) 6200 kg Weight of heaviest part 3400 kg
0,72* Frost
free
Ø 600 mm Ø 800 mm
2,36
mono duo
Ø 1,82
5000/8000 L put
Class D Weight (excl. pump) 8600/10700 kg Weight of heaviest part 7350/7700 kg
Frost
free
Ø 600 mm Ø 800 mm
0,72*
3,17
2,29
mono duo
Ø 2,44 installation
concrete
ground
*
size for inlet diameter Ø 160mm, deviating diameters and depths are possible on request ** see page. 46
37
ACO Passavant
POMA and KV series

Simple submersible pumps with specially The pumps are controlled by means of the
retracted impeller (vortex). These are very fixed float (single pump version) or external
suitable for domestic waste water without faeces. floats with a separate switch box. The version KV54
The POMA and KV pumps have a relatively large of the switch box to be ordered separately is
free passage and are therefore not susceptible determined by the location of the box (see page
to interference. 45)
Both pumps are equipped with permanently
attached floats, which means that no switch Impeller type
box is required in the single-pump version. A Vortex impeller,
non-return valve is included as standard in the see p. 7.
pressure pipe.
Areas of application Advantages
The stream Q Parking garages; Q No switch box (mono version) required;

Q loads; Q ready to plug (mono version);
The POMA and KV pumps are supplied in
Q terrain drainage; Q can be driven on by (heavy) traffic class D400;
concrete basins. You can choose from different
Q behind sludge traps or separators. Q clog-free impeller.
volumes, depending on the application. See the
overview on page 37. The concrete basins are
standard equipped with a cover with traffic class
D400. Concrete sump
can be provided with a plug

pine, for inclusion in a concrete floor. For more
information see also p. 46.
Ø50
224
Mono Duo Mono Duo
Article number Article number
Octoput 130 liter PP1-03POMA-130D not levb. PP1-05KV-130D not levb.
sump 650 liter PP1-03POMA-650D PP2... PP1-05KV-650D PP2....
POMA Pump sump 1200 liters PP1-03POMA-1200D PP2.... PP1-05KV-1200D PP2....
Pump sump 2500 liters PP1-03POMA-2500D PP2.... PP1-05KV-2500D PP2....
Pomp POMA KV 54W
Spanning 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Power delivered (P2) 150 W. 1000 watts
Power consumption (P1) 305 W 1500 watts
H
Nominal current 1,6 A 6,7 A
Mwk Control Fixed tube float Fixed float

12 Fan Vortex Vortex
Free entrance 35 mm 40 mm
10
pressure pipe 63 mm PVC spie 63 mm PVC spie
8 weight 6,6 kg 15 kg
6
PAY ATTENTION
4
Q For twin-pump version in the Q in the duo version there is no switching
POMA
replace article number "PP1" with "PP2"; cabinet included, control cabinets are
2
Q for cymbals fitted with studs in a selected separately (see page 45);
concrete floor come "MS" to it Q number and diameter inlet can be freely
0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 m3/h add article number; chosen (order).
38
ACO Passavant
NEW!
BV204 and BV208
Product Description The stream
Extremely robust submersible pump with The BV204 and BV208 pumps are supplied
specially balanced blockage-free impeller (vortex). in concrete basins. You can choose from
The BV pumps are suitable for sewage water or different volumes, depending on the application
contaminated waste water with solid components (see page 29).
(containing faeces). The concrete basins are fitted with a traffic
The BV pumps have a double mechanical seal class D400 cover as standard. Concrete pump
so that the motor part is optimally protected and wells can be provided with studs for inclusion
no water can penetrate into the oil chamber. The in a concrete floor. For more information see
BV pumps are equipped with a thermal protection. also p. 46.
The pump has a float control as standard, so no

switch box is required. A non-return valve is
included as standard in the pressure pipe. Impeller type
Vortex impeller,
see p. 7.
BV208
QPrivate houses (containing faeces);
Qparking garages;
Q loading 385/462
pits; Q terrain drainage; 285/327
Q behind sludge traps or separators.
Advantages 78/98
Q Robust 230 V pump;

Q the pump housing is made of cast iron;
Q standard with 10m long connection cable;
Q
no control box required;
BV204 Q can be driven on by (heavy) traffic class D400.
237/243
Mono Mono
H
Mwk Article number Article number
Octoput 130 liter PP1-204A-130D PP1-208A-130D

12
sump 650 liter PP1-204A-650D PP1-208A-650D

10
Pomp BV 204 BV 208

8
Spanning 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Power delivered (P2) 400 watts 750 W.

6 750 W. 1500 watts
Power consumption (P1)
BV204 Nominal current 1,3 A 2,5 A
4 Control Fixed float Fixed float
Vortex Vortex
installation
concrete
ground
Impeller type
2 Free entrance 25 mm 25 mm
pressure pipe 63 mm PVC spie 63 mm PVC spie

weight 18 kg 22 kg
0
0 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 m3/h
39
ACO Passavant
BE serie
Product Description The stream
The BE pumps are robust cast iron The BE pumps are supplied in concrete
submersible pumps, specially developed basins. You can choose from different
for waste water. The BE pumps are non- volumes, depending on the application (see
cutting and standard equipped with a blockage- page 37). The concrete basins are fitted with
free 1-channel impeller. a traffic class D400 cover as standard.
Due to the double mechanical seal, the Concrete pump wells can be provided with
motor part is optimally protected and no water studs for inclusion in a concrete floor.
can penetrate into the oil chamber. The BE
pumps are fitted with a thermal protection. For more information see also p. 46.
Control
The BE pumps are mounted on the bottom of The pumps are controlled by means of
the pump sump by means of a foot bend and float switches (2-wire version). The
can be removed via guide rods and lifting design of the switch box to be ordered
chain. Pumps are standard equipped with a separately is determined by the location of
non-return valve and 10 m power cable. the box (see page 45).
Impeller type
Piping in the pump wells is made of Channel fan,
pressure PVC. The pressure pipe is fed see p. 7.
through the pit wall (key). Optionally, valves
can be included in the piping. Inlet diameter
of the pump sump must be specified
separately, multiple inlets in the same sump
are possible.
Areas of application Benefits BE pumps
Q Residential complexes and office buildings Q Balanced channel impeller for
with wastewater containing faeces (8BE not optimum efficiency;
containing faeces) Q motor cable seal against
Q parking garages; moisture ingress;
Q loads; Q pump housing made of high-quality
Q terrain drainage; cast iron designed for long service life;
Q behind sludge traps or separators. Q motor above 2200W additional jacket cooling
+ water ingress protection;
Q
pump with mechanical seal for very long life;
Q
pumps as standard with very high
worthy ball bearings for long life;
Q easy to install with guide rails
bars and foot bend (except in Octoput);
Q available as mono and duo installations.
40
ACO Passavant
BE serie
Mono Duo Mono Duo Mono Duo Mono Duo
Article number Article number Article number Article number
Octoput 130 liter * PP1-08BE-130D out of stock out of stock out of stock
Pump sump 650 liters PP1-08BE-650D PP2.... PP1-15BE-650D PP2.... PP1-22BE-650D PP2.... PP1-37BE-650D PP2....
Pomp 8BE 15BE 22BE 37BE
Spanning 400 V 3 beans 400 V 3 beans 400 V 3 beans 400 V 3 beans
Power delivered (P2) 750 W. 1500 watts 2200 Watts 3700 Watts
Power consumption (P1) 1100 W 1880 W 2880 Watts 4700 Watts

Startstroom 8,5 A 26 A 31 A 50 A
Impeller type Channel Channel Channel Channel
Free entrance 20 mm 40 mm 45 mm 53 mm
Pressure pipe PVC wedge 63 mm 110 mm 110 mm 110 mm 110 mm 160 mm 110 mm 160 mm
PAY ATTENTION 8BE 15 - 37BE

Q For twin-pump version in the
Replace article number "PP1" with "PP2";
Q for cymbals fitted with studs in a
concrete floor come "MS" to the article-
add number;
Q with these article numbers no switching
cabinet included, control cabinets are
selected separately (see page 45);
Q number and diameter inlet can be freely
chosen (order);
* The 8BE pump in a 130 liter
pump sump does not have a
foot bend, but a three-part coupling
with ball valve.
Mwk
18
16
14
12
37BE
10
15BE
8
8BE 22BE
0 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 m3/h
41
ACO Passavant
CE series
Product Description
The CE pumps are robust cast iron The stream
submersible pumps specially developed The CE pumps are supplied in concrete

for fibre-containing wastewater. The CE basins. You can choose from different
pumps are equipped with a blockage-free volumes, depending on the application
channel impeller with cutting device. (see page 37). The concrete basins are
Due to the double mechanical seal, the fitted with a traffic class D400 cover as
motor part is optimally protected and no standard. Concrete pump wells can be
water can penetrate into the oil chamber. provided with studs for inclusion in a concrete
The CE pumps are equipped with a thermal floor.
protection. The CE pumps are mounted with For more information see also p. 46.
a foot bend on the bottom of the pump
sump and can be removed by means of Control
guide rods and lifting chain. Pumps are The pumps are controlled by means
standard equipped with a non-return valve of float switches (2-wire version).
and 10 m power cable. Piping in the pump
wells is made of pressure PVC. The pressure The design of the switch box to be
Impeller type
pipe is fed through the pit wall (key). ordered separately is determined by the Channel fan
location of the box (see page 45).
with cutting device,
Optionally, valves can be included see p. 7.
in the piping. Inlet diameter of the
pump sump must be specified
separately, multiple inlets in the same
sump are possible.
Areas of application Advantages

Q Industrial long fiber wastewater; Q Balanced and hardened channel impeller and
Q public buildings (catering, healthcare cutting plate for optimum efficiency;
institutions, penal institutions, etc.) with Q additional seal for motor cable against
waste water containing faeces; moisture penetration;
Q pump housing made of high-quality
cast iron designed for long service life;
Q
pump with double mechanical seal for
very long life;
Q
pumps fitted with high-quality ball
bearings for a long service life;
Q easy to install with guide rails
bars and foot bend (except in Octoput);
Q mono and duo installations available;
Q heavier pumps on request
Q can be driven on by (heavy) traffic class D400.
42
ACO Passavant
CE series
Mono Duo Mono Duo Mono Duo Mono Duo
Article number Article number Article number Article number
Octoput 130 liter * PP1-08CE-130D out of stock out of stock out of stock
pump sump 650 liters PP1-08CE-650D PP2.... PP1-15CE-650D PP2.... PP1-22CE-650D PP2.... PP1-37CE-650D PP2....
Pump 8CE 15CE 22CE 37CE
Voltage 400 V 3 beans 400 V 3 beans 400 V 3 beans 400 V 3 beans
supplied power (P2) 750 W. 1500 watts 2200 Watts 3700 Watts
absorbed power (P1 ) 1100 W 1880 W 2880 Watts 4700 Watts

Startstroom 9,9 A 26 A 31 A 50 A
Impeller type Duct impeller with cutting device Duct impeller with cutting device Duct impeller with cutting device Duct impeller with cutting device
Free entrance 21 mm 37 mm 44 mm 60 mm
Pressure pipe PVC wedge 63 mm 110 mm 110 mm 110 mm 110 mm 160 mm 110 mm 160 mm
PAY ATTENTION 8CE 15 - 37CE
Q For twin-pump version in the

Replace article number "PP1" with "PP2":
Q For cymbals fitted with studs in a
concrete floor come "MS" to it
add article number;

Q These item numbers do not have a switch
cabinet included, control cabinets are
selected separately (see page 45);
Q Number and diameter inlet can be freely
chosen (order);
* The 8CE pump in a 130 liter
pump sump does not have a foot
bend but a ball valve where it is
disconnected.
Mwk
18
16
14
12
10 37CE
22CE
8
6 8CE 15CE
0 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 m3/h
43
ACO Passavant
Switch/Control Boxes
The cabinets are available in various Cabinets for indoor installation Cabinets for outdoor installation
designs depending on the location where the control Q Enclosed room These cabinets are standardly designed as
cabinet is placed. For operation, the switch box O Controls on the cabinet; publicly accessible, which means that the buttons
must be placed in the immediate vicinity of the pump O casing plastic or sheet steel. are fitted in the cabinet. In addition, they are
installation. Q Public space provided with a rain roof as standard.
O Operation in the locked cabinet;
O sheet steel case. Freely installed control cabinets are also
Minimal protection is required when a control equipped with a concrete base and a cabinet
cabinet is placed within a shielded area where These cabinets can optionally be equipped with: heating.
only authorized personnel can access. Q Battery for alarm reporting even in the event
of a power failure; The cabinets for outdoor installation can optionally
The control buttons are on the outside of the Q GSM reporting. be equipped with:
(plastic) cabinet Q Large red (alarm) lamp on the cabinet;

If it concerns an interior space that is accessible to Q acoustic alarm (horn);
the public, the switch box is made of sheet steel, or Q GSM reporting; Q
the plastic box must be placed in a sheet steel box. cabinet heating (standard with concrete base).
This protects the control buttons.
Switch/control boxes are available for single and

double pump installations. In dual installations, there
is always alternating operation. All switch boxes are
equipped with an optical alarm (red lamp/LED) as
standard. All switch boxes are equipped with potential-
free contacts as standard for reporting high water
and for malfunctioning of the pump(s).
Control cabinet standard equipment

Q visual alarm (rod lamp/led);
Q acoustic alarm;
Q potential-free reporting fault;
Q potential-free high water reporting.
For some cabinets, an emergency battery is
optional to also be able to pass on notification in the
event of a power failure.
44
ACO Passavant
Switch boxes and accessories
(standard)
For switching both 230 Article number 711889

Multi Control Mono
as 400 volt pumping installations with a Article number 0178.05.54
maximum output motor power (P2) of
5.5KW (0.3 -12A current consumption)
Q Equipped with LCD display;

Q easy to operate and set up;
Q with fill level indication;
Q equipped with power consumption;
Q with Hand-off-Automatic function;
Q signaling terminal overload pump;
Q equipped with optical and acoustic alarm;
Q high water alarm, pump failure, collect
failure report; Article number 711890
Multi Control Duo
Q direction of rotation indication;
Q switch-on time limitation; Article number
Q both for:
incl pressure clock 0178.05.55
s float control;
s pressure control (pneumatic);
s probe control.
sheet steel cabinet Sheet steel housing for mounting Multi

Control (Mono) + sheet steel cabinet Multi Article number 711890-P
Control (duo) + sheet steel cabinet Article number 700889-P
for publicly accessible spaces.
Lockable with lock.
Dimensions 380 x 380 x 210 mm.
Plastic outer case with plinth.

Plastic cabinet
Dimensions 290 x 2290 x 1545.
Includes Multi Control Mono. Article number 705073
Includes MultiControl Duo. Article number 711867
Standard equipped with:

Q Alarmlamp;
Q separately fused with 16A.
45
ACO Passavant
Parts/Options
Concrete Basin Parts

Stekeinden.
Pump wells with plug ends.
stekeinden
Leveling rings for concrete pits
Lost formwork plate
650-8000 l for increasing inlet depth
for installation in the floor. (Contact ACO
Leveling ring Ø 625 x 60 mm
for more information) lost formwork panel
Deepened installation of Octoput
When raising (levelling) the Octoput, it is
necessary to take into account the possibility
of disconnecting the pump. In practice, this
means that the pressure pipe cannot be laid
deeper than 500 mm -/- mv with standard Octopus with stakes
leveling rings.
46
ACO Passavant
Related ACO products
Backwater of wastewater in buildings occurs as soon as wastewater

cannot flow optimally into the public sewer. Calamities must already be
taken into account in the design phase and a sewerage system must be
designed in such a way that damage as a result of disasters is limited as
much as possible.
Request the ACO Passavant backwater protection documentation for product information
Linear drainage systems are aesthetically pleasing.

The drainage of water is faster than with point drainage.
Here you will find all technical information regarding line drainage.
Request the ACO DRAIN line drainage documentation for product information
As a leading supplier of separator technology, ACO has a suitable

separator for almost every application. Depending on the application
situation, it is possible to choose to place the separator in the ground
next to the building or in a (basement) space inside the building. If
possible, a separator should be placed as close as possible to the
source of pollution in order to protect the piping inside the building. You
can choose from plastic, stainless steel or concrete for the housing.
Request the ACO Passavant grease separator documentation for product information
Separator installations are used to remove harmful substances from

rainwater or waste water before discharging it into the sewerage or
drainage system. Depending on the (liquid) substances to be separated,
different types of installations are used.
Under the brand name ACO Passavant, ACO BV supplies an extensive
program of separator installations for various applications.
In the brochure you will find information about oil separator installations
and sludge traps, designed to separate light liquids (mostly hydrocarbon
compounds) from water.
Request the ACO Passavant Separators documentation for product information
47
Product groups:
Q ACO Drain®
Q ACO Passavant
Q ACO Stainless
To Q ACO Profile
Q ACO Pipe®
Q ACO GM-X
Q ACO Self®
We take care of the drainage Q ACO Markant

Q ACO Sport
Q ACO Pro
Q ACO ShowerDrain
Q ACO Stormbrixx®
Q ACO TopTek
¹ 2014 ACO
The information in this brochure has been provided by ACO
prepared with the greatest possible care.

In connection with the continuous improvement of
existing products and the development of
new products, ACO reserves the right
to change specifications. It is the
responsibility of the processor resp. to determine
ACO BV to the consumer that the ACO product is suitable
for the planned application and that it is processed
PO Box 217
7000 AE Doetinchem in accordance with the applicable installation
Edison Street 36 regulations. To the recommendations and
7006 RD Doetinchem suggestions can not become rights
Tel. (0314) 36 82 80 FSC paper is because the processing and use conditions are
Fax (0314) 36 82 90 made from FSC
Email: info@aco.nl wood from beyond the control of ACO
www.aco.nl sustainably managed forests. lying down.
SAFETY DATA SHEET

Regulation 1907/2006/EC
Dial S4 ZX-I
Version 2.1 Revision Date 11.05.2015 Print Date 13.05.2015
SECTION 1: Identification of the substance/mixture and of the company/undertaking

1.1 Product identifier
Trade name : Diala S4 ZX-I

Product code : 001E8701
1.2 Relevant identified uses of the substance or mixture and uses advised against
Use of the : Insulating oil.
Substance/Mixture
Uses advised against :
This product must not be used in applications other than those listed in
Section 1 without first seeking the advice of the supplier.
1.3 Details of the supplier of the safety data sheet
Manufacturer/Supplier : Walmsley enterprises international spol. s.r.o.

POD KARLOVARSKOU SILNICÍ 241/27 161 00
PRAHA 6 RUZYNÿ
Telephone : (+420) 272 700 530 :
fax (+420) 272 700 531 :
Email Contact for Safety Data SHELL.CZ@AUTOMAXEUROPE.COM
Sheet
1.4 Emergency telephone number
: TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION CENTER, AT THE BATTLEFIELD

1, 128 08 PRAGUE 2, PHONE (24 HOURS A DAY) 224 919 293, 224 915
402, 224 914 575
SECTION 2: Hazards identification
2.1 Classification of the substance or mixture
Classification (REGULATION (EC) No 1272/2008)
Aspiration hazard , Category 1 H304: May be fatal if swallowed and enters airways.
Classification (67/548/EEC, 1999/45/EC)
Not a hazardous substance or mixture according to EC-directives 67/548/EEC or 1999/45/EC.
2.2 Label elements
Labelling (REGULATION (EC) No 1272/2008)
1 / 19 800010000004
CZ
SAFETY DATA SHEET

Dial S4 ZX-I
Hazard pictograms :
Signal word : Danger
Hazard statements : PHYSICAL HAZARDS: Not

classified as a physical hazard according
to CLP criteria.
HEALTH HAZARDS:
H304 May be fatal if swallowed and enters
airways.
ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDS: Not
classified as environmental hazard according
to CLP criteria.
Precautionary statements : Prevention:

No precautionary phrases.
Response:
P301 + P310 IF SWALLOWED: Immediately call a
POISON CENTER/doctor.
P331 Do NOT induce vomiting.
Storage:
P405 Store locked up.
Disposal:
P501 Dispose of contents/ container to an
approved waste disposal plant.
Hazardous components which must be listed on the label: Contains

Distillates (Fischer - Tropsch), heavy, C18-50 - branched, cyclic and linear.
2.3 Other hazards
This mixture does not contain any REACH registered substances that are assessed to be a PBT or a vPvB.
Prolonged or repeated skin contact without proper cleaning can clog the pores of the skin resulting in disorders such as oil
acne/folliculitis.
Used oil may contain harmful impurities.
Not classified as flammable but will burn.
SECTION 3: Composition/information on ingredients

3.2 Mixtures
Chemical nature : Synthetic base oil and additives.
Hazardous components
Chemical Name CAS-No. Classification Classification Concentration
EC-No. (67/548/EEC) (REGULATION [%]
Registration (EC) No
2 / 19 800010000004
CZ
SAFETY DATA SHEET

Dial S4 ZX-I
number 1272/2008)
Distillates (Fischer - 848301-69-9 Xn; R65 Asp. Tox.1; H304 95 - 100
Tropsch), heavy, C18- 482-220-0 / 01-
50 – branched, cyclic 0000020163-82
and linear
Butylated 128-37-0 N; R50/53 Aquatic Chronic1; 0,1 - 0,24
hydroxytoluene 204-881-4 / 01- H410
2119565113-46 Aquatic Acute1;
H400
For explanation of abbreviations see section 16.
SECTION 4: First aid measures
4.1 Description of first aid measures

Protection of first-aiders : When administering first aid, ensure that you are wearing the
appropriate personal protective equipment according to the incident,
injury and surroundings.
If inhaled : No treatment necessary under normal conditions of use.

If symptoms persist, obtain medical advice.
In case of skin contact : Remove contaminated clothing. Flush exposed area with water
and follow by washing with soap if available.
If persistent irritation occurs, obtain medical attention.
In case of eye contact : Flush eye with copious quantities of water.

If persistent irritation occurs, obtain medical attention.
If swallowed : If swallowed, do not induce vomiting: transport to nearest medical

facility for additional treatment. If vomiting occurs spontaneously,
keep head below hips to prevent aspiration.
If any of the following delayed signs and symptoms appear within
the next 6 hours, transport to the nearest medical facility: fever
greater than 101° F (38.3°C), shortness of breath, chest congestion
or continued coughing or wheezing.
4.2 Most important symptoms and effects, both acute and delayed
Symptoms : If material enters lungs, signs and symptoms may include coughing,
choking, wheezing, difficulty in breathing, chest congestion,
shortness of breath, and/or fever.
The onset of respiratory symptoms may be delayed for several
hours after exposure.
Defatting dermatitis signs and symptoms may include a burning
sensation and/or a dried/cracked appearance.
Ingestion may result in nausea, vomiting and/or diarrhoea.
4.3 Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed
Treatment : Notes to doctor/physician:
3 / 19 800010000004
CZ
SAFETY DATA SHEET

Dial S4 ZX-I
Treat symptomatically.
Call a doctor or poison control center for guidance.
SECTION 5: Firefighting measures
5.1 Extinguishing media

Suitable extinguishing media : Foam, water spray or fog. Dry chemical powder, carbon dioxide, sand
or earth may be used for small fires only.
Unsuitable extinguishing : Do not use water in a jet.
media
5.2 Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture
Specific hazards during : Hazardous combustion products may include: A complex mixture
firefighting of airborne solid and liquid particulates and gases (smoke).
Carbon monoxide may be evolved if incomplete combustion
occurs. Unidentified organic and inorganic compounds.
5.3 Advice for firefighters

Special protective equipment for : Proper protective equipment including chemical resistant
firefighters gloves are to be worn; chemical resistant suit is indicated if large
contact with spilled product is expected. Self-Contained Breathing
Apparatus must be worn when approaching a fire in a confined space.
Select fire fighter's clothing approved to relevant Standards (e.g.
Europe: EN469).
Specific extinguishing : Use extinguishing measures that are appropriate to local
methods circumstances and the surrounding environment.
SECTION 6: Accidental release measures
6.1 Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures

Personal precautions : 6.1.1 For non emergency personnel: Avoid
contact with skin and eyes.
6.1.2 For emergency responders:
Avoid contact with skin and eyes.
6.2 Environmental precautions

Environmental precautions : Use appropriate containment to avoid environmental
contamination. Prevent from spreading or entering drains, ditches
or rivers by using sand, earth, or other appropriate barriers.
Local authorities should be advised if significant spillages
4 / 19 800010000004
CZ
SAFETY DATA SHEET

Dial S4 ZX-I
cannot be contained.
6.3 Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up Methods

for cleaning up : Slippery when spilt. Avoid accidents, clean up immediately.
Prevent from spreading by making a barrier with sand, earth or other
containment material.
Reclaim liquid directly or in an absorbent.
Soak up residue with an absorbent such as clay, sand or other suitable
material and dispose of properly.
6.4 Reference to other sections
For guidance on selection of personal protective equipment see Chapter 8 of this Safety Data Sheet., For guidance
on disposal of spilled material see Chapter 13 of this Safety Data Sheet.
SECTION 7: Handling and storage

General Precautions : Use local exhaust ventilation if there is risk of inhalation of vapours,
mists or aerosols.
Use the information in this data sheet as input to a risk
assessment of local circumstances to help determine
appropriate controls for safe handling, storage and disposal of this
material.
7.1 Precautions for safe handling

Advice on safe handling : Avoid prolonged or repeated contact with skin.
Avoid inhaling vapour and/or mists.
When handling product in drums, safety footwear should be worn
and proper handling equipment should be used.
Properly dispose of any contaminated rags or cleaning
materials in order to prevent fires.
Product Transfer : This material has the potential to be a static accumulator.

Proper grounding and bonding procedures should be used during
all bulk transfer operations.
7.2 Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities

Other data : Keep container tightly closed and in a cool, well-ventilated place.
Use properly labeled and closable containers.
Store at ambient temperature.
Refer to section 15 for any additional specific legislation

covering the packaging and storage of this product.
Packaging material : Suitable material: For containers or container linings, use mild
steel or high density polyethylene.
Unsuitable material: PVC.
Container Advice : Polyethylene containers should not be exposed to high
5 / 19 800010000004
CZ
SAFETY DATA SHEET

Dial S4 ZX-I
temperatures because of possible risk of distortion.
7.3 Specific end use(s)

Specific use(s) : Not applicable.
SECTION 8: Exposure controls/personal protection
8.1 Control parameters
Occupational Exposure Limits
Biological occupational exposure limits

No biological limit allocated.
Monitoring Methods
Monitoring of the concentration of substances in the breathing zone of workers or in the general workplace
may be required to confirm compliance with an OEL and adequacy of exposure controls.
For some substances biological monitoring may also be appropriate.
Validated exposure measurement methods should be applied by a competent person and samples analysed by
an accredited laboratory.
Examples of sources of recommended exposure measurement methods are given below or contact the supplier.
Further national methods may be available.
National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), USA: Manual of Analytical Methods http://
www.cdc.gov/niosh/
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), USA: Sampling and Analytical Methods http://
www.osha.gov/
Health and Safety Executive (HSE), UK: Methods for the Determination of Hazardous Substances http://
www.hse.gov.uk/
Institute for Occupational Safety and Health German Social Accident Insurance (IFA), Germany
http://www.dguv.de/inhalt/index.jsp
The National Institute for Research and Security, (INRS), France http://www.inrs.fr/accueil
8.2 Exposure controls

Engineering measures The level of protection and types of controls necessary will vary depending upon potential
exposure conditions. Select controls based on a risk assessment of local circumstances. Appropriate measures
include: Adequate ventilation to control airborne concentrations.
Where material is heated, sprayed or mist formed, there is greater potential for airborne
concentrations to be generated.
General Information:
6 / 19 800010000004
CZ
SAFETY DATA SHEET

Dial S4 ZX-I
Define procedures for safe handling and maintenance of controls.

Educate and train workers in the hazards and control measures relevant to normal activities associated
with this product.
Ensure appropriate selection, testing and maintenance of equipment used to control exposure, e.g. personal
protective equipment, local exhaust ventilation.
Drain down system prior to equipment break-in or maintenance.
Retain drain downs in sealed storage pending disposal or subsequent recycle.
Always observe good personal hygiene measures, such as washing hands after handling the material and before
eating, drinking, and/or smoking. Routinely wash work clothing and protective equipment to remove contaminants.
Discard contaminated clothing and footwear that cannot be cleaned.
Practice good housekeeping.
Do not ingest. If swallowed then seek immediate medical assistance
Personal protective equipment
The provided information is made in consideration of the PPE directive (Council Directive 89/686/
EEC) and the CEN European Committee for Standardisation (CEN) standards.
Personal protective equipment (PPE) should meet recommended national standards. Check with PPE
suppliers.
Eye protection :
If material is handled such that it could be splashed into eyes,
protective eyewear is recommended.
Approved to EU Standard EN166.
Hand protection
Remarks : Where hand contact with the product may occur the use of gloves
approved to relevant standards (e.g. Europe: EN374, US: F739)
made from the following materials may provide suitable chemical
protection. PVC, neoprene or nitrile rubber gloves Suitability and
durability of a glove is dependent on usage, e.g. frequency and
duration of contact, chemical resistance of glove material, dexterity.
Always seek advice from glove suppliers. Contaminated gloves
should be replaced. Personal hygiene is a key element of effective
hand care. Gloves must only be worn on clean hands. After using
gloves, hands should be washed and dried thoroughly.
Application of a non-perfumed moisturizer is recommended.
For continuous contact we recommend gloves with

breakthrough time of more than 240 minutes with preference for >
480 minutes where suitable gloves can be identified. For short-term/
splash protection we recommend the same, but recognize that suitable
gloves offering this level of protection may not be available and in this
case a lower breakthrough time maybe acceptable so long as
appropriate maintenance and replacement regimes are followed.
Glove thickness is not a good predictor of glove resistance to a
chemical as it is dependent on the exact composition of the glove
material.
Glove thickness should be typically greater than 0.35 mm
depending on the glove make and model.
7 / 19 800010000004
CZ
SAFETY DATA SHEET

Dial S4 ZX-I
Skin and body protection : Skin protection is not ordinarily required beyond standard work
clothes.
It is good practice to wear chemical resistant gloves.
Respiratory protection : No respiratory protection is ordinarily required under normal

conditions of use.
In accordance with good industrial hygiene practices,
precautions should be taken to avoid breathing of material.
If engineering controls do not maintain airborne
concentrations to a level which is adequate to protect worker health,
select respiratory protection equipment suitable for the specific
conditions of use and meeting relevant legislation.
Check with respiratory protective equipment suppliers.
Where air-filtering respirators are suitable, select an
appropriate combination of mask and filter.
Select a filter suitable for combined particulate/organic gases and
vapours [Type A/Type P boiling point > 65°C (149°F)] meeting
EN14387 and EN143.
Thermal hazards : Not applicable
Environmental exposure controls

General advice : Take appropriate measures to fulfill the requirements of relevant
environmental protection legislation. Avoid contamination of
the environment by following advice given in Chapter 6. If necessary,
prevent undissolved material from being discharged to waste water.
Waste water should be treated in a municipal or industrial waste
water treatment plant before discharge to surface water.
Local guidelines on emission limits for volatile substances must

be observed for the discharge of exhaust air containing vapour.
SECTION 9: Physical and chemical properties
9.1 Information on basic physical and chemical properties

Appearance : Liquid at room temperature.
Colour : amber
Odour : Slight hydrocarbon
Odour Threshold : Data not available
pH : Not applicable
for dot : <= -40 °CMethod: ISO 3016
8 / 19 800010000004
CZ
SAFETY DATA SHEET

Dial S4 ZX-I
Initial boiling point and boiling : > 280 °Cestimated value(s)

range
Flash point : 191 °C
Method: ISO 2719
Evaporation rate : Data not available
Flammability (solid, gas) : Data not available
Upper explosion limit : Typical 10 %(V)
Lower explosion limit : Typical 1 %(V)
Vapour pressure : <0.5 Pa (20 ° C)

estimated value(s)
Relative vapour density : > 1estimated value(s) :
Relative density 0,805 (20 °C)
Density : 805 kg/m3 (20 °C)

Method: ISO 3675
Solubility(ies)
Water solubility : negligible
Solubility in other solvents : Data not available
Partition coefficient: n : Pow: > 6(based on information on similar products)

octanol/water
Auto-ignition temperature :>

320 °C
Viscosity
Viscosity, dynamic : Data not available
Viscosity, kinematic : 9,6 mm2/s (40,0 °C)

Method: ISO 3104
Explosive properties : Not classified
Oxidizing properties : Data not available
9.2 Other information
Conductivity : This material is not expected to be a static accumulator.
9 / 19 800010000004
CZ
SAFETY DATA SHEET

Dial S4 ZX-I
Decomposition temperature : Data not available
SECTION 10: Stability and reactivity
10.1 Reactivity
The product does not pose any further reactivity hazards in addition to those listed in the following sub-
paragraph.
10.2 Chemical stability
Stable.
No hazardous reaction is expected when handled and stored according to provisions
10.3 Possibility of hazardous reactions
Hazardous reactions : Reacts with strong oxidising agents.
10.4 Conditions to avoid

Conditions to avoid : Extremes of temperature and direct sunlight.
10.5 Incompatible materials

Materials to avoid : Strong oxidising agents.
10.6 Hazardous decomposition products

Hazardous decomposition : Hazardous decomposition products are not expected to form
products during normal storage.
SECTION 11: Toxicological information

11.1 Information on toxicological effects
Basis for assessment : Information given is based on data on the components and
the toxicology of similar products.Unless indicated otherwise, the
data presented is representative of the product as a whole, rather
than for individual component(s).
Information on likely routes of : Skin and eye contact are the primary routes of exposure
exposure although exposure may occur following accidental ingestion.
Acute toxicity
Product:
Acute oral toxicity : LD50 rat: > 5.000 mg/kg

Remarks: Expected to be of low toxicity:
Remarks: Aspiration into the lungs may cause chemical
10 / 19 800010000004
CZ
SAFETY DATA SHEET

Dial S4 ZX-I
pneumonitis which can be fatal.
Acute inhalation toxicity : Remarks: Not considered to be an inhalation hazard under normal
conditions of use.
Acute dermal toxicity : LD50 Rabbit: > 5.000 mg/kg

Remarks: Expected to be of low toxicity:
Skin corrosion/irritation
Product:
Remarks: Expected to be slightly irritating., Prolonged or repeated skin contact without proper cleaning
can clog the pores of the skin resulting in disorders such as oil acne/folliculitis.
Serious eye damage/eye irritation

Product:
Remarks: Expected to be slightly irritating.
Respiratory or skin sensitisation

Product:
Remarks: For respiratory and skin sensitisation:, Not expected to be a sensitiser.
Germ cell mutagenicity

Product:
: Remarks: Not considered a mutagenic hazard.

Carcinogenicity
Product:
Remarks: Not expected to be carcinogenic.
Remarks: Product contains mineral oils of types shown to be non-carcinogenic in animal skin painting
studies., Highly refined mineral oils are not classified as carcinogenic by the International Agency for
Research on Cancer (IARC).
Material GHS/CLP Carcinogenicity Classification
Highly refined mineral oil No carcinogenicity classification.
Reproductive toxicity
11 / 19 800010000004
CZ
SAFETY DATA SHEET

Dial S4 ZX-I
Product:
:
Remarks: Not expected to impair fertility., Not expected to be a

developmental toxicant.
STOT - single exposure

Product:
Remarks: Not expected to be a hazard.
STOT - repeated exposure

Product:
Remarks: Not expected to be a hazard.
Aspiration toxicity
Product:
Aspiration into the lungs when swallowed or vomited may cause chemical pneumonitis which can be
fatal.
Further information
Product:
Remarks: Used oils may contain harmful impurities that have accumulated during use. The
concentration of such impurities will depend on use and they may present risks to health and the
environment on disposal., ALL used oil should be handled with caution and skin contact avoided as far as
possible.
Remarks: Slightly irritating to respiratory system.
Remarks: Classifications by other authorities under varying regulatory frameworks may exist.
Summary on evaluation of the CMR properties

Germ cell mutagenicity : This product does not meet the criteria for classification in
Assessment categories 1A/1B.
Carcinogenicity - : This product does not meet the criteria for classification in
Reproductive toxicity - : This product does not meet the criteria for classification in
12 / 19 800010000004
CZ
SAFETY DATA SHEET

Dial S4 ZX-I
SECTION 12: Ecological information
12.1 Toxicity
Basis for assessment : Ecotoxicological data have not been determined specifically
for this product.
Information given is based on a knowledge of the components and the
ecotoxicology of similar products.
Unless indicated otherwise, the data presented is
representative of the product as a whole, rather than for
individual component(s).(LL/EL/IL50 expressed as the nominal
amount of product required to prepare aqueous test extract).
Product:
Toxicity to fish (Acute : Remarks: Expected to be practically non toxic:

toxicity) LL / EL / IL50> 100 mg / l
Toxicity to crustacean (Acute : Remarks: Expected to be practically non toxic:

toxicity) LL / EL / IL50> 100 mg / l
Toxicity to algae/aquatic : Remarks: Expected to be practically non toxic:

plants (Acute toxicity) LL / EL / IL50> 100 mg / l
Toxicity to fish (Chronic : Remarks: Data not available

toxicity)
Toxicity to crustacean : Remarks: Data not available
(Chronic toxicity)
Toxicity to microorganisms :
(Acute toxicity) Remarks: Data not available
Components:
Butylated hydroxytoluene :
M-Factor (Acute aquatic : 1
toxicity)
12.2 Persistence and degradability

Product:
Biodegradability : Remarks: Expected to be not readily biodegradable., Major

constituents are expected to be inherently biodegradable, but contains
components that may persist in the environment.
12.3 Bioaccumulative potential

Product:
Bioaccumulation : Remarks: Contains components with the potential to
bioaccumulate.
13 / 19 800010000004
CZ
SAFETY DATA SHEET

Dial S4 ZX-I
Partition coefficient: n : Pow: > 6Remarks: (based on information on similar products)

octanol/water
12.4 Mobility in soil

Product:
Mobility : Remarks: Liquid under most environmental conditions., If it enters

soil, it will adsorb to soil particles and will not be mobile.
Remarks: Floats on water.

12.5 Results of PBT and vPvB assessment
Product:
Assessment : This mixture does not contain any REACH registered
substances that are assessed to be a PBT or a vPvB.
12.6 Other adverse effects
Product:
Additional ecological : Product is a mixture of non-volatile components, which are not

information expected to be released to air in any significant quantities., Not
expected to have ozone depletion potential, photochemical ozone
creation potential or global warming potential.
Poorly soluble mixture., May cause physical fouling of aquatic

organisms.
Mineral oil is not expected to cause any chronic effects to
aquatic organisms at concentrations less than 1 mg/l.
SECTION 13: Disposal considerations
13.1 Waste treatment methods

Product : Recover or recycle if possible.
It is the responsibility of the waste generator to determine the
toxicity and physical properties of the material generated to
determine the proper waste classification and disposal methods in
compliance with applicable regulations.
Do not dispose into the environment, in drains or in water
courses
Contaminated packaging : Dispose in accordance with prevailing regulations, preferably to a

recognized collector or contractor. The competence of the collector
or contractor should be established beforehand.
Disposal should be in accordance with applicable regional,
national, and local laws and regulations.
Local legislation
Waste catalogue :
14 / 19 800010000004
CZ
SAFETY DATA SHEET

Dial S4 ZX-I
EU Waste Disposal Code (EWC):
Waste Code :
13 03 07*
Remarks : Disposal should be in accordance with applicable regional,

national, and local laws and regulations.
Classification of waste is always the responsibility of the end

user.
Categorisation of packaging waste according to Catalogue of

Waste:
Waste code category: 15 01 10
Category of waste: N
SECTION 14: Transport information
14.1 A number
DNA : Not regulated as a dangerous good
ADR : Not regulated as a dangerous good
RID : Not regulated as a dangerous good
IMDG : Not regulated as a dangerous good
THERE IT IS
: Not regulated as a dangerous good
14.2 Proper shipping name ADN
ADR RID IMDG IATA : Not regulated as a dangerous good
14.3 Transport hazard class ADN
ADR RID IMDG IATA : Not regulated as a dangerous good
14.4 Packing group
ADN ADR RID : Not regulated as a dangerous good
IMDG IATA : Not regulated as a dangerous good
14.5 Environmental hazards
15 / 19 800010000004
CZ
SAFETY DATA SHEET

Dial S4 ZX-I
DNA : Not regulated as a dangerous good

ADR : Not regulated as a dangerous good
RID : Not regulated as a dangerous good
IMDG : Not regulated as a dangerous good
14.6 Special precautions for user
Remarks : Special Precautions: Refer to Chapter 7, Handling & Storage, for special
precautions which a user needs to be aware of or needs to comply with in
connection with transport.
14.7 Transport in bulk according to Annex II of MARPOL 73/78 and the IBC Code Pollution
: Notprecautions
category Ship type Product name Special applicable
: Not applicable
: Not applicable
: Not applicable
Additional Information : MARPOL Annex 1 rules apply for bulk shipments by sea.
SECTION 15: Regulatory information
15.1 Safety, health and environmental regulations/legislation specific for the substance or mixture
REACH - List of substances subject to authorisation : Product is not subject to

(Annex XIV) Authorisation under REACH.
Volatile organic compounds : 0 %
Other regulations : - Regulation (EC) No. 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and of the
Council of 18. December 2006 concerning the Registration, Evaluation,
Authorization and Restriction of Chemicals (REACH), as amended
including relating regulations and decrees. - Dangerous Substance
Directive 67/548/EHS from 27 June 1967 withasrelevant
amended laws
about
and compliance
regulations
concerning classification, packing and labelling of the Dangerous
Substances - Dangerous Preparation Directive 1999/45/ES from 31 May
1999 as amended, about compliance with relevant laws and regulations
concerning classification, packing and labelling of the Dangerous
Preparations - Act No. 86/2002 Coll., on protection of the air, including
relating regulations and decrees as amended - Act No.
111/1994 Coll., on road traffic and transport, including relating Act No.
and decrees as amnded - Coll., on wastes, including185/2001 regulations
relating regulations
and decrees as amended - Act No. 254/2001 Coll., on waters, including
relating regulations and decrees as amended - Act No.
266/1994 Coll., on railways and rail transport, including relating

regulations and decrees as amended - Act No.
350/2011 Coll., on chemical substances and mixtures
16 / 19 800010000004
CZ
SAFETY DATA SHEET

Dial S4 ZX-I
including relating regulations and decrees as amnded -

Government Regulation No. 361/2007 Coll., determining
conditions for occupational health protection including relating
regulations and decrees as amended.
The components of this product are reported in the following inventories:

EINECS : All components listed or polymer exempt.
TSCA : All components listed.
15.2 Chemical Safety Assessment
No Chemical Safety Assessment has been carried out for this substance/mixture by the supplier.
SECTION 16: Other information

REGULATION (EC) No 1272/2008 Classification procedure:
Aspiration hazard, Category 1, H304 Expert judgement and weight of evidence
determination.
Full text of R-Phrases

R50/53 Very toxic to aquatic organisms, may cause long-term adverse effects in the
aquatic environment.
R65 Harmful: may cause lung damage if swallowed.
Full text of H-Statements

H304 May be fatal if swallowed and enters airways.
H400 Very toxic to aquatic life.
H410 Very toxic to aquatic life with long lasting effects.
Full text of other abbreviations
Aquatic Acute Acute aquatic toxicity

Aquatic Chronic Chronic aquatic toxicity
Asp. Tox. Aspiration hazard
Abbreviations and Acronyms : The standard abbreviations and acronyms used in this document can
be looked up in reference literature (e.g. scientific dictionaries)
and/or websites.
ACGIH = American Conference of Governmental Industrial

Hygienists
ADR = European Agreement concerning the International
Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Road
AICS = Australian Inventory of Chemical Substances
ASTM = American Society for Testing and Materials
BEL = Biological exposure limits
BTEX = Benzene, Toluene, Ethylbenzene, Xylenes
CAS = Chemical Abstracts Service
CEFIC = European Chemical Industry Council
CLP = Classification Packaging and Labelling
COC = Cleveland Open-Cup
DIN = German Institute for Standardization
17 / 19 800010000004
CZ
SAFETY DATA SHEET

Dial S4 ZX-I
DMEL = Derived Minimal Effect Level

DNEL = Derived No Effect Level DSL =
Canada Domestic Substance List EC =
European Commission EC50 = Effective
Concentration fifty ECETOC = European
Center on Ecotoxicology and Toxicology Of Chemicals
ECHA = European Chemicals Agency EINECS = The
European Inventory of Existing Commercial Chemical
Substances EL50 = Effective Loading fifty ENCS = Japanese
Existing and New Chemical Substances Inventory EWC =
European Waste Code GHS = Globally Harmonised System of
Classification and Labelling of Chemicals IARC = International
Agency for Research on Cancer IATA = International Air Transport
Association IC50 = Inhibitory Concentration fifty IL50 = Inhibitory
Level fifty IMDG = International Maritime Dangerous Goods INV
= Chinese Chemicals Inventory IP346 = Institute of Petroleum
test method N° 346 for the determination of polycyclic aromatics
DMSO-extractables KECI = Korea Existing Chemicals Inventory
LC50 = Lethal Concentration fifty LD50 = Lethal Dose fifty per
cent.
LL/EL/IL = Lethal Loading/Effective Loading/Inhibitory loading LL50

= Lethal Loading fifty MARPOL = International Convention for the
Prevention of Pollution From Ships NOEC/NOEL = No Observed
Effect Concentration / No Observed Effect Level OE_HPV =
Occupational Exposure - High Production Volume PBT = Persistent,
Bioaccumulative and Toxic PICCS = Philippine Inventory of
Chemicals and Chemical Substances PNEC = Predicted No Effect
Concentration REACH = Registration Evaluation And Authorisation
Of Chemicals RID = Regulations Relating to International Carriage
of Dangerous Goods by Rail SKIN_DES = Skin Designation STEL =
Short term exposure limit TRA = Targeted Risk Assessment TSCA
= US Toxic Substances Control Act TWA = Time-Weighted Average
vPvB = very Persistent and very Bioaccumulative
Further information
Other information : This product is classified as H304 (May be fatal if swallowed
and enters airways). The risk relates to potential for aspiration.
18 / 19 800010000004
CZ
SAFETY DATA SHEET

Dial S4 ZX-I
The risk arising from aspiration hazard is solely related to the

physico-chemical properties of the substance. The risk can therefore
be controlled by implementing risk management measures tailored
to this specific hazard and included within Chapter 8 of the SDS.
An exposure scenario is not presented.
A vertical bar (|) in the left margin indicates an amendment from

the previous version.
This information is based on our current knowledge and is intended to describe the product for the purposes
of health, safety and environmental requirements only. It should not therefore be construed as guaranteeing
any specific property of the product.
19 / 19 800010000004
CZ
CONTENTS PAGE
GENERAL GUIDELINES AND

INFORMATION 3
Health and Safety

Storage, Transportation,
Unpacking, Monobloc Cleanliness
CHARGING 4-5
Float Charging, Fast Charging
INSTALLATION 5
Tools and Materials Required

Monobloc Details
SITE ACCEPTANCE TESTS 6
Operation
Putting into Service
Low Voltage Disconnect
CYCLE LIFE 6
MAINTENANCE & INSPECTION 7
Monthly Inspection
Six-Monthly Inspection
Annual Inspection
REJECT PROCEDURE AND DISPOSAL 8
APPENDICES 8 - 11
SBSTM Range - Product Details
Shelf Life Profile
Float Voltage Profile
Battery Record Sheet
G GENERAL
G UIDELINES
A ND
I NFORMATION
IMPORTANT
Months State of- State of
Please read immediately on receipt of battery on shelf Charge Charge
before unpacking and installing. (20°C) (30°C)
The installation and erection of batteries

0 100% 100%
1 99% 97%
should be undertaken by suitably qualified
persons only. 2 97% 95%
3 96% 93%
Failure to comply with these instructions will
4 95% 91%
render any warranties null and void.
5 94% 90%
HEALTH AND SAFETY
6 93% 88%
SBSTM batteries are electrically live at all times. 7 92% 86%
Care must be taken when handling the
8 91% 85%
monoblocs, even when in a damaged or
9 90% 84%
discharged condition.
10 90% 82%
ALWAYS....
11 89% 81%
Remove all metal personal effects such 12 88% 80%

as rings, metal watch bands, belt
buckles.
The graph in Appendix (B) shows the above
Switch off circuit before connecting or figures.
disconnecting battery.
It is advised not to keep batteries in a
Use insulated tools. deeply discharged condition.
Keep sparks, flames and lighted TRANSPORTATION

cigarettes away from the battery. SBSTM batteries are classed as ‘Non Hazardous’ for
Remember - batteries are heavy; use transportation by air, sea or

appropriate handling techniques. road. They may, therefore, be transported
without restriction, without the use of
Wear protective clothing (eg gloves, Hazardous Goods Notes, TREM Cards etc.,
safety glasses etc). provided the terminals are adequately
NEVER.... protected from short circuit. For air
transportation ICAO (and IATA) special
Lift a battery by its terminals. provision A67 applies.
Charge in a sealed container. UNPACKING
Incinerate. On delivery, carefully examine the

consignment for any obvious signs of transit
Short circuit.
damage and then ensure that the goods are
Charge with a voltage greater than complete and agree with the material list,
advice note or invoice. Monobloc terminal
specified in this manual.
nuts and washers are normally packed in a
STORAGE
sachet inside the monobloc carton.
If the battery cannot be installed MONOBLOC CLEANLINESS

immediately, it should be stored in a
Please ensure that the monoblocs are clean at
cool, clean and dry environment.
all times. Cleaning should be carried out using
If the open circuit voltage drops to less a damp soft cloth.
than 2.09 Volts per cell, a recharge
Do not use solvents, paraffin, abrasive or
will be necessary. The ambient
proprietary cleaning fluids or materials as this
temperature will affect the self
may cause permanent damage to the plastic
discharge and therefore the time
containers and lids.
between recharges - see appendix in
self discharge curve of voltage
temperature.
3
C HARGING
FLOAT CHARGING (PREFERRED METHOD) It is important to remember that the

For maximum service life SBSTM should be float battery has a large thermal mass.
Placement of the temperature
charged using a well regulated constant voltage
indicating device is very important as
source with thermal compensation for the charge
instantaneous changes in the ambient
voltage.
temperature are not immediately reflected
Charging techniques within the internal mass of the battery. It
There are basically 2 different methods of is therefore recommended that

charging the SBSTM valve regulated battery. temperature probes/indicators should
These are constant voltage and constant current. either be placed against the outer case
of the battery with the outer face of the
probe being insulated or commercially
Constant Voltage Charging available ring tag temperature probes
(Recommended Charging Method) can be used fitted over the battery
Constant voltage charging is the most efficient terminal during installation.
and safest method of charging a sealed lead acid
cell. There are basically two methods of constant
voltage charging, float and fast.
Current Setting
1. FLOAT CHARGING
There is no upper limit setting to the
This type of charging is to be used in standby current requirements during constant
applications. potential charging as the battery itself
Note: For battery to attain 100% capacity whilst will regulate the current only accepting as
being charged at 2.27 Vpc @ 20°C a minimum of much as is required to reach its fully
7 days recharge time is required. charged condition.
It should however be noted that the
Voltage Setting
higher the charge current available
When the SBSTM valve regulated cell is from the charging source, the quicker
to be float charged in a standby the battery will recharge.
application the constant voltage charger
should be maintained at 2.27 Volts per In a fully charged float condition, at
cell whilst at an ambient temperature of 20°C, the SBSTM product range will
20°C for maximum float life. draw between 5 and 50 milli-amps
from the charger.
2. FAST CHARGING
Temperature excursions away from this
will cause a reduction in life for high 2.1 CONSTANT VOLTAGE, FAST CHARGING
temperatures or a reduction in capacity
due to undercharge at lower temperatures. In order to facilitate more rapid charging of the
The general rule is that for every 10°C SBSTM product it is possible to use the ‘fast’
rise in temperature there is a 50% charge technique, ideally suited to more cyclic
reduction in the float life of the product. applications.
Voltage Setting
A curve showing the recommended For applications requiring a faster
float voltages for a given temperature is recharge, a potential of 2.4 Volts per
shown in Appendix C. Using these cell at 20°C can be applied across the
values it is possible to maintain the battery terminals. This will facilitate a
battery condition whilst retaining its more rapid recharge although due to
longevity of operation. To compensate this higher potential it is recommended
for variations in ambient temperature, the that this level is maintained only until the
following formula should be applied: Float current being drawn by the battery has
Vpc = 2.3773 - (Tx 0.00598) + (T 2 x remained level for a period of 2 hours.
0.00004) Should this recharge potential be applied
for extended periods the battery might
become warm thus accelerating grid
Note: At temperatures in excess of corrosion and reducing the service life of
40°C the compensated voltage the product.
approaches the open circuit voltage of
the battery. The voltage should therefore
Fast Charge Vpc= 2.5023 - (Tx
be capped at this level so a greater
0.00598) + (T2 x 0.00004)
reduction in life at temperatures in excess
of 40°C, even with temperature
compensation, is to be expected.
4
Current Setting The rate at which the current is applied

to the battery governs the voltage
As with float charging, the greater the current
requirement of the charger source. High
available from the charging source the faster
current rates require a charging source
the recharge will be, with no limit being placed
with a higher voltage.
on that charging current. However at these
elevated voltages, the final stabilised current It is important with constant current charging
being drawn from the charger as the battery to know how many ampere hours (amps x
reaches its full state of charge will be higher hours) were taken out during discharge so
than the values attained at 2.27 Volts per cell. that with a set constant current the duration
of the recharge can be calculated to return
between 103% and 105% of the removed
capacity.
2.2 CONSTANT CURRENT CHARGING
Constant current charging although efficient, In order to calculate the maximum rate that can
requires a slightly more complex charging
be used during a constant current recharge
algorithm requiring a greater degree of control
simply use 5% of the C10 capacity of the battery
to prevent serious overcharge.
e.g. for an SBS 40, 5% of 40Ah equals 2 amps.
Constant current charging is This rate would then be used for the duration
accomplished by applying a non required to replace approx 103% of the
varying current source with a high voltage. battery’s removed capacity during discharge.
TOOLS AND MATERIALS REQUIRED When supplied with Hawker Energy standard
connectors, they come with terminal shrouds
Insulated torque wrench.
See monobloc details in this section for the already fitted. After the terminal nut is torqued
down the shroud can be slid over the terminal.
correct settings.
In adverse conditions, terminal grease, The shroud is flexible, allowing a

I NSTALLATION consisting of 20% lanolin in petroleum jelly, can voltmeter probe tip to be applied to the
be used to protect the terminal against external terminal.
corrosive substances.
It is good practice to assemble large
batteries in sections, leaving out connectors
Whilst not harmful to the battery, silicone at, say, 48V intervals, so reducing the
grease should not be used as this can danger during the main part of the installation.
interfere with other electronic components. When the rest of the installation has been
checked carefully, the remaining connectors
MONOBLOC DETAILS can be fitted.
The following information is very important for the

Rack and cabinets should normally be filled
correct and efficient operation of SBSTM batteries:
starting from the bottom, thus ensuring
stability throughout the installation.
To allow an even air flow around the
monoblocs, and thereby improve the
dissipation of the small amount of generated Where parallel strings of monoblocs are
heat, it is recommended, but not essential, being used, strings should normally be
arranged on racks or cubicles so that there
that an air gap of approximately 5 mm is left
is thermal balance within each string. In
between the monoblocs.
other words; three strings on a three row
rack should be arranged such that each
Ensure that the correct torque setting for your string is spread across the three
particular type of SBSTM is selected and
applied to the terminal nuts. tiers.
Total lengths of cable/connector runs should

Terminal diameter be the same in each string until the strings are
Torque setting
combined at a transition box or circuit breaker.
M4 1.0 Nm
M6 3.9 Nm
Monobloc numbers, when provided, can be
M8 5.0 Nm affixed to any part of the monobloc plastic
case EXCEPT over the vent disc(s) for
Please Note: Over-tightening may result in damage to future identification.
the terminal.
5
S ITE
A CCEPTANCE
T ESTS
OPERATION PUTTING INTO SERVICE
A site acceptance test, consisting of a fully loaded If the site acceptance test has been performed, the
discharge for the required autonomy time, should be battery must then be fully recharged.
performed approximately 7 days after installation and
commissioning. LOW VOLTAGE DISCONNECTS
Hawker Energy can give recommendations for each
application. On-load battery voltage should not normally be allowed
to fall below 1.7 Volts per cell for discharge times
The following tables show the effect of battery
greater than 30 minutes. A low voltage disconnect must
temperature on the electrical discharge performance at
always be used where possible to maintain the integrity
different discharge rates. Performance is given as a
of the battery system. This should completely isolate
percentage of the performance at 20°C.
the battery (including removing any control circuit load)
until power is fully restored to the charging equipment.
TEMPERATURE
Rate 0°C 5°C 10°C 15°C 20°C 25°C 30°C 35°C 40°C REPV
5 m 67% 76% 85% 92% 100% 108% 116% 125% 133% 1.63vpc 10 m 73% 80% 86% 93% 100% 107% 113%
119% 125% 1.65vpc 15 m 74% 81% 87% 94% 100% 106% 111% 116% 121% 1.65vpc 20 m 76% 82% 88%
94% 100% 105% 110% 114% 118% 1.67vpc 25 m 77% 83% 89% 95% 100% 105% 109% 113% 117% 1.67vpc
30 m 78% 84% 90% 95% 100% 105% 109% 112% 116% 1.70vpc 45 m 80% 85% 91% 95% 100% 104% 107%
110% 113% 1.70vpc 60 m 81% 86% 91% 95% 100% 103% 107% 109% 111% 1.75vpc 2 hrs 83% 88% 93%
97% 100% 103% 105% 107% 108% 1.80vpc 3 hrs 85% 89% 93% 97% 100% 102% 105% 106% 107% 1.80vpc
4 hrs 86% 90% 94% 97% 100% 102% 104% 105% 106% 1.80vpc 10 hrs 88% 91% 95% 98% 100% 102% 103%
104% 105% 1.80vpc
Figures apply to all SBSTM products The
temperature expressed above relates to the monobloc, NOT ambient.
REPV = Recommended end voltage per cell.
Hawker Energy products SBS™ range of products are product cycle life, Hawker Energy request that
designed to cycle at float voltage as well as higher customers contact our Technical Sales Department
voltages. Products can be cycled using charging with specific details of the cyclic application in order to
voltages between 2.27 and 2.40 Vpc. obtain a figure for product cyclic capability.
Charge acceptance and charge efficiency is The recharge time and voltage will influence cell
C YCLE L IFE exceptionally high, key factors for cyclability at float balance, particularly in the early stages of cycle life.
voltage recharge.
The cyclability of the SBSTM product ranges depends Cycling at float voltage (e.g. 2.27Vpc) generally requires
upon the following factors: longer recharge intervals because the charging rate is
limited by the low charging overpotential. The charge
Discharge rate / Depth of discharge /
factor (ratio of charge in / charge out) under float
Discharge end point voltage.
recharge conditions normally reaches >95% in 12
Recharge voltage. hours to 48 hours depending on the current available
from the charging source.
Recharge time.
Recharge current available. Additional time on float is crucial to keep the cells in a
fully charged state and to also electrochemically
Interval time available.
"balance" the cells. A charge factor between 102% and
Because there are so many variables associated with 107% is required to maintain cyclability.
the determination of the
6
M AINTENANCE
A ND
I NSPECTION
The optimum maintenance and inspection The following is a list of broad generic
procedure will vary considerably according to suggestions for the periodic maintenance and
the application, number and critical nature of inspection of your batteries.
installations, along with other commercial
It is advised that, in addition to the
considerations.
instructions detailed below, the Battery Record
Sheet as shown in Appendix E, is utilised.
MONTHLY INSPECTION
WHAT TO METHOD REQUIREMENT ACTION
INSPECT
Total battery Measure total Recommended Adjust float

voltage on float battery voltage. float volts per cell voltage as
charge. x number of cells specified in
series. Section 2.
SIX-MONTHLY INSPECTION
WHAT TO METHOD REQUIREMENT ACTION
INSPECT
1 Total battery Measure total battery voltage on Recommended Adjust float

voltage. float charge. float volts per cell voltage as
x number of cells specified
series. in Section 2.
2 Individual Measure individual Within 5.0% of Contact Hawker

monobloc monobloc voltages. the mean. Energy Products Ltd.
voltages on
float charge.
3 Appearance. Check for damage or other If a concern is found,

impairment. check the cause and
replace the monobloc
as necessary.
4 Cleanliness. Check for If contaminated

contamination by ISOLATE monobloc
dust, etc. and clean with a damp soft
cloth.
5 General Check for corrosion of the Perform cleaning,

condition. cubicle, battery stand, corrosion prevention
connecting cables and treatment, painting,
terminals. etc.
ANNUAL INSPECTION From this value, calculate a voltage equating

to 5% less than the average. Monoblocs with
As with monthly and six monthly checks the
a terminal voltage below the calculated value
type of annual inspection is based on the
critical nature of installations, along with other should be replaced at the earliest possible
commercial considerations i.e. feasibility of convenience to ensure the maximum system
reduced autonomy, manpower availability etc. autonomy.

One method of checking the state of health of *The actual discharge duration is unimportant
the battery is to perform a partial discharge as the test is one of comparison and does not
using the actual system as the load.
have a specific pass/fail criteria. It should be
noted however that the longer the duration of
Example the discharge is allowed to continue before
For a system with a back-up autonomy time measurements are taken, the earlier it might
of 4 hours.
be possible to detect monoblocs prematurely
Switch off the mains power supply and allow failing.
the battery to supply the required back-up
It is only possible to check the actual capacity
power to the load.
of the system battery by performing a full
After approximately 30 minutes* measure and discharge test on the battery to a known end point
note the terminal voltage of the individual voltage. Unfortunately, although this
monoblocs and the corresponding string from gives excellent battery maintenance cover, it
which the measurement was taken. An means that for a short period the battery will
example of a battery record sheet is shown in provide substantially reduced autonomy.
Appendix E. Hence this method should only be
After all of the monoblocs have had their implemented during times of complete system
terminal voltages measured, the mains power redundancy.
should be returned to the system.
Hawker Energy can design a tailor-made
By reference to the noted values on the record maintenance procedure when supplied with
sheet calculate the average monobloc terminal the relevant information.
voltage for each individual string.

7
R EJECT
P ROCEDURE
A N D D ISPOSAL
REJECTION Hawker Energy utilises a licenced reprocessor

of lead and plastics. We will, at no charge,
Should a product, on receipt or otherwise,
dispose of batteries if they are delivered to our
appear to be unserviceable, FIRST contact
factory in Newport, UK. Alternatively, please
Hawker Energy Products detailing the
circumstances. contact your local sales office who will be able
to assist with your disposal needs.
Full details of date of shipment,
In the UK this is a legal requirement and
commissioning records and all maintenance
products should be disposed of in accordance
records should be relayed.
with the rules of the relevant Local Authority.
DISPOSAL The Local Authority is required to maintain a
All monoblocs for disposal should be shipped list of their approved disposal and recycling
to a recognised scrap recoverer, or regulated operators.
collection point. DO NOT INCINERATE END OF LIFE
BATTERIES
APPENDICES
The following pages show the information listed below. If you have any other requirements,
please do not hesitate to contact our Sales Offices or your local agent.
APPENDIX A
SBSTM RANGE - PRODUCT DETAILS

A PPENDICES
CAPACITY
DIMENSIONS
(10HR TO
PRODUCT NOMINAL 1.8VPC) TERMINAL
WEIGHT
TYPE VOLTAGE @ 20°C ABC D THREAD
SBS 8 12 7.4Ah 137.5 86 99 101 2.8 M4
SBS 15 12 14Ah 200 77 130.5 140 5.1 M6
SBS 30 12 25.8Ah 250 97 146 156 8.9 M6

A. SBSTM Range - Product details
SBS 40 12 36.6Ah 250 97 196 206 12.8 M6
B. Shelf life profile
SBS 60 12 50.8Ah 220 121 250 260 18.1 M6
C. Float voltage profile
SBS 110 6 115Ah 198 206 235 237 20.6 M8
D. Battery record sheet example
SBS 114 4 115Ah 198 206 235 237 15.1 M8
SBS 130 6 132Ah 198 206 235 237 22.3 M8
SBS 134 4 132Ah 198 206 235 237 16 M8
SBS 300 2 310Ah 198 206 235 237 20.8 M8
SBS 390 2 360Ah 198 206 235 237 22.5 M8
Notes: Weight is in Kg. Dimensions are in mm, A = Length; B = Width;

C = Container Height; D = Height over terminals
Above capacities are quoted at 20°C. Battery capacities increase with a higher temperature.
Unless otherwise stated, all dimensions are in millimetres.
Battery capacities are measured in Ah.
All products are fully compliant to BS6290 Part 4 and fully approved by British Telecom.
For further information on any of our products, please contact our Sales Office at
Newport.
8
APPENDIX D
BATTERY RECORD SHEET EXAMPLE
Site: Installation date: Inspection date:
Monobloc type: Float voltage:

No series: Temperature:
Not parallel:
Battery Number: Bank Number:
Mb V / Mb Mb V / Mb Mb V / Mb Mb V / Mb Mb V / Mb Mb V / Mb Mb V / Mb Mb V / Mb
No No No No No No No No
1 29 57 85 113 141 169 197
2 30 58 86 114 142 170 198
3 31 59 87 115 143 171 199
4 32 60 88 116 144 172 200
5 33 61 89 117 145 173 201
6 34 62 90 118 146 174 202
7 35 63 91 119 147 175 203
8 36 64 92 120 148 176 204
9 37 65 93 121 149 177 205
10 38 66 94 122 150 178 206
11 39 67 95 123 151 179 207
12 40 68 96 124 152 180 208
13 41 69 97 125 153 181 209
14 42 70 98 126 154 182 210
15 43 71 99 127 155 183 211
16 44 72 100 128 156 184 212
17 45 73 101 129 157 185 213
18 46 74 102 130 158 186 214
19 47 75 103 131 159 187 215
20 48 76 104 132 160 188 216
21 49 77 105 133 161 189 217
22 50 78 106 134 162 190 218
23 51 79 107 135 163 191 219
24 52 80 108 136 164 192 220
25 53 81 109 137 165 193 221
26 54 82 110 138 166 194 222
27 55 83 111 139 167 195 223
28 56 84 112 140 168 196 224
Mechanical condition: Key:
Other observations: Mb = Monobloc
Signature: No = Number
Organisation:
11
UK Standby Power
Division Stephenson
Street, Newport,
NP9 0XJ, UK Telephone: +44
(0)1633 277673 General Fax: +44
(0)1633 281787 Sales Fax: +44
(0)1633 276327
http//:www.hawker.co.uk Publication reference: HEPL/ OMM/ 3/ May 1999
IX
APPENDIX: AUTHORIZATION INCLUDING EXTRACT OF THE CHAMBER OF COMMERCE

TENNET TSO BV
Witteveen+Bos | AH579-21/17-012.035 | Annex IX | Final 02

APPENDIX: FIRE SAFETY REPORTING
Witteveen+Bos | AH579-21/17-012.035 | Annex X | Final 02

Explanation fire safety

TenneT HKZ Onshore Maasvlakte
IOB Documentnummer 170556R01
Revision 3
22-08-2017
Client
TenneT TSO
Utrechtseweg 310
Arnhem
Engineering firm IOB BV

† Canal Road West Side 45 | PO Box 238, 3220 AE Hellevoetsluis
| † T 088 4464462 | info@iob.nl | www.iob.nl |
Project : Explanation of fire safety Datum : 22-08-2017

IOB Documentnummer : 170556R01 Project number : 170556
Revision : Revision 3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 Project data .................................................. .................................................. ............................... 3
2 Introduction................................................. .................................................. ............................................ 4
3 General ................................................... .................................................. ......................................... 5
3.1 Project description ................................................. .................................................. ................... 5
3.2 Function of use and occupation ................................................................ .................................................. ..... 6
4 Fire safety .................................................. .................................................. ................................ 7
4.1 Strength in case of fire (Building Decree section 2.2) ................................................ ................................... 7
4.2 Limitation of the occurrence of a fire hazard (Building Decree section 2.8) ...... 7
4.3 Limiting the development of fire and smoke (Building Decree section 2.9) ............................................... 7
4.4 Fire and sub-fire compartmentalization (Building Decree Section 2.10 and 2.11) ........................... 7
4.5 Escape routes (Building Decree section 2.12) ......................................... .................................. 8
4.6 Assistance in the event of fire (Building Decree section 2.13) .......................................... ....................... 8
5 Fire safety installations .................................................. .................................................. ............... 9
5.1 Emergency lighting (Building Decree Article 6.3) ............................................... ................................... 9
5.2 Timely determination of fire / escape in the event of a fire (Building Decree Section 6.5 and 6.6) .................... 9
5.3 Escape route indications (Building Decree article 6.24) ............................................... ................... 9
5.4 Fighting fire (Building Decree section 6.7) ......................................... .................. 9
5.4.1 Fire extinguishing water supply (Building Decree Article 6.30) ................................................. .................. 9
5.4.2 Fire extinguishers (Building Decree article 6.31) ............................................... ..................................10
5.4.3 Indication of extinguishing media (Building Decree article 6.33) ........................................... ....................10
5.5 Accessibility for emergency services (Building Decree section 6.8) ...................................10
6 Conclusion ................................................. .................................................. ..................................11


2 INTRODUCTION
This document concerns a fire safety report for the new construction site of TenneT in Maasvlakte –
Rotterdam: a transformer station for the offshore grid at Hollandse Kust (zuid) for the connection of offshore
wind farms. The purpose of this document is to explain the relevant performance requirements of the Building
Decree 2012 for this project, with an integral look at the fire safety aspect. In that context, the departments/
articles referred to in this report from the Building Decree 2012 are solely aimed at the applicable fire safety
requirements.
Attention is not only paid to the constructional facilities, but also to the application of the correct technical
installation facilities. The reliability of the architectural and installation-technical facilities depends on how the
organization handles design, realisation, maintenance and management.
The findings regarding fire safety are described in this document, which is part of the building environmental
permit application.
Page 4 of 11

3 GENERAL
3.1 Project description
TenneT's new construction site in Maasvlakte – Rotterdam will be set up for the use of the onshore 220 kV-380 kV
transformer station. This transformer station converts the offshore generated wind energy from 220 kV to 380 kV. It will then
be routed to the existing 380 kV high-voltage substation Maasvlakte on Coloradoweg.
The transformer station is in operation 24 hours a day, it is an unmanned station.
The location of the transformer station is located in the municipality of Rotterdam on the Maasvlakte, as shown in the figure
below.
project location
Figure 1: Plan area (source: google maps)
Various structures are being built on the site, which are shown in the table below:
Construction Number of open/closed

Central service building 1 Closed
Bayhouse 33 kV building 6 Closed
380/220 kV transformer 4 partially open
cell (type 1 and 2) 4 partially open
Various functions will be accommodated in the Central Services Building (CDG), including a kitchen for private use, sanitary
facilities (two toilets) and a SCADA area (Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition) for the control of the offshore wind farms.
Page 5 of 11

3.2 Usage function and occupation
In accordance with the terminology of the Building Decree, all buildings on the site are designated as an “other
use function”. The stations function fully automatically and unmanned. However, incidental short-term stays of
persons can take place for inspections and maintenance.
The spaces and floors in the structures are designated as functional areas and areas where activities
characteristic of the other use take place and which are not intended for residential use.
persons.
Page 6 of 11

4 FIRE SAFETY
4.1 Strength in case of fire (Building Decree section 2.2)
In the event of a fire, the structures must be left and searched for a reasonable time, without the risk of collapse.
For all structures on the site, no floors are located higher than 5 meters above measurement level. On this basis, no
requirements have been set for the collapse of building structures as a result of progressive collapse as a result of fire.
However, requirements have been set for the supporting structure in a general sense, namely for the maintenance of the
partition structures for which a requirement applies with regard to resistance to fire penetration and fire spread (WBDBO).
4.2 Limitation of the occurrence of a fire hazard situation (Building Decree section 2.8)
The structures to be built are such that the occurrence of a fire hazard is sufficiently limited.
4.3 Limiting the development of fire and smoke (Building Decree section 2.9)
The structures must be designed in such a way that fire and smoke cannot develop quickly.
As a result, requirements have been set with regard to fire (propagation) class and smoke class of construction components
inside and outside the structures.
Interior of buildings For all

spaces, the materialization of wall and ceiling finishes adjacent to the indoor air complies with fire class D and smoke class s2,
both determined in accordance with NEN-EN 13501-1.
The top of the floors complies with fire class Dfl and smoke class s1fl, both determined in accordance with NEN-EN 13501-1.
Exterior of the buildings

For all structures, the materialization of construction components that border on the outside air complies with fire class D in
accordance with NEN-EN 13501-1.
4.4 Fire and sub-fire compartmentalization (Building Decree Section 2.10 and 2.11)
In order to prevent it from spreading easily within the structures in the event of a fire, the buildings must be divided into one or
more fire compartments with a usable area of no more than 1,000 m².
The Central Service Building has a usable area of approximately 750 m² and, based on the 2012 Building Decree, concerns
one fire compartment with a WBDBO requirement of at least 30 minutes compared to adjacent fire compartments. The client
has imposed a non-statutory requirement that each room is located in a separate fire compartment with a WBDBO requirement
of 30 or 120 minutes.
On the basis of sufficient distance between the Central Service Building and adjacent fire compartments on the same site, the
WBDBO requirements are met and no additional fire-resistant facilities are required in the facades.
The other structures (33 kV buildings, transformer cells and field houses) can be located in one fire compartment in view of the
total usable area per structure. Here too, the client has set the requirement that every building is in a separate fire compartment
Page 7 of 11

located with a WBDBO requirement of 120 minutes. This WBWBDO requirement only leads to actual fire-resistant facilities
in the outer walls, at those locations where the structures are located close to each other. This is only the case between the
transformer cells and the 33kV buildings.
The transformer cells are locally located at such a short distance from the 33kV buildings that the facades of the transformer
cells -where necessary- will be equipped with a WBDBO of 120 minutes. These (extra-statutory) additional fire-resistant
provisions will only be made where the distance between the buildings is less than 5 metres.
No additional fire-resistant facilities in the outer walls are deemed necessary for structures that are located more than 5
meters apart (this is also not required in accordance with the Building Decree).
Each fire compartment is also a fire sub-compartment, as a result of which the boundaries of a fire compartment and fire
sub-compartment are identical.
Doors in fire partitions are designed with the same degree of fire resistance as the partition in which that door is included.
Movable construction parts in an internal partition construction, for which a requirement applies to the resistance to fire
penetration and fire spread, are designed to be self-closing.
4.5 Escape routes (Building Decree section 2.12)
The buildings must be arranged in such a way that a safe place can be reached in the event of a fire. An escape route starts
from every point in one of the structures, which leads to the adjacent site and from there to the public road. The entrances
and emergency exits in the fences around the site will be provided with doors that can be opened without a key in the
escape direction.
The buildings on the site function unmanned, whereby people can be present for a short time for inspections and
maintenance work. During regular use, the station functions entirely without the presence of people.
The walking distance in an area of use of the building and at least one exit from the relevant fire sub-compartment is a
maximum of 30 metres. Escape routes have a free passage with a width of at least 0.85 m and a height of at least 2.1 m.
The outer doors are reached from the rooms in the Central Service Building via the corridor. Since the building may be
located in one fire compartment on the basis of the performance requirements of the 2012 Building Decree, the escape
routes leading through the corridor do not have an (extra) protected status.
4.6 Assistance in the event of fire (Building Decree section 2.13)
Under the Building Decree, the general functional requirement applies that the structures to be built are such that emergency
services can rescue people and fight fire within a reasonable time. However, since there is another use function, there are
no directly controlled performance requirements for the structures, so that no specific provisions have to be taken.
Page 8 of 11

5 FIRE PROTECTION INSTALLATIONS
5.1 Emergency lighting (Building Decree article 6.3)
Since there is another use function, no requirements have been set for the construction works for the presence of an emergency
lighting installation.
Various areas will be provided with an emergency lighting installation by the client. These installation components are
considered to be non-legal.
5.2 Timely determination of fire / escape in case of fire (Building Decree Section 6.5 and 6.6)
Under the Building Decree, the general functional requirement applies that the structures to be built have such facilities that
fire can be detected in time so that a safe escape can be made. However, since there is another use function, there are no
directly controlled performance requirements for the construction works, so that no specific provisions need to be taken under
the Building Decree.
The CDG will be provided with a fire alarm and evacuation system from the client and the field houses (entirely) and 33kV
buildings (partially) will be equipped with fire detection. These installation components are considered to be non-legal.
The areas of the CDG and the field houses are equipped with fire detection by means of optical smoke detectors. This also
applies to the closed rooms where the 33 kV switchgear is installed. The optical detectors are all connected to one central fire
alarm system in the hall of the CDG. The fire report is sent to TenneT's operational center.
The open 380 kV and 220 kV switchgear and (open) transformer/reactor cells are not fitted with separate fire detection. Most
fires in such equipment are almost always immediately detected via other signals (automatic shutdown of components, etc.).
A fire alarm system (NEN2535 / NEN2575) including an evacuation panel is present in the CDG. The automatic optical smoke
detectors, manual detectors, strobe lights, slow whoops and auxiliary indicators are connected to this fire alarm system, which
are present in almost all rooms of the buildings at the land station.
5.3 Escape route indications (Building Decree article 6.24)
Since there is another use function, no requirements have been set for the construction works for the presence of escape route
indications.
Various areas will be provided with escape route indications from the client.
These installation components are considered to be non-legal.
5.4 Fighting fire (Building Decree section 6.7)
5.4.1 Fire extinguishing water supply (Building Decree article 6.30)
Due to the existing installations, the structures on the site cannot be extinguished with water.
It is possible that only water can be used to extinguish a fire in the CDG. In this context, a fire hydrant will be built just outside
the gate (but within the site boundary), at the TenneT entrance to the transformer station.
Page 9 of 11

In the event of a fire, the fire brigade will come to the location to provide support, but the so-called burnout scenario applies
to most buildings. The fire brigade will only be able to extinguish a fire in the CDG.
The general principle is that the fire brigade can enter the site as soon as TenneT is present (because of the existing high-
voltage installation). When TenneT arrives, the fencing can be opened and, if necessary, the fire hoses can be rolled in
through the open gate.
5.4.2 Fire extinguishers (Building Decree article 6.31)
The structures must have such facilities for fighting fire that fire can be fought within a reasonable time.
Various closed spaces in the buildings are provided with separate extinguishing agents (6 kg CO2 extinguishers).
For the exact locations refer to the drawings belonging to the building application.
A so-called burn-out principle applies to areas that are not equipped with separate extinguishing agents (including 380/220
kV transformers, the 220 kV reactors and the 33 kV reactors). Once they have started burning, there are no facilities on site
to extinguish this fire.
5.4.3 Indication of extinguishing media (Building Decree article 6.33)
The facilities for fighting fire are clearly visible or marked with a pictogram as referred to in NEN 3011.
5.5 Accessibility for emergency services (Building Decree section 6.8)
The general principle is that the fire brigade can enter the site as soon as TenneT is present (because of the existing high-
voltage installation). When TenneT arrives, the fence can be opened.
The buildings are accessible for emergency services in such a way that extinguishing work can be carried out in time.
There is sufficient free space near the structures that can be used as parking places for fire brigade vehicles so that an
effective connection can be made between those vehicles and the fire extinguishing water supply.
There is no question of a fire brigade entrance because a fire alarm system is not prescribed by the Building Decree.
Page 10 of 11

6 CONCLUSION
Based on the assessment included in this report, it can be stated that with regard to fire safety, the new
building requirements set in the Buildings Decree 2012 are met.
Page 11 of 11
www.witteveenbos.com

11 - II - A02 - Aanvraag - en - Toelichting Trandformatorstation

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

11 - II - A02 - Aanvraag - en - Toelichting Trandformatorstation

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

11 - II - A02 - Aanvraag - en - Toelichting Trandformatorstation

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Machine Translated by Google

Competent authority data

Request name Just at sea Hollandse Kust (south)

Your reference code AH579-21

Type of procedure Comprehensive procedure

Project description Realization of a transformer station

Remark - Built area, floor area and volume of

Omit Blocking Parts Yes

Personal data public Nee

Making costs public Nee

Name: Province south-Holland

Visiting address: Zuid-Hollandplein 1

Mailing address: PO Box 90602

Overview attached module sheets

Location of the work

Work and parts

Establish or change a facility or mining facility (Environment)

Placing structures for traffic, infrastructure or public facilities

Chamber of Commerce number 09155985

Location number 000020300360

Statutory name TenneT TSO BV

Trade name TenneT

3 Business address company

House number 310

Street name Utrechtseweg

Address Utrechtseweg 310

Chamber of Commerce number 38020751

Location number 000007345658

Statutory name Witteveen+Bos

Trade name Witteveen+Bos

Function consultant permits

3 Business address company

Street name from Twickelostraat

Civil Municipality Rotterdam

Cadastral congregation Rotterdam 12th division

Cadastral parcel number 329

Do the activities in this Yes

request/notification for several Nee

Ownership situation of the plot You own the plot

What is the name of the facility? TenneT just offshore HKZ

Are you applying for a permit for an Undetermined time

Which main intermediate, No production of intermediate, secondary and end products.

Are experiments part of the application? Yes

Has the facility previously been Yes

Are extra measures taken to Yes

prevent or limit the impact on the Nee

Why are no extra measures taken There is no environmental impact.

Are the (changes to the) activities Yes

in accordance with the zoning plan? Nee

4 Environment of the facility

Where is the facility? Center

What is the closest sensitive object? No sensitive objects in close proximity

What is the distance in meters from 4000

5 Method of determining environmental impact

Could unusual incidents occur Yes

within your facility that could have adverse Nee

7 EIA (assessment) obligation